Table of Contents

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

Form 10-K

(Mark One)

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 20202023

or

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from              to             

Commission File Number: 001-11919

TTEC Holdings, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware

    

84-1291044

(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)

(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

91976312 South Peoria StreetFiddler’s Green Circle, Suite 100N,

EnglewoodGreenwood Village, Colorado 8011280111

(Address of principal executive offices)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code:

(303397-8100

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class

Trading Symbol

Name of each exchange on which registered

Common stock of TTEC Holdings, Inc., $0.01 par value per share

TTEC

NASDAQ

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None.

Indicate by checkmark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.

Yes  No

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Yes  No 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).

Yes   No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer 

Accelerated filer 

Non-accelerated filer 

Smaller reporting company 

Emerging growth company 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report.  

If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements.

Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by any of the registrant's executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to §240.10D-1(b).

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).  Yes  No 

As of June 30, 2020,2023, the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, there were 46,682,48247,276,039 shares of the registrant’s common stock outstanding. The aggregate market value of the registrant’s voting and non-voting common stock that was held by non-affiliates on such date was $842,455,243$650,588,890 based on the closing sale price of the registrant’s common stock on such date as reported on the NASDAQ Global Select Market.

As of February 24, 2021,23, 2024, there were 46,739,31547,428,113 shares of the registrant’s common stock outstanding.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Certain information required for Part III of this report is incorporated by reference to the proxy statement for the registrant’s 20212024 annual meeting of stockholders.

Table of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

DECEMBER 31, 20202023 FORM 10-K

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page No.

CAUTIONARY NOTE ABOUT FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

ii

RISK FACTORS SUMMARY

iii

AVAILABILITY OF INFORMATION

iiv

PART I

Item 1.

Business

1

Item 1A.

Risk Factors

98

Item 1B.

Unresolved Staff Comments

2226

Item 1C.

Cybersecurity

26

Item 2.

Properties

2228

Item 3.

Legal Proceedings

2329

Item 4.

Mine Safety Disclosures

2329

PART II.

Item 5.

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

2429

Item 6.

Selected Financial Data<Reserved>

2630

Item 7.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

2931

Item 7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

4443

Item 8.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

4745

Item 9.

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

4746

Item 9A.

Controls and Procedures

4746

Item 9B.

Other Information

4847

Item 9C.

Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections

47

PART III

Item 10.

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

4847

Item 11.

Executive Compensation

4948

Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

4948

Item 13.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

4948

Item 14.

Principal Accountants Fees and Services

4948

PART IV

Item 15.

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

4948

Item 16.

Form 10-K Summary

5251

SIGNATURES

5352

INDEX TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF TTEC HOLDINGS, INC.

F-1

i

Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY NOTE ABOUT FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, relating1995. Forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements regarding our operations, expected financial position,condition, results of operation, effective tax rate, cash flow, leverage, liquidity, business strategy, competitive position, demand for our services in international operations, acquisition opportunities and impact of acquisitions, capital allocation and dividends, growth opportunities, spending, capital expenditures and investments, competition and market forecasts, industry trends, our human capital resources, and other business matters that are based on our current expectations, assumptions, and projections with respect to the future, and are not a guarantee of performance.

In this report, when we use words such as “may,” “believe,” “plan,” “will,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “project,” “would,” “could,” “target,” or similar expressions, or when we discuss our strategy, plans, goals, initiatives, or objectives, we are making forward-looking statements. Unless otherwise indicated or except where the context otherwise requires, the terms “TTEC,” “the Company,” “we,” “us” and “our” and other similar terms in this report refer to TTEC Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries.

We caution you not to rely unduly on any forward-looking statements. Actual results may differ materially from those expressed in the forward-looking statements, and you should review and consider, carefully, the risks, uncertainties, and other factors that affect our business and may cause such differences as outlined in the section of this report entitled “Risk Factors”. Important factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from those indicated in the forward looking statements include, among others, are the risks related to our business operations, our strategy and strategy,our industry, including the risks related to our strategystrategic execution in a competitive market;market, our ability to innovate and introduce technologies that are sufficiently disruptive to allow us to maintain and grow our market share;share such as the effective adoption of artificial intelligence into our dependancesolutions, revenue risks specific to client concentration in our TTEC Engage business segment and to the product reliability of the technology partners and client transition from on 3rd parties forpremises to public cloud and SaaS information technology solutions in our cloud solutions,TTEC Digital business segment, risks specific to remote work environment, risks related to the impact of COVID-19 on our business and our clients’ business, riskschallenges inherent in our rapid transition to a work from home environment, the risk of accurately forecasting demand and the impactdelivery center capacity forecasting, risks specific to labor costs and retention, and risks related to operations controls and employees engaging in fraud, long sales cycles and lead time to revenue, risks specific to potential geographic and other expansions, risks that may arise in connection with events outside of our control such forecasts on our capacity utilization; our ability to attractas macroeconomic conditions, geopolitical tensions, and retain qualified and skilled personnel at a price point that we can afford and our clients are willing to pay; ouroutbreaks of infectious diseases, risks of  M&A activity including our ability to identify, acquire and properly integrate acquired businesses in accordance with our strategy; the risks related to our use of technology, including cybersecurity, the reliability ofrisk that could arise due to disruption to our information technology infrastructuresystems, cybersecurity events and unauthorized data access, reliance on communication and utility services provided to third parties, risks specific to rapid adoption of AI/GenAI technologies, and the growing reliance on third parties for data, cloud and SaaS services; risks of our abilityfinancial operations, including ineffective cost-management strategies, our leverage and debt service obligations, risks specific to consistently deliver uninterrupted servicefinancial and operating restrictions built into our credit facility, changes in the cost or availability of labor, telecommunication services, and other operational necessities that we cannot pass on to our clients; the risk relatedclients, foreign currency exchange, changes in income tax rates and laws, interpretations of transfer pricing arrangements, uncertainties tied to goodwill, assets and strategic investments’ impairments, and changes in laws and regulations relevant to our international operations; thebusiness; risks relatedspecific to legalour contracting practices and laws and regulations that impact on our operations,business, including rapidly changing laws that regulate ouruncertainty and our clients’ business, such as datainconsistency in privacy and data protection laws, the high cost of compliance with such laws, high cost and healthcare, financial and public sector specific regulations, our ability to comply with these laws timely, and costreputational damage of wage and hour litigationclass action lawsuits, contract terms that lead to volatility in revenue and profitability, the United States;efforts by clients to transfer contractually cybersecurity, data privacy and emerging technology risks to service providers and our inability to always control or mitigate them, uncertainty in AI/GenAI regulatory environments, risks specific to IP protection and infringement, and ability to timely secure and maintain licenses needed to support certain regulated lines of business; risks specific to operations outside of the U.S. and in jurisdictions where we have limited experience; and risks related to the ownership of our common stock, including risks inherent in our equitycapital structure, including our controlling shareholder risk, risks related to the price and trading volumes of our common stock being affected by factors that we cannot fully impact or control, risks inherent in our dividend and stock repurchase policies, risks specific to being a Delaware choicecompany and provisions in our charter documents that may discourage, delay or prevent a change in control events potentially depressing the price of dispute resolution risks.our common

ii

Table of Contents

stock, and the fact that our chairman and chief executive officer has control over matters requiring shareholder action potentially impacting our stock price and making it less attractive to investors.

Our forward-looking statements speak only as of the date that this report is filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). We undertake no obligation to update them, except as may be required by applicable law. Although we believe that our forward-looking statements are reasonable, they depend on many factors outside of our control and we can provide no assurance that they will prove to be correct.

RISK FACTORS SUMMARY

The following is a summary of the principal risks and uncertainties that could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations (including revenue, profitability and cash flows). This summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the more detailed descriptions of the risks and uncertainties included in Part I, Item 1A Risk Factors, and you should read this summary together with those more detailed descriptions.

Risk Related to Our Business Operations, Our Strategy and Our Industry

If our business strategy is not successful, our business and financial prospects will be affected;
Our market is highly competitive, and we may not be able to compete effectively;
If we cannot adapt our service offerings to changes in technology and market expectations, including effective use of artificial intelligence (AI) in our solutions, our ability to grow may be affected;
Inability to effectively and rapidly adopt AI/GenAI into our offerings could materially impact our ability to compete, while its use may result in reputational harm and liability;
A large portion of our revenue in our TTEC Engage business is generated from a limited number of clients and the loss of one or more of these clients or significant reduction in their business volumes with us could adversely affect our business;
A large portion of our revenue in our TTEC Digital business is generated from technology partners whose products’ reliability and risk allocation practices may adversely impact our business;
As our Digital business clients transition from on premises information technology solutions to public cloud and SaaS services, our business may be adversely impacted;
Services delivered by employees working from home represent a large portion of our delivery for some of our clients and this change in the operating model may subject us to new untested risks which we cannot always mitigate;
If our clients are unable to accurately forecast demand for our services, we may not be able to forecast the level of effort and delivery center capacity required to support their business which could impact our delivery and results of operations;
If we cannot recruit and retain qualified employees to respond to client demands at the right price point, our business will be adversely affected;
Our employees may fail to adhere to operational controls or may engage in fraud, which could subject us to liability and negatively impact our client relationships and reputation;
Long sales cycles in some parts of our business can lead to a long lead time before we receive some of our revenue;
Our growth and geographic expansion could strain our resources and negatively impact our business;
If we are unable to maintain a geographically diverse footprint, our profitability may be adversely affected;
The current outsourcing trend may not continue and the prices that clients are willing to pay for the services may diminish, adversely affecting our business;
Our business can be disproportionately adversely impacted by events outside of our control that impact our clients, such as economic conditions, geopolitical tensions, and outbreaks of infectious diseases;
We routinely consider strategic mergers, acquisitions and business combination transactions and may enter into such transactions any time; and such transactions may negatively impact our business and create unanticipated risks.

iii

Table of Contents

Risks Related to Our Use of Technology

A disruption to our information technology systems could adversely affect our business and reputation;
Cyberattacks, cyber fraud, or unauthorized data access could harm us or our clients and result in liability, and could adversely affect our business and results of operations;
Significant interruptions in communication and utility services provided to us by third-party vendors could adversely impact our business;
Rapid adoption of AI/GenAI technology into our offerings could result in reputational harm and liability;
Our growing reliance on third parties for data, cloud and SaaS services could adversely impact our business.

Risks Related to Our Financial Operations

Our profitability could suffer if our cost-management strategies are unsuccessful;
Our leverage and debt service obligations may adversely affect our business and financial condition;
We are subject to customary financial and operating restrictions built into our credit agreement;
Inflation and changes in the cost or availability of labor, telecommunication services, energy, and other operational necessities could adversely affect our results of operations;
Our results of operations may be adversely impacted by foreign currency exchange rate risk;
Increases in income tax rates, changes in income tax laws or disagreements with tax authorities could adversely affect our business;
If our transfer pricing arrangements are ineffective, our tax liability may increase;
We have incurred, and may in the future, incur impairments to goodwill, long-lived assets or strategic investments, which impacts our financial results of operations.

Risks Related to Contracting Practices, Legal and Regulatory Matters that Impact Our Business

Our financial results may be impacted by changes in laws/regulations and our failure to comply with laws/regulations relevant to our business;
Uncertainty and inconsistency in relevant privacy and data protection laws, the high cost of compliance with such laws, and the failure to comply with related contractual obligations may impact our ability to deliver services and our results of operations;
Wage and hour class action lawsuits can expose us to costly litigation and damage our reputation;
Contract terms typical in our industry can lead to volatility in our revenue and profitability;
The trend of clients seeking to transfer growing cybersecurity, data privacy and emerging technologies related risks to service providers could significantly impact our operations and profitability;
The growing use of AI/GenAI in our offerings and evolving uncertainty of regulatory environments impacting such offerings may impact our costs of doing business and reputation;
Challenges in protecting our intellectual property and its infringement by others may adversely impact our ability to innovate and compete;
Our inability to timely secure or maintain licensing required to perform certain regulated services may significantly impact our results of operations.

Risks Related to Our Operations Outside of the United States

We face special risks associated with international operations;
Our delivery model involves geographic concentration outside of the United States, exposing us to significant operational risks;
We may face new risks as we expand into countries where we have no prior experience.

Risks Related to Ownership of Our Common Stock

The price and trading volumes of our common stock may fluctuate significantly due to many factors, some of which we cannot control;
There can be no assurance that we will continue to declare dividends or repurchase our shares or the cadence or levels of these activities;

iv

Table of Contents

Exclusive forum for dispute resolution in our bylaws could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for their disputes;
Delaware law and provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws might discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our Company, potentially depressing the price of our common stock;
Our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer controls a majority of our stock and has control over all matters requiring action by our stockholders; and his interest may conflict with the interests of our other stockholders;
Our status as a “controlled company” could make our common stock less attractive to investors or otherwise harm our stock price.

AVAILABILITY OF INFORMATION

As of the date of this report, TTEC Holdings, Inc.’s principal executive offices are located at 91976312 South Peoria Street, Englewood,Fiddler’s Green Circle, Suite 100N, Greenwood Village, Colorado 80112.80111. Electronic copies of our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, Proxy Statements and any amendments to these reports are available free of charge by (i) visiting our website at http://www.ttec.com/investors/sec-filings/ or (ii) sending a written request to Investor Relations at our corporate headquarters or to investor.relations@ttec.com. TTEC’s SEC filings are posted on our corporate website as soon as reasonably practical after we electronically file such materials with, or furnish them to, the SEC. Information on our website is not incorporated by reference into this report.

You may also access any materials that we file with the SEC via the SEC’s public website at www.sec.gov.

iiv

Table of Contents

PART I

ITEM 1.  

BUSINESS

Our Business

Founded in 1983, TTEC Holdings, Inc. (“TTEC”, “the Company”, “we”, “our”, or “us”; pronounced “T-TEC”) is a leading global customer experience as a service (“CXaaS”CX”) outsourcing partner for many of the world’s iconic brands, Fortune 1000 companies, government agencies,marquis and disruptive growth companies. TTEC helps its clients deliver frictionlessbrands and public sector clients. The Company designs, builds, and operates technology-enabled customer experiences strengthenacross digital and live interaction channels to help clients increase customer relationships, brand recognitionloyalty, revenue, and loyalty through personalized interactions,profitability. By combining digital solutions with data-driven service capabilities, we help clients improve their Net Promoter Score, customer satisfaction and quality assurance, and lowerwhile lowering their total cost to serve by combining innovative digital solutions with best-in-class service capabilities to enableserve. As of December 31, 2023, TTEC served over 750clients across targeted industry verticals including financial services, healthcare, public sector, telecom, technology, media, travel and deliver simplified, consistenthospitality, automotive and seamless customer experience across channels and phases of the customer lifecycle.retail.

Our CXaaS solutions enhance our clients’ customers experience and help differentiate our clients from their competition.

In the fast expanding direct-to-customer ("DTC") channel where experiences are everything, enterprises must become increasingly more customer-centric, virtualized and digitally enabled to acquire, grow and maintain customers. Our mission is to enable and accelerate our clients' path to virtual and digital transformation. We are focused on improving the experience of our clients' customers by leveraging existing and emerging technologies — cloud, omnichannel, analytics, artificial intelligence ("AI"), machine learning ("ML"), robotic process automation ("RPA"), and real-time conversational messaging.

The Company reports its financial information based onTTEC operates through two segments:  TTEC Digital and TTEC Engage.business segments.

TTEC DigitalDigita providesl is one of the largest CX technology providers and is focused exclusively on the intersection of Contact Center As a Service (CCaaS), Customer Relationship Management (CRM), and Artificial Intelligence (AI) and Analytics. A professional services organization comprised of software engineers, systems architects, data scientists and CX strategists, this segment creates and implements strategic CX transformation roadmaps; sells, operates, and provides managed services for cloud platforms and premise based CX technologies including Amazon Web Services, Cisco, Genesys, Google, and Microsoft; and creates proprietary IP to support our clients’ customer interaction delivery infrastructure. The segment designs, buildsindustry specific and operatescustom client needs.  TTEC Digital serves clients across Enterprise and Small & Medium Sized (SMB) business segments and has a dedicated unit with government technology certifications serving the omnichannel ecosystem in a cloud, on premise, or hybrid environment, inclusive of fully integrating, orchestrating, and administrating highly scalable, feature-rich CX technology applications.public sector.
TTEC Engage provides the digitally enabled CX operational and managed services to support ourlarge, complex enterprise clients’ end-to-end customer interaction delivery, by providing the essential CXinteractions at scale. Tailored to meet industry specific and business needs, this segment delivers data-driven omnichannel and application technologies, human resources, recruiting, training and production, at-home or facility-based delivery infrastructure on a global scale, and engagement processes. This segment provides full-service digital, omnichannel customer engagement, supporting customer care, customer acquisition, growth, and retention services, tech support, trust and fraud detectionsafety and prevention services.back-office solutions. The segment’s technology-enabled delivery model covers the entire associate lifecycle including recruitment, onboarding, training, delivery, workforce management and quality assurance.

TTEC demonstrates its market leadership through strategic collaboration across TTEC Digital and TTEC Engage strategically come together underwhen there is client demand and fit for our unified offering, Humanify® Customer Experience as a Service ("CXaaS"), which drives measurableintegrated solutions. This partnership is central to our ability to deliver comprehensive and transformational customer resultsexperience solutions to our clients, including integrated delivery, go-to-market and innovation for clients through the delivery of personalized, omnichannel experiences. Our Humanify® cloud platform provides a fully integrated ecosystem oftruly differentiated, market leading CX offerings, including messaging, AI, ML, RPA, analytics, cybersecurity, customer relationship management ("CRM"), knowledge management, journey orchestration and traditional voice solutions. Our end-to-end platform differentiates us from many competitors by combining design, strategic consulting, best-in-class technology, data analytics, process optimization, system integration and operational excellence. This unified offering is value-oriented, outcome-based and delivered to large enterprises, governments and disruptive growth companies on a global scale.

During fiscal 2020,2023, the combined TTEC Digital and TTEC Engage global operating platform delivered onshore, nearshore and offshore services in 2022 countries on six continents -- the United States, Australia, Belgium, Brazil, Bulgaria, Canada, Colombia, Costa Rica, Egypt, Germany, Greece, Honduras, India, Ireland, Mexico, the Netherlands, New Zealand, the Philippines, Poland, Singapore, South Africa, Thailand, and the United Kingdom – with the help of 61,000over 60,000 customer care associates, consultants, technologists, and CX professionals.

Our revenue for fiscal 20202023 was $1.949$2.463 billion, approximately $307$487 million, or 16%20%, which came from our TTEC Digital segment and $1.642$1.976 billion, or 84%80%, which came from our TTEC Engage segment.

1

Table of Contents

To improve our competitive position in a rapidly changing market and stay strategically relevant to lead our clients with emerging CX methodologies, we continue to invest in innovation and service offerings for both mainstream and high growthhigh-growth disruptive businesses, diversifying and strengthening our core customer care services with consulting,technology-enabled, outcomes-focused services, data analytics, insights, and technology-enabled, outcomes-focused services.consulting.

1

Table of Contents

We also invest to broaden our product and service capabilities, increase our global client base and industry expertise, tailor our geographic footprint to the needs of our clients, and further scale our end-to-end integrated solutions platform. To this end we have been highlywere acquisitive in the last several years, including our acquisition in April 2022 of certain public sector assets of Faneuil, Inc. that included healthcare exchange and transportation services contracts. We also completed an acquisition early in the second quarter of 2021 of a provider of Genesys and Microsoft cloud contact center services, which followed an acquisition in the second half of 2020 of a preferred Amazon Connect cloud contact center service provider, an acquisition in the first quarter of 2020 of an autonomous customer experience and intelligent automation solutions provider and an acquisition in the fourth quarter of 2019 of a provider of customer care, social media community management, content moderation, technical support and business process solutions for rapidly growing businesses in early stages of their lifecycle.implementation provider.

We have extensive expertise in the healthcare, automotive, communications, financial services, national/federal and state and local government, healthcare,financial services, communications, technology, travel and logistics, media and entertainment, e-tail/retail, technology, travel and transportation industries. We serve more than 300750 diverse clients globally, including many of the world’s iconic brands, Fortune 1000 companies, government agencies,public sector clients, and disruptive growthhypergrowth companies.

Our strong balance sheet, cash flow from operationsIndustry – Key Emerging Themes

The CX landscape is undergoing a dynamic transformation, fueled by technological advancements and accessevolving customer expectations.

AI-powered CX:As brands endeavor to debtintegrate artificial intelligence into customer experience, many stumble by failing to apply AI strategically for true personalization and capital markets have historically provided usinsightful automation.

Cloud Migration and Security Are Board Level Imperatives:In the financialarena of customer experience, the migration to cloud-based platforms is rapidly becoming a fulcrum for transformation, offering unprecedented scalability, flexibility, and cost efficiency.

Industry Consolidation Driven by a Highly Fragmented Market: The CX market is highly fragmented with no single provider dominating the market.

Enterprise-Level Vendor Consolidation: Multinational corporations are increasingly favoring a consolidation of vendors within the CX domain.

Cybersecurity as a Critical Differentiator: Clients expect their service providers to effectively fund our organic growth, capital expenditures, strategic acquisitions, incremental investments, and capital distributions.

We return capital to our shareholders through our dividend program. Given our cash flow generation and balance sheet strength, we believe cash dividends, in balance with ourmake investments in productsophisticated information security controls to protect CX operating environments where attempts at unauthorized access are common and where expansion of solutions that rely on staff who work remotely increases risks to the stability of service innovations, organic growth,delivery.

Impact Sourcing Boosts Communities and strategic acquisitions, align shareholder interests withFuels CX Diversity: The practice of Impact Sourcing, hiring and training talent in underserved communities, is swiftly gaining traction in the needsdomain of customer experience, particularly among discerning Fortune 1000 companies.

Evolving Customer Expectations and Delivery Models: In today's customer experience landscape, evolving customer expectations present a distinct market opportunity for brands that can adeptly navigate and capitalize on evolving customer demands.

Our Growth Strategy

As a leader and innovator in the Company. After consideration of TTEC’s performance, cash flow from operations, capital needs and the overall liquidity of the Company, the Company’s Board of Directors adopted a dividend policy in 2015, with the intent to distribute a periodic cash dividend to stockholders of our common stock. Since inception in 2015, the Company has continued to pay a semi-annual dividend in October and April of each year in gradually increasing amounts from $0.18 to $0.40 per common share. On December 3, 2020, the Board of Directors authorized a special one-time dividend of $2.14 per common share, payable on December 30, 2020, to shareholders of record as of December 18, 2020. On February 25, 2021, the Board of Directors authorized a semi-annual dividend of $0.43 per common share, payable on April 21, 2021 to shareholders of record as of April 5, 2021.

In March 2020, the World Health Organization declared the outbreak of COVID-19 as a global pandemic. Within weeks of this announcement, travel bans, a state of emergency, quarantines, lockdowns, “shelter in place” orders,customer experience technology services and business restrictionsprocess outsourcing (BPO) landscape, our strategy is directed towards sustainable growth in revenue and shutdowns were issuedprofitability. Our approach is to leverage our operational excellence in most countries where TTEC does business. The need to complycustomer engagement with these measures, which came into effect with little notice, impacted our day-to-day operationshigh-margin, technology-infused platforms and disrupted our business in the last month of the first quarter and second quarter of the year. As a result, operations were suspended in some of our TTEC Engage customer experience delivery sites. Business continuity plans were executed to transition as many employees as was reasonably possible to a work from home environment to support the health and well-being of our employees and communities and to provide a stable service delivery platform for our clients.managed services. Our strategic imperatives include:

Between mid-March and mid-April 2020, we transitioned over 43,000 employees, or 80% of our employee population, to a work from home environment. With the easing of some of the government restrictions, those employees who were considered essential and could not operate effectively while remote returned to our brick-and-mortar sites, but most continue to work from home.

For those sites that continue to operate, we have taken extensive measures to protect the health and safety of our employees, in accordance with the recommendations and guidelines provided by the World Health Organization, the U.S. and European Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, the U.S. Occupational Safety Association, and local governments in jurisdictions where our customer experience centers are located.

Deepening Client Relationships
Targeting Industry Leaders as Clients
Enhancing Global Sales and Marketing Synergies
Geographic Market Expansion
Strategic Acquisitions
Investment in Tech-Driven Innovation
Leveraging our Technology Partner Ecosystem
Delivering with Purpose through Impact Sourcing

2

Table of Contents

Although our business experienced the effects of COVID-19By integrating these strategic pillars, we are setting a course to not only lead in the first half of 2020, our implementation of business continuity plans, rapid transition of employees to a work from home environment, and the geographic diversification of our delivery centers allowed us to mitigate potentially more severe impacts, and positioned us to support our commercial and publicCX BPO sector clients experiencing significant surge volumes of customer, patient and citizen COVID-19 related engagement. Our COVID-19 related surge work has contributed approximately 12% of our total revenue for 2020. Although approximately 20% of our pre-COVID-19 business was comprised of clients in industries that have been negatively impacted by the pandemic, i.e. automotive, retail and travel and hospitality, the 2020 total revenue derived from these clients has increased approximately 10% over the prior year period. Through the period ended December 31, 2020 the COVID-19 pandemic has not had a material adverse impact on our operational or financial results. While we expect this positive trend to continue and while some of our COVID-19 related work has transitioned to more traditional business activities for the same clients, there is uncertainty about our COVID-19 surge volumes and our non-COVID-19 related business. We cannot accurately predict the severity of the economic and operational challenges of a pro-longed COVID-19 pandemic on our clients’ businesses and its effect on the magnitude and timing of their buying decisions. Further, while to date we have been successful in managing service delivery from our delivery sites that could not be replaced with work from home delivery, unpredictable lockdown decisions in some jurisdictions where we do business may continue to impact our delivery capability with little notice, thus potentially impacting our results of operations in the future.

In March 2020, we launched multiple cost reduction, optimization, and liquidity preservation initiatives to align our expenses with anticipated changes in revenue and increased costs related to the COVID-19 pandemic and government mandated restriction measures. We also intensified our cash flow discipline, including working capital management, hiring freezes, cuts in non-essential spending, suspension of merit increases and some incentive programs, deferral of capital expenditures, where possible, and negotiations for rent concessions for those facilities that we were unable to use during the government restrictions related to the COVID-19 pandemic. Our results of operations for 2020 permitted us to reverse most of the cost austerity measures. With the greater adoption of our work from home solution during the COVID-19 pandemic, we also launched a comprehensive review of our global real estate footprint to balance our commitments to physical facilities around the globe against evolving client preferences with respect to traditional physical delivery centers and work from home delivery. Considering the continued COVID-19 related uncertainties, we continue to remain vigilant in our cost management.

Our Industry – Key Emerging Themes

Accelerated Digital and Virtual Transformation – Before the onset of the COVID-19 pandemic, leading organizations were already transforming to a more digitized, virtualized future. The pandemic and related impacts on access to products and services and how organizations manage their customer interactions, exposed significant customer interaction technology and delivery deficiencies for many organizations across the world that were not digitized or agile enough to adequately support their customers. Organizations’ front-line operations and customer support infrastructure were too brick-and-mortar focused with limited non-voice digital customer interaction alternatives. Organizations are recognizing the growing importance for increased virtual delivery solutions and expanded and enhanced digital omnichannel capabilities. This development is expected to create accelerated demand for our demonstrated suite of CX product and service offerings to enable and support this transformation.
Direct-to-Consumer (“DTC”) Revolution - The DTC revolution has created a new generation of disruptive brands with few barriers to entry. These emerging brands thrive on emotional connection and authentic customer relationships relying on trusted influencers and personalized service to win the hearts and minds of a growing customer base, one that requires an on-demand, curated buying experience. We believe DTC can enhance the value we provide to our clients as we design, build and operate our clients’ digital customer experience.

3

Table of Contents

Evolution of Customer Behavior and CX Imperative - Yesterday's customer service experience is being replaced by today's direct experience, where brands deliver a personalized end-to-end journey. As customers become more connected and share their experiences across a variety of social channels, the quality of the experience has a greater impact on brand loyalty and business performance. Customers are increasingly shaping their attitudes, behaviors and willingness to recommend or stay with a brand based on the totality of their experience, including not only the superiority of the product or service, but also the quality of their ongoing service and support interactions. Given the strong correlation between high customer satisfaction and improved profitability, companies are increasingly focused on selecting partners who can deliver an integrated, insights-driven strategy, service and technology solution that increases the lifetime value of a customer.
CX Technology is Migrating to the Cloud - Cloud investment is expected to continue to grow significantly. The adoption of cloud technology to deliver omnichannel and other customer experience technology is still in its infancy. Our clients are embracing cloud-based CX technology solutions in a manner similar to how they seek cost-effective architecture and rapid deployment across other parts of their operations.
Enterprises are Consolidating Partners - An increasing percentage of companies are consolidating their customer engagement wallet with a few select partners who can deliver measurable business outcomes by offering an integrated, technology-enabled solution. Companies will continue to consolidate with partners like TTEC that have demonstrated expertise in increasing brand value by delivering holistic, integrated customer-centric solutions spanning the entire customer experience journey, instead of inefficiently linking together a series of multiple point solutions.
CX Delivery Shifting from Brick-and-Mortar to Work From Home – COVID-19 accelerated the shift of customer experience delivery from brick-and-mortar to work from home. While we expect a portion of work from home delivery to shift back to brick-and-mortar post-pandemic, a higher portion of delivery will remain in work from home locations than pre-pandemic.

Our Strategy

We aim to grow our revenue and profitability by focusing on our core customer engagement operational capabilities, linking them to higher margin, insights and technology-enabled platforms and managed services to drive a superior experience for our clients’ customers. Toresponsible and inclusive growth that end we continually strive to:benefits all stakeholders.

Build deeper, more strategic relationships with existing global clients to drive enduring, transformational change within their organizations;
Pursue new clients who lead their respective industries and who are committed to customer engagement as a differentiator;
Invest in our global sales leadership team at both the segment level to improve collaboration and speed-to-market and consultative sales level to deliver more integrated, strategic, and transformational solutions;
Expand into new geographic markets that give us access to new customers and partners;
Execute strategic acquisitions that further complement and expand our integrated solutions;
Invest in technology-enabled platforms and innovation through technology advancements, broader and globally protected intellectual property, and process optimization, and
Work within our technology partner ecosystem to deliver best in class solutions with expanding intellectual property through value-add applications, integrations, services and solutions.

Our Integrated Service Offerings and Business Segments

We provide strategic value and differentiation through our two business segments: TTEC Digital and TTEC Engage.

4

Table of Contents

TTEC Digital provides the CX technology services andTechnology Services Industry

TTEC Digital buyers are seeking solutions in several areas including cost optimization, migration from outdated legacy platforms to more agile cloud environments, lack of CX talent and expertise and a need for a practical way forward with AI. TTEC Digital takes a technology agnostic approach to these challenges and focuses on designing and delivering solutions specific to each client’s specifications. TTEC Digital enters into strategic partnerships with the leading CX software vendors including Genesys, Microsoft, Cisco, AWS and Google which positions TTEC Digital to support our clients’ customer interaction delivery infrastructure. The segment designs, builds and operates the omnichannel ecosystem in a cloud, on premise, or hybrid environment, and fully integrates, orchestrates, and administers highly scalable, feature-richmajority of CX technology applications. Theseplatform requirements.

TTEC Digital’s solutions are criticalbuilt to enablingrespond to market needs for both enterprise and accelerating digital transformation for oursmall and medium-sized business clients. AI design and delivery capabilities are woven across all four pillars.

TechnologyManaged Services: Our technology services design, integrateCloud application and operate highly scalable, digital omnichannel technology solutions in the cloud, on premise or hybrid environment, including journey orchestration, automation and AI, knowledge management, and workforce productivity.support
Professional Services: Our management consulting practices deliver customer experienceCX Consulting: Transformation strategy analytics, process optimization, and learningdesign
CX Analytics: Data science, engineering, and performance services.visualization
IP & Software: Custom software engineering through TTEC Digital’s IP and Software division

The segment has a three-pronged go to market strategy that includes growing existing client relationships, partner channel motions and general market development. In 2023, TTEC Digital expanded its Hyderabad Innovation Studio in India with the goal of continuing to expand its offshore delivery capabilities, and currently approximately 40% of the staff are located in one of several offshore locations.

TTEC Engage delivers and the CX managed servicesBPO Services Industry

The TTEC Engage segment’s solutions are built to support our clients’ end-to-end customer interaction delivery, by providingrespond to the essential CX omnichannel and application technologies, human resources, recruiting, training and production, at-home or facility-based delivery infrastructure on a global scale, and engagement processes. This segment provides full-service digital, omnichannel customer engagement, supporting customer care, customer acquisition, growth and retention, and fraud detection and prevention services.following market needs for clients.

Customer Acquisition Services: Our customer growth and acquisition services optimize the buying journeys for acquiring new customers by leveraging technology and analytics to deliver personal experiences that increase the quantity and quality of leads and customers.Support  
Customer Care Services: Our customer care services provide turnkey contact center solutions, including digital omnichannel technologies, associate recruiting and training, facilities, and operational expertise to create exceptional customer experiences across all touchpoints. Tech Support
Fraud Prevention Services: Our digital fraud detectionRevenue Generation and prevention services proactively identifyGrowth Services
Trust & Safety
AI Operations, including data annotation and prevent fraud and provide community content moderation and compliance.labeling
Back-office Support

Based on our clients’ preference,TTEC Engage goes to market through a vertical approach with customized solutions that include industry specific talent, technology, certifications, and capabilities. For example, in the Banking, Financial Services and Insurance (BFSI) vertical, we provide our services on an integrated cross-businesssupport several lines of business with customized offerings for retail banking, online banking, credit card, property and casualty and loans. In healthcare, the segment and/or on a discrete basis.supports care, technical support, revenue generation and back-office capabilities to meet the needs of payer, provider, clinical and pharma clients.

Additional information with respect to our segments and geographic footprint is included in Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Our Competitive Strengths

TTEC isApproach to Next-Generation Customer Engagement

We tailor our services to meet the diverse needs of our clients, providing both comprehensive, cross-segment integrated solutions and specialized, discrete engagements. Detailed insights into our operational segments and global reach are included in Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

Our stature as an industry leadertrailblazer in CXcustomer engagement is underpinned by leveragingan innovative strategy and a forward-looking vision. Our strengths crystallize in the following competitive strengths:areas:

AI-Driven Technology Infrastructure: Our state-of-the-art technology infrastructure and global data center network unite to form a powerful foundation for AI-driven solutions.
Humanify®Deep Industry ExpertiseTechnology Platform and Insights-Driven Technology Solutions - Innovation has been a priority since: Our competitive advantage is further enhanced by our inception almost 40 years ago. Our dedication and investment in transforming our business has differentiated our solutions portfolio and increased the value we deliverdeep industry expertise, which allows us to our clients across the CX continuum. Our Humanify® Technology Platform delivers an ecosystem of integrated CX applications, including omnichannel contact center platforms, the largest CRMs and ERP’s as well as innovative technologytailor solutions that are not only technologically advanced but also intricately aligned with the specific nuances and regulatory requirements of the industries we fully integrate into our clients' broader technology systems. The platform is based on secure, scalable public and private data centers, in both pure cloud, on premise, and hybrid environments. This architecture enables us to centralize and standardize our global delivery capabilities, resulting in scalability and improved quality of delivery for our clients, as well as lowering capital and information technology operating costs.serve.

53

Table of Contents

Fundamental to our platforms is our network of global data centers which provide an integrated suite of voice and data routing, workforce management, quality monitoring, business analytics, storage, and infrastructure security and fault-tolerance capabilities, enabling seamless operations from locations around the globe. This ‘hub and spoke model’ enables us to provide services at a competitive cost while delivering scalability, reliability, regulatory compliance and asset utilization across the full suite of our service offerings. It also provides effective redundancy for a timely response to system interruptions and outages due to natural disasters, grid downtime, and other conditions outside of our control. Importantly, this broad-based platform has accelerated our time to market foundation for new, innovative offerings such as TTEC's cloud based Humanify® Operations/Insights Platform, Humanify® @Home for remote omnichannel agents, and our suite of human capital solutions.

Further, our Humanify® Technology Platforms leverage reference architectures for multiple solutions whether we are operating the platforms and the services, implementing customized platforms for clients, or providing advanced managed services and continuous and automated development environments. They also provide clients with secure and compliant solutions for regional (e.g., the European Union General Data Protection Regulation (“GDPR”), or the California Consumer Protection Act (“CCPA”)), industry (e.g., the Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard (“PCI”), or the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (“HITRUST”)), or client specific standards (e.g. FedRamp or FISMA).

Innovative Human Capital Strategies - Strategic Technology Partnerships:Our global, highly trained employee base is crucial to the success ofrobust partner ecosystem includes key players in digital channels, enhancing our business. We have made significant investments in proprietary technologies and management tools, methodologies and training processes in the areas of virtual and non-virtual talent acquisition, learning services, knowledge management, workforce engagement and collaboration and performance optimization. These capabilities are the culmination of almost four decades of experience in managing a large, global workforce combined with the latest technology, innovation and strategies in the field of human capital management. This capability has enabled usability to deliver a scalable and flexible workforce that is highly engaged in achieving and exceeding our clients' expectations.efficient, high-impact personalized customer experiences.
Robust Technology Partner Ecosystem - Our strategic alliances with important digital channel partners enable our clients to deliver high-impact, personalized customer experiences more efficiently. We go to market with our Humanify® cloud offering with our key strategic partners including Cisco, LivePerson, Pega and Amazon to continue to fuel AI-powered digital transformation.
Globally Deployed Operating Best Operating Practices - Practices:Globally deployed best operating practices help us We can deliver a consistent, scalable, high-quality experience to our clients' customers from any of our 8370 global customer delivery centers and geographically disbursed work-from-homework from home associate base. Standardized processes include our approach
Innovative Talent Development and Impact Sourcing: Our talent development strategy seamlessly merges cutting-edge innovation with a commitment to attracting, screening, hiring, training, scheduling, evaluating, coaching and maximizing associate performance to meet our clients' needs. We also provide real-time reporting and analytics on performance across the globe to help ensure transparency and consistency of delivery. This information provides valuable insight into what is driving customer inquiries, enabling us to proactively recommend process changes that optimize the customer experience.social responsibility.

Clients

We develop long-term relationships with clients globally, including many of the worlds’ iconic brands, Fortune 1000 companies, governmentpublic sector agencies, and disruptive growthhypergrowth companies. These organizations are in customer intensive industries or sectors, whose complexities and customer focus requiresrequire a partner that can quickly design and build integrated technology and data-enabled services, often on a global scale. In 2020,2023, our top five and ten10 clients represented 40%36% and 53%50% of total revenue, respectively.

6

Table In early 2024, one of Contentsour larger financial services clients notified us that it is exiting one of the lines of business that we support.

In several of our offerings across TTEC Digital and TTEC Engage, we enter into long-term relationships that provide us with a more predictable recurring revenue stream. In our TTEC Digital segment, our CX cloud and managed services technology solution contracts have an average three-year term with penalties in the case a client terminates for convenience. In our TTEC Engage segment, most of our contracts can be terminated for convenience by either party, but our relationships with our top five clients have ranged from 1417 to 2124 years including multiple programs and contract renewals for severalmost of these clients. In 2020,2023, we had a 111%95% revenue retention rate for the TTEC Engage, segment, versus 102%97% in 2019.2022.

Certain of our communications clients provide us with telecommunication services through arm’s length negotiated transactions. These clients currently represent approximately 8%6% of our total annual revenue. Expenditures under these supplier contracts represent less than one percent1% of our total operating costs.

Competition

We are a leading global customer experience technology and servicesoutsourcing partner for many of the world’s most iconicmarquis and disruptive brands, Fortune 1000 companies, government agencies, and disruptive growth companies.public sector clients. Our competitors vary by geography and business segment, and range from large multinational corporations to smaller, narrowly focused enterprises. Across our lines of business, the principal competitive factors include: client relationships, technology and process innovation, integrated solutions, digital and virtual delivery capabilities, operational performance and efficiencies, pricing, brand recognition, and financial strength.

Our strategy in maintaining market leadership is to invest, innovate, and provide integrated value-driven services, all centered around customer engagement management. Today, we are executing on a more expansive, holistic strategy by transforming our business into higher-value offerings through organic investments and strategic acquisitions. As we execute, we are differentiating ourselves in the marketplace and entering new markets that introduce us to an expanded competitive landscape.

In ourFor TTEC Digital segment, we primarily compete with smaller pure playour main competitors include global systems integration firms, niche and large-scale technology andconsulting service providers, and divisions of multinationaltechnology companies whose solutions we integrate, deploy and maintain for clients, including Five9, LivePerson, 8x8, InContact, Twilio, EPAM, Endava,Deloitte, Accenture, Infosys, Cognizant, Hitachi Data Systems, Slalom, Globant, GlobalLogic, Accenture, Cognizant, Infosys,ConvergeOne, Nice/Incontact and Five9, among others.

In ourFor TTEC Engage, segment, we primarily compete with in-house customer management operations as well ascaptive business units and other companies that provide customer careexperience services, including:including Teleperformance, Foundever, Telus International, Concentrix, TaskUs, 24-7 Intouch Sykes, Webhelp, Accenture,CX, Conduent, Genpact, Exl,Alorica, Ibex and EXL, among others.

4

Table of Contents

Regulations Relevant to Our Business

TTEC is subject to various domestic and international laws and regulations, permitting and licensing regimes (collectively, “Regulations”). These Regulations often change and require TTEC to devote considerable resources and make investments to stay in consistent compliance. The narrative that follows summarizes some of the more important Regulations that impact our business; it is not intended as an all-inclusive list. In jurisdictions where we do business, TTEC has processes in place to monitor regulatory requirements and take reasonable steps to assure compliance.

Data Privacy: We are subject to data protection and privacy regulations in many of the countries where we operate, including the European General Data Protection Regulation ("GDPR"), the California Consumer Protection Act ("CCPA") and other similar U.S. state-level data protection legislation, the Philippine Data Privacy Act (“Republic Act No. 10173”) and other country data protection laws. Certain of our systems, that support clients with special regulatory requirements, also require compliance with Health Information Trust Alliance (“HITRUST”) requirements and Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (“HIPAA”) regulations for clients in the healthcare industry; the Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard (“PCI-DSS”) for financial services clients and other clients where we have access to their customers’ payment card information; Federal Information Security Management Act GSA (“FISMA”) and Federal Risk and Authorization Management Program (“FedRamp”) requirements for U.S. federal government clients; and other similar requirements.

TTEC maintains a cybersecurity and data privacy program designed to protect our clients’, their customers’, and our employees’ confidential personal and sensitive information. We have invested in our cybersecurity capabilities to identify, detect, respond to and recover from cyber threats and attacks. These investments help us reduce our vulnerabilities to cyber incidents and minimize their impacts on our operations. They also support compliance with our contractual obligations and the laws and regulations governing our activities. We engage independent auditors to conduct general controls and business process (SOC1 and SOC2) assessments for technology solutions we use in our banking, financial services, and insurance (“BFSI”) and healthcare verticals. We also engage third parties to conduct vulnerability assessment and penetration testing of our technology environments. See "Risk Factors — Uncertainty and inconsistency in relevant privacy and data protection laws, the high cost of compliance with such laws, and the failure to comply with related contractual obligations may impact our ability to deliver services and our results of operations.”

Work From Home Regulations: Regulations specific to work from home, which vary among jurisdictions and range from requirements to reimburse costs associated with remote work, to special health and safety mandates, and special government reporting requirements apply to part of our workforce. To comply with these Regulations, TTEC updated its payroll practices and adopted new ways of working, including the use of virtual private networks to access service delivery applications, and remote monitoring and coaching of employees. In the work from home environment, we are not always able to replicate the physical controls we have in place at our delivery centers; therefore, we agree with our clients to implement certain additional controls appropriate to the work from home environment to achieve compliance similar to our delivery centers’ environment. Employees that work from home are required to attest to their understanding and compliance with these controls and with TTEC’s enhanced remote work policy that is designed to address new Regulations and the modified contractual requirements. TTEC works diligently with specialists to stay current on the rapidly changing regulatory environment, but the distributed nature of remote service delivery continues to represent heightened risks of security threats and compliance challenges and there can be no assurance that these risks can be fully contained. See "Risk Factors — Services delivered by employees working from home represent a large portion of our delivery for some of our clients and this change in the operating model may subject us to new untested risks which we cannot always mitigate”.

Other Regulations: TTEC is a labor-intensive business that is subject to complex labor and employment laws established by the U.S. Department of Labor, state and local regulatory bodies, and similar regulators in jurisdictions outside of the U.S. These Regulations govern working conditions, paid time off, workplace safety, wage and hour standards, and hiring and employment practices.

5

Table of Contents

Our public sector work is secured and delivered in compliance with various jurisdiction-specific government procurement regulations, like the Federal Acquisition Regulations (known as “FAR”) and government agency specific supplemental regulations that we comply with when we bid and deliver work for the U.S. federal government.

Our global operations are subject to various domestic and foreign anti-corruption mandates, such as the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, the U.K. Bribery Act, and similar anti-bribery laws in other jurisdictions where we do business. As a U.S. company operating through non-U.S. subsidiaries, TTEC is subject to foreign exchange control, transfer pricing, cross-border tax Regulations, immigration and customs Regulations that prescribe how funds, goods, and people traverse between TTEC and our foreign subsidiaries. See "Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Operations Outside of the United States.

Work we do for some of our clients is subject to special licensing requirements, e.g., insurance producer and gaming licenses. The granting of these licenses can be discretionary on the part of regulatory authorities. As part of the licensing requirements, we may also be subject to extensive and expensive cybersecurity regulations or subject to heightened disclosure requirements that impact our companies or our executives. See, “Risk Factors -- Our financial results may be impacted by changes in laws/regulations and our failure to comply with laws/regulations relevant to our business.”

We believe that our operations are in substantial compliance with relevant Regulations; but our compliance with Regulations may cause us to make additional capital and operational expenditures, the cost of which we may not always be able to pass to our clients through our pricing structures, and such additional investments could be material to our results of operations, financial position, or cash flows. See "Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Operations Outside of the United States.

Research, Innovation, Intellectual Property and Proprietary Technology

We recognize the value of innovation in our business and are committed to developing leading-edge technologies and proprietary solutions. Research and innovation have been a major factor in our success and we believe that they will continue to contribute to our growth in the future. We use our investment in research and development to create, commercialize, and deploy innovative business strategies and high-value technology solutions.

We deliver value to our clients through, and our success in part depends on, certain proprietary technologies and methodologies. We leverage U.S. and foreign patent, trade secret, copyright, and trademark laws as well as confidentiality, proprietary information, non-disclosure agreements, and key staff non-competition agreements to protect our proprietary technology.

As of December 31, 2020,2023, we had 35 patent applications pending;pending in 5 jurisdictions; and also hold 84held 102 U.S. and non-U.S. patents in 119 jurisdictions that we leverage in our operations and as marketplace differentiation for our service offerings. Our trade name, logos, and names of our proprietary solution offerings are protected by their historic use and, in addition, by trademarks and service marks registered in 2133 jurisdictions.

Our People

As of December 31, 2023, TTEC had over 60,000 employees, approximately 2,400 of whom are CX professionals serving TTEC Digital clients and approximately 57,600 of whom serve TTEC Engage clients. Approximately 49% of our employees are based in the Asia-Pacific region, 38% in North America (with 37% in the United States), 8% in Central and South America, and 5% in the Europe, Middle East and Africa (EMEA) region. Approximately 61% of our employees were in a work-at-home environment and 39% worked onsite.

For over 40 years, TTEC has championed exceptional customer experiences by prioritizing exceptional employee experiences. We empower our people through investments in their health, wellness, and career growth. It is this commitment that has earned us recognition as a Forbes’ “best place to work” for three consecutive years.

Attracting, developing, and retaining top talent starts with a focus on meaningful engagement and purposeful development. That is why our People Strategy empowers our employees to not only keep pace with the rapidly changing workplace, but also thrive in it.

6

Table of Contents

Talent Development:To support the advancement of our employees and prepare them for the demands of rapidly changing workplace and client requirements, we offer career development-focused programs, technologies, and resources. We invest in career development, providing targeted programs, technologies, and resources centered on developing capabilities from fundamental business skills to AI and digital transformation.  In 2023, we launched a Negotiation Learning Center of Excellence and TTEC Digital Talent programs. Further underscoring our commitment to development, our teams completed over 100,000 hours of professional development in 2023.  Our iAspire™ platform drives our internal mobility program where employees share their ambitions and look for potential job matches within the Company.

Our commitment to development has yielded results: 71% of our 2023 open positions were filled internally, 80% of our leaders have been promoted from within, and we have thousands of employees around the globe with over 5 years of tenure.

Pay for Performance: Our performance management system fosters both professional growth and company success. Our focus on a holistic performance management approach yields award winning employee engagement and satisfaction, improved alignment with company goals, enhanced individual and team performance, and a culture of continuous learning and development.

Our philosophy, closely aligned with our operating rhythm and our Company values, emphasizes:

Clear Goal Setting: Regular collaborative goal setting ensures everyone is aligned with strategic objectives and individual development.
Consistent Check-Ins, Feedback, and Recognition: Frequent touchpoints provide timely feedback and support, keeping employees engaged and on track.  Formal feedback and recognition are encouraged both formally and informally.
Quarterly Reviews: In-depth discussions assess progress, identify opportunities for improvement, and celebrate achievements.
Targeted Development: We invest in employee growth through personalized development plans and resources.
Transparent Compensation: Our "pay for performance" program directly links rewards to contributions, motivating excellence and reflects our commitment to reward short and long-term performance that aligns with and drives long-term stockholder value.
In 2023, we made several improvements to more closely link our pay for performance, including Redesigned Empower™, our proprietary performance management tool. The enhanced platform has improved performance and employee retention.

Leadership Development:Our comprehensive talent development strategy can be easily customized and launched by segment and/or department and enables leaders and teams to plan and build talent capability. Talent planning and development for executive roles is accomplished through a talent review and succession planning process which includes consulting, training, data analytics, calibration, and development recommendations. We evaluate all mid-level managers and above roles, determine top talent and successors, invest in managers’ and their successors’ development, and align their compensation to meet our growth goals. In 2023, we created and launched a People Leader Center of Excellence, a one-stop-shop for onboarding, training and development resources to ensure success of front-line leaders.

Diversity Equity & Inclusion (DEI):TTEC believes that our differences are one of our greatest strengths, and that the diversity of our employees enables us to innovate how we serve our clients and their diverse customers on six continents.  We outline our commitment and the specific actions we take with respect to DEI in our annual Impact and Sustainability (aka ESG) Report and make that information publicly available.

Employee Health and Wellbeing:  Investing in employee health and wellbeing leads to a happier, healthier, and more productive workforce, contributing to the success of both our employees and the Company. We offer a comprehensive benefits program that includes health insurance and important wellness programs, including mental health support, and other offerings that support the physical, emotional and financial health of people.  In 2023, in addition to our paid time off programs, we held ‘Recharge Week’ to encourage employees to take additional time off to focus on their personal life and wellbeing.

7

Table of Contents

Human Capital Resources

Headcount Information:  As of December 31, 2020, TTEC had 61,000 employees, approximately 1,300 of whom are CX professionals serving TTEC Digital clients and approximately 59,700 of whom serve TTEC Engage clients. Approximately 46% of TTEC employees are located in the United States, 38% are based in Asia-Pacific region, 8% are located in Central and South America, 4% are based in India, and 3% are based in Europe, Middle East and Africa and 1% are based in Canada. After the start of the COVID-19 pandemic in the second quarter of 2020, we have seen a rapid growth of our employee population in the United States. Between the start of the second quarter and end of fiscal year 2020, our U.S. based employee population increased from 17,000 to 27,900 with most employees working remotely.

Development and Training:  The attraction, development and retention of our employees is important to TTEC’s success. To support advancement of our employees and prepare them for demands of rapidly changing workplace and client requirements we offer an extensive career focused curriculum. The pressures of COVID-19 pandemic notwithstanding, in 2020 we made significant investments in our talent management platform, TTEC University, that includes a library of more than 8,000 courses that cover topics important to general business acumen ranging from business operations, leadership, ethics, finance, negotiations, and project management to subject-matter specific professional and technical curriculum. TTEC development programs help identify top performers, improve employee retention, and create promotion-from-within opportunities in the Company. In 2020, TTEC launched the Talent Accelerator Program (“TAP”) designed to identify and attract new talent and prepare them for success within our organization. The program recruits recently graduated candidates with diverse backgrounds ranging for technology to humanities who undergo a three-year specialized training and rotation through all business functions and segments in our organization. Program participants gain experience in finance, risk, human capital, IT, communication, marketing, sales, and operations, becoming fully immersed in the day-to-day operations of the business. Once the program is completed, the TAP participants will be equipped with knowledge and experience necessary to progress as a manager in the Company.

Diversity & Inclusion: TTEC believes that our culture of diversity and inclusion enables us to create, develop and leverage the strengths of our employee population to align with our client expectations and enable the Company’s growth objectives. To achieve our objectives, TTEC formed the Diversity Council that combines  representatives from TTEC’s different business segments and geographies who bring a diverse mix of backgrounds and perspectives. The Diversity Council includes special affinity groups representation such as Women in Leadership and Black Leadership Council to help unify us and make us stronger as one team.

Our Diversity Council is a critical driver in fostering organizational change, establishing a dedicated focus on diversity, equity, and inclusion priorities identifying best practices and new opportunities, increasing awareness and education, providing leadership opportunities within TTEC to traditionally underrepresented employees, as well as holding the organization accountable in driving a culture that realizes TTEC’s vision of ‘bringing humanity to business’. The Company has adopted several metrics that focus on ensuring accountability for progress in diversity. The CEO, members of TTEC executive leadership team and other senior leaders have diversity and inclusion objectives embedded in their annual performance goals. As of December 31, 2020, 59% of the Company’s global workforce was female and 51% of employees in supervisory roles were female. As of December 31, 2020, 54% of the U.S. workforce were people of color and 34% of employees in supervisory roles were people of color.

Competitive Pay/Benefits and Pay for Performance Philosophy:  TTEC compensation programs are designed to align compensation of our employees to market, and to provide appropriate incentives to attract, retain and motivate employees to achieve exceptional results for our clients and our shareholders. Our pay-for-performance philosophy aligns our compensation with TTEC’s performance and with the returns that our stockholders receive from their investment in the Company. Further, TTEC provides employees with a comprehensive benefits program that includes nicotine abatement, mental health initiatives, and overall wellness programs to support employees’ physical, emotional, and financial health.

8

Table of Contents

Workplace Safety:  The health and safety of our employees is one of our highesttop priorities. Our business’sTTEC’s success depends on protecting our employees, visitors, clients and facilities, and we rely on our employeesgoal is to helpprovide everyone who works for us meet our safety and security standards.with us, a safe and healthy work environment. TTEC employees are required to complete health and safety training when they join the Company and they are encouraged to report any concerns they have about health and safety in their work environment. ThisOur Health and Safety management committee tracks employee empowerment initiative launched in 2018 andconcerns raised about the shift to working from home during the pandemic, lead to a reduction to our injuries at work of approximately 65% by year end 2020.

Our commitment to safety was more important than ever in 2020 when we had to change how we work to address COVID-19 pandemic. We took rapid measures across our business segments and geographies to transition moststate of our employeesfacilities anywhere in the world, oversees the trends in reported injuries and post recovery return to awork programs. Employees who work from home environment. For the sites that provided essential serviceshave access to extensive resources to help them set up and had to remain operational during the pandemic, we invested approximately $5.6 million into enhanced sanitationmaintain a safe and safety protocols including increased cleaning frequency, added signage and workstation reconfiguration for social distancing, personal protective equipment, contact tracing, shuttle services, and automated health attestations.comfortable work environment at home.

Retention and TurnoverTurnover::  AtEmployee experience and retention remain a top priority for TTEC our employeesand are at the corea key driver of everything we do, and our people strategy centers around their experience as part of our team. Since TTEC Engage segment of our business is people intensive, retention and reduction in turnover is a priority important to the financial results of our operations. Our turnover reduction efforts focus on market pay, trained management teams, development programs, career mobility, communication and the work environment and company culture that make an employeeemployees feel engaged, rewarded, appreciated, informed, and fulfilled in theour organization.

Employee Engagement:  To  We continuously assess and improve employee engagement we conduct annual employee pulseby gathering employees’ sentiment. We have achieved recognition from Forbes, Newsweek and Net Promoter Score (“NPS”) surveys. We take action to address areas of employee concerns raised in the surveys and reinforce activitiesother organizations that employees tell us encourage them to stay with the Company and recommend the Company as an employer of choice to others. In recent years, approximately 35,000 employees completedbenchmark our employee NPS survey. TTEC’sexperience.  We develop and execute annual action plans to adapt and increase employee engagement and the overall employee engagement score exceeded Gallup’s reported best in-class ratings.experience.

ITEM 1A.  RISK FACTORS

This section discusses the most significant factors that could affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. In addition to the other information presented in this Annual Report on Form 10-K,evaluating our company and our common stock, you should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties discussed in this section when evaluating our business.and the other information contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. If any of thesethe risks or uncertainties discussed below actually occur, our business, financial condition, and results of operations, (including revenue, profitability and cash flows)or liquidity could be materially and adversely affected, and the market price of our stock could decline. The risks described below are not the only risks that our business faces. Additional risks not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial may also harm our business, results of operations, or financial condition.

We have grouped these risk factors into six categories:

risks related to our business, our strategy, and our industry;
risks related to our use of technology;
risks related to our financial operations;
risks related to contracting practices, legal and regulatory matters that impact our business;
risks related to our operations outside of the United States; and
risks related to ownership of our common stock.

RiskRisks Related to Our Business, OperationsOur Strategy and our StrategyOur Industry

If we are unsuccessful in implementing our business strategy is not successful, our long-term business and financial prospects couldwill be affected

Our growth strategy is based on continuous diversification ofdelivering our business beyond contact center customer care outsourcing to an integrated CXaaS platform that unitesexpertise with our innovative and disruptive AI-enabled technologies, CX consulting, data analytics, client growth solutions, and customer experience focused system design and integration enabled through industry focusedspecific client relationships, continuous technology innovation, scaled global delivery footprint, CX partner ecosystem, and strategic M&A. Failure to successfully implement our business strategy and effectively respond to changes in market dynamics may impact our financial results of operations. Our investments in technologies and integrated solution development may not lead to increased revenue and profitability. If we are not successful in creating value from these investments, there could be a negative impact on our operating results and financial condition.

98

Table of Contents

Our markets aremarket is highly competitive, and we may not be able to compete effectively

The markets where we offer our services are highly competitive. Our futurebusiness performance is largely dependent on our ability to compete successfully in markets we currently serve, while expanding into new, profitable markets. Our industry is highly competitive, fragmented, and is experiencing changes. We compete with largelarger multinational service providers;and offshore low-cost service providers from lower-cost jurisdictions that offer similar services, often at highly competitive prices and aggressive contract terms; niche solution providers that compete with us in specific geographic markets,geographies, industry segments or service areas; companies that utilize new, potentially disruptive technologies or delivery models, including artificial intelligence poweredAI-powered solutions; and in-house functionsoperations of large companies that use their own resources, rather than outsourcing the customer careexisting and customer experience services we provide. Some ofpotential clients.The recent consolidation trend in our competitors have greater financial or marketing resources than we do and, therefore, may be better able to compete.

Further, the continuing trend of consolidation among business process outsourcing competitors may resultindustry resulted in new competitors with greater scale aand broader footprint, better technologies,geographic footprint. They have access to greater financial resources, may have proprietary technology solutions, may be able to absorb more risk in their contract terms, or offer greater efficiencies that may be attractive to our clients and impact our business.The opportunity for new competitors in our industry may expand as new technology emerges and increases in importance. New competitors, new strategies by existing competitors or clients, and consolidation among clients or competitors could adversely impact our market share and profitability.

Based on our forty years of experience in the industry, we believe that key competitive factors in our markets are the quality of service offerings tailored to clients and their customers’ needs, reliable delivery processes and technology and cybersecurity infrastructure, the ability to attract, train, and retain qualified employees, global delivery capabilities, competitive pricing, willingness and ability to accept risks specific to our service delivery, and our ability to differentiate our service offerings.If we are unable to respond to these market factors and compete successfully and provide ourby providing clients with superior service and solutionsdifferentiated services at competitive prices, we could lose market share, and clients to competitors, which would materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.business.

If we cannot adapt our service offerings to changes in technology and market expectations, including effective use of artificial intelligence (AI) in our solutions, our ability to grow and our results of operations may be affected

Our growth and profitability will depend on our ability to develop and adopt new technologiessolutions that expand our existing service offerings by leveraging new trends in technologytechnologies and cost efficiencies in our operations, while meeting rapidly evolving client expectations. As technology evolves, moreWe utilize new and emerging technologies, including various AI and GenAI tools, in our service offerings, and as these technologies evolve, some tasks currently performed by our agentsemployees may be replaced by automation, robotics, artificial intelligence, chatbots and other technology solutions, which puts our lower-skill tier one customer care offerings at risk.AI and GenAI tools. These technology innovations could potentiallyhave potential to significantly disrupt our business, reduce our business volumes and related revenues,revenue unless we are successful in adapting and deploying technology profitably.these technologies profitably and adding new services that profit from these technologies. Specifically, some of the chatbot AI solutions have the potential to replace some of our lower tier service offerings and, if we are unable to adopt and timely deploy this AI in our offerings and bring to market new offerings that help clients utilize AI/GenAI, our results of operations will be adversely impacted.

We may not be successful in anticipating or responding to our clientclients’ expectations and interests in adopting evolving technology solutions, and their integration in our offerings may not achieve the intended enhancements or cost reductions. Services and technologies offered by our competitors may make our service offerings not competitive, or even obsolete, and may negatively impact our clients’ interest in our offerings.services. Our failure to innovate, maintain technological advantages,advantage, or respond effectively and timely to transformational changes in technology could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Our cloud solutions are technology vendor dependent, which mayInability to effectively and rapidly adopt AI/GenAI into our offerings could materially impact our ability to growcompete, while its use may result in reputational harm and liability

The pressure on ‘speed to market’ for AI and GenAI deployment presents risks and challenges to the business. The rapid evolution of AI/GenAI require us to expend resources to develop new service offerings and implement controls that allow us to utilize GenAI effectively, including investing in processes and professionals with the skills necessary to execute our AI strategy. If we are too slow to market or are otherwise unable to deploy AI and GenAI quickly and effectively into our offerings, we could fall behind our competitors and our ability to win and retain business could be materially impacted, negatively affecting our results of operations and our reputation as innovators. Deploying AI too rapidly without appropriate controls may result in poor client adoption, liability, and reputational damage.

9

Table of Contents

Leveraging AI to potentially improve the internal functions and operations of our business presents further opportunities and risks. The use of AI to support business operations carries inherent risks related to data privacy and security, inadvertent discrimination or other unintended consequences that could result in liability and harm to our reputation.

A large portion of our revenue in our TTEC Engage business is generated from a limited number of clients and the loss of one or more of these clients or significant reduction in their business volumes with us could adversely affect our business

Our cloud service solutions are basedTTEC Engage business relies on third-party technologies and ourstrategic, long-term relationships with large, global companies in targeted industries and certain government agencies. As a result, our Engage business derives a substantial portion of its revenue from relatively few clients. Our five and ten largest clients, collectively, represented 36% and 50% of our revenue in 2023, respectively, with one client representing over 10% of our revenue.

While we have multiple engagements with our largest clients and all contracts are unlikely to terminate at the same time, the contracts with our five largest clients expire between 2024 and 2027; and there can be no assurance that these solution partners. If these technology providers do notcontracts will continue to evolve their offeringsbe renewed at all or be renewed on favorable terms. While our ongoing sales and marketing activities aim to stay competitive in the rapidly changing cloud technologies market, if cloud platforms offered by others become more competitive,add new commercial and public sector clients and new opportunities with existing clients, there can be no assurance that such additional work can be secured or ifthat it would yield financial benefits comparable to expiring contracts. The loss of all or part of major clients’ business could have a material adverse effect on our cloud solution partners do not continue their partnership with TTEC, our financial condition, and results of operations, could be materially impacted.if the loss of revenue is not replaced with profitable business from other clients.

WhileFor example, in early 2024, one of our business has not been materially adversely affected by the COVID-19 pandemic to date,larger financial services clients notified us that it may be impacted in the future due to the resurgenceis exiting one of the virus, orlines of business that we support. This decision may have a material impact of the pandemic on our clients’ businesses

In March 2020, the World Health Organization declared the outbreakfuture results of COVID-19 as a global pandemic. Within weeks of this announcement, travel bans, the state of emergency, quarantines, lockdowns, “shelter in place” orders, and business restrictions and shutdowns were issued in most countries where TTEC does business. These restrictions eased during the summer of 2020, but recent increases in the rates of COVID-19 infections and the emergence of new variants of the virus around the globe are leading to reinstatements of some of the restrictions that we experienced in 2020. The COVID-19 vaccine roll-out has been challenged in many parts of the world where TTEC does business. While TTEC was able to adjust to the earlier impacts of the pandemic without material adverse impacts to our business in 2020,operations, if we are unable to accurately predictreplace these service volumes with work for other financial services clients or with different work for this client.

We serve clients in industries that have historically experienced a significant level of consolidation. If one of our clients is acquired (by a new owner or by another of our clients) our business volumes and revenue may materially decrease due to the fulltermination or phase out of an existing client contract, volume discounts, or other contract concessions which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

A large portion of our revenue in our TTEC Digital business is generated from technology partners whose products’ reliability and risk allocation practices may adversely impact our business

A large portion of our TTEC Digital revenue is tied to our partnerships with providers of customer management technology solutions. These partners designate us as their preferred system integrator, and implementation and maintenance partner, recommending us to their technology platform customers, and providing us with sales leads for services and technology resale opportunities. Our profitability, therefore, often depends on the COVID-19 pandemic,health of these partnerships, and measures being takenthe effectiveness and stability of these third-party technology platforms, as well as on how these solutions are perceived by the market.

Clients, who buy these third-party solutions and related services from the Company, hold us responsible for the stability and reliability of these platforms, as well as for any losses or damages arising from system outages and cybersecurity incidents, involving these third-party solutions. Because we do not have control over the stability or the reliability of these technology solutions, we seek back-to-back indemnifications from the technology partners for liabilities caused by their systems that we cannot control or mitigate. If our technology partners’ solutions lag in innovation, do not meet customer expectations in functionality, or have stability or reliability issues, or if our back-to-back indemnities with technology partners for exposures that we cannot control or mitigate fail to respondfully cover our liabilities to its effects, will have onour clients, or if these partners do not honor their indemnity obligations our results of operations financial condition, liquidity, and cash flows due to numerous uncertainties in the future.may be materially impacted.

10

Table of Contents

TheAs our Digital business clients transition from on premises information technology solutions to public cloud and SaaS services, our business may be impacted

Some of our TTEC Digital clients are rapidly transitioning their IT functions from on premises platforms that we help them support to public cloud solutions and SaaS services. They rely on us for these transitions, which contribute to the growth of our higher margin consulting services, while at the same time impacting our future revenue from managed IT services, and system hardware and software resales. If we cannot continue to replace our resale and maintenance revenue with higher margin Digital consulting services, our results of operations in the Digital business may be impacted.

Services delivered by employees working from home represent a large portion of our delivery for some of our clients especially our clientsand this change in travel, hospitality, retail, and automotive industries, have been materially impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic and restrictions on travel and people’s mobility aroundoperating model may subject us to new untested risks which we cannot always mitigate

Over the globe. Approximately 20% of our revenue for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020 was generated from the clients in these affected industries. On-going travel restrictions and large-scale unemployment that resulted from government-mandated restrictions on businesses around the globe are likely to continue to affect certain of our clients and their business volumes in 2021 and beyond. Although our revenue from these clients did not decrease, but actually grew in 2020 as they invested in their customer relationships to adjust to the changing business realities, there can be no assurance that this revenue will not be impacted on a going forward basis. We may also experience payment defaults or bankruptcy of some of our clients, which could also have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operation.

The COVID-19 pandemic and global government-mandated restrictions on business adopted to contain it, are resulting in what is likely to be an extended global economic downturn, which could affect demand for our services and impact our results of operations and financial condition, even after the pandemic is contained and the business restrictions are lifted.

Aslast several years, we significantly expanded our work from home delivery grows, our operations are subject to new untested risks

In connection with COVID-19 pandemic, TTEC expanded its work from home environment and transitioned approximately 80% of our global workforce to work remotely from home; and most employees that we hired in 2020 were hired to work from home. Although some of these employees will return to conventional delivery sites and offices, once pandemic is under control, many of our employees may continue to work remotely for the foreseeable future. Certain jurisdictions where we do business have regulations specific to work from home, which add complexity and cost to our serviceremote delivery. Some of the services we provide are subject to stringent regulatory requirements, and our inability to continuously observemonitor how our agentsemployees deliver services, when working from homeremotely, may impact our compliance. Service delivery from home,compliance in certain lines of business. Remote service delivery, in certain lines of our lines of business, may also expose TTEC,us, our clients, and their customers to a heightenheightened risk of fraud. fraud, because early detection of inappropriate behavior could be impaired, when employees work outside of our delivery centers.

For example, in 2023, we discovered what we believe to be an isolated wage arbitrage scheme: a few remote employees held multiple jobs, used non-employees to perform their work, and shared wages. Our investigation did not uncover evidence that this unauthorized access to clients’ systems and customer data resulted in harm, as the goal of the scheme appeared to be access to wages and not misuse of data; but notifications to affected clients, their customers, and relevant regulatory agencies resulted in litigation. In response to the incident, we implemented enhanced employee identification and geolocation measures to monitor identity and work location for employees who work remotely, and to expedite detection and mitigation of potential similar schemes in the future. While we believe these mitigation measures to be sufficient, there can be no assurances that our detection and prevention measures will always be adequate to eliminate other possible schemes.

Employees who work from home rely on residential communication networks and internet providers that may not be as resilient as commercial networks and providers and may be more susceptible to service interruptions and cyberattacks, than commercial systems; which may also make our enterprise information technology systems vulnerable, when interfacing with these residential environments, vulnerable. Ourenvironments. Although we have continuously evolved our business continuity and disaster recovery plans which have been historically developed and tested withprocesses to focus on centralizedbeyond our delivery locations,centers to include remote delivery, these plans and processes may not work effectively in a distributed work from homeremote delivery model, where weather impacts, networkinternet access and power grid downtime may be difficult to manage and where system redundancies are not possible.

Over the years, TTECwe have established strong operatingoperational and administrative controls over our business;business that focused on our physical locations; and although these controls are evolving to reflect our controls, designed for brick-and-mortar environment,growing mix of delivery centers and remote delivery, they may not always provide effective safeguards for a large-scale work from home delivery model. We may not be effective in timely updating our existing controls nor implementing new controls tailored to the work from home environment. For these and other reasons, our clients may be unwilling to continue to allow us to deliver our services remotely. If we are unable to manage our work from home environment effectively to address these and other risks unique to remote service delivery, or if we cannot maintain client confidence in our work from home environment, our reputation and results of operations may be impacted.

Remote work by majority of our employee population for an extended period of time may impact TTECour culture and employee engagement withwithin our company,Company, which could affect productivity and our ability to retain employees who are critical to our operations. Certain jurisdictions where we do business have regulations specific to work from home, which adds complexity and cost to our service delivery. All these various risks and uncertainties can have impacts on our operations and may increase our costs and impact our financial results of operations.results.

11

Table of Contents

Our inabilityIf our clients are unable to accurately forecast demand for our services, we may not be able to forecast the level of effort and delivery center capacity required to support their businesses which could impact our delivery and results of operations

We rely on client demand forecasts to make timely staffing levels,siteslevel decisions and investments in our delivery centers and work from home delivery mix could impact our financial results of operations

Predicting customer demand, making timely staffing level decisions, investments in our customer engagement centers work from home technology environment, are importanttechnologies. This information is critical to our successful execution and profitability maximization. We can provide no assurance that our clients will continue to provide us with reliable demand forecasts; nor that we will continue to be able to achieve or maintain desired customer engagementdelivery center site capacity utilization and work from home delivery mix, because quarterly variationsmix. If we are unable to dynamically adjust to changes in client volumesclients’ demand forecasts, if our facilities and client sentiment toward work from home delivery, can have a material adverse effect on our delivery platform and our utilization rates. The use of utilization rate as a meaningful metric for business process outsourcing organizations is undergoing a review in light of the changes to the business introduced by COVID-19 pandemic and transition of customer engagement center employees to work from home. If ourstaff utilization rates are below expectations because ofor if unexpected shifts in demand make it difficult to right size our high fixedreal estate and staffing commitments quickly, our high-fixed costs of operation or the loss of business because we cannot support capacity may cause our financial conditions and results of operations couldto be adversely affected.

The social distancing rules and other government mandates that continue during the sustained pandemic impacted the structure and configurationPricing of our large-scale facilities, where employees workservices in close proximity. These new regulatory requirements forced TTECour Digital business is contingent on our ability to make investmentsaccurately forecast the level of effort necessary to reconfiguredeliver our existing customer engagement centers andservices, which is sometimes dependent on information that can be inaccurate or developments outside of our control. The errors in our level of effort estimations could yield lower profit margins or cause projects to accept lower capacity utilization than the utilization priced under our multi-year contracts. If we are unable to renegotiate our contracts to recoup these additional costs, manage these costs by continuing to maintain a large work at home delivery platform, or adjust our cost structure to absorb them, our margins and profitability will be impacted and will resultbecome unprofitable, resulting in adverse impactimpacts on our results of operations.

A large portion of our revenue is generated from a limited number of clients and the loss of one or more of these clients could adversely affect our business

We rely on strategic, long-term relationships with large, global companies in targeted industries and certain agencies of the United States and state and local governments. As a result, we derive a substantial portion of our revenue from relatively few clients. Our five and ten largest clients collectively represented 40% and 53% of our revenue in 2020 with one client over 10%.

We have multiple engagements with our largest clients and all contracts are unlikely to terminate at the same time, the contracts with our five largest clients expire between 2021 and 2023 and there can be no assurance that these contracts will continue to be renewed at all or be renewed on favorable terms. While our ongoing sales and marketing activities aim to add new opportunities with existing and new commercial and public sector clients, there can be no assurances that such additional work can be secured nor that it would yield financial benefits comparable to expiring contracts. The loss of all or part of major clients’ business could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations, if the loss of revenue is not replaced with profitable business from other clients.

We serve clients in industries that have historically experienced a significant level of consolidation. If one of our clients is acquired (including by another of our clients) our business volumes and revenue may materially decrease due to the termination or phase out of an existing client contract, volume discounts, or other contract concessions which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

If we cannot recruit hire, train, and retain qualified employees to respond to client demands at the right price point, our business will be adversely affected

Our business is labor intensive and our ability to recruit, train, and trainretain employees with the right skills, at the right price point, and in the timeframe required by our client and project schedule commitments is critical to achieving our growth objective.objectives. Demand for qualified personnel with multi-languagemulti-lingual capabilities and fluency in English may exceed supply. Demand for highly skill technical staff with experience that reflects emerging technologies can also be limited. While we invest in employee retention, our industry is known for high employee turnover, and we are continuously recruiting and training replacement staff.

We sign multi-year client contracts that are priced based on prevailing labor rates in jurisdictions where we deliver services. In the United States, however, our Engage business is confronted with a patchwork of ever-changing minimum wage, mandatory time off, paid medical leave, and rest and meal break laws at the state and local levels. As these jurisdiction-specific laws change with little notice or grace period for transition, we often have no opportunity to adjust and change how we do business noror pass cost increases to our clients.

Inflationary wage pressures, recently tempered with recessionary fears but still ongoing, in many jurisdictions where we hire may continue to make it difficult for us to meet our contractual commitments on multi-year client contracts that do not have wage escalation provisions or may make such contracts not profitable.

Our employees may fail to adhere to operational controls or may engage in fraud, which could subject us to liability and negatively impact our client relationships and reputation

We depend on our employees to follow strict processes and controls when delivering services to our clients and their customers. Although we believe our controls are effective and our employees are trained in their responsibilities before they have access to our and our clients’ environments and data, when managing a team of over 60,000, we cannot prevent all misconduct. When our employees disregard or intentionally breach our or our client’s established controls, acting alone or in collusion with others, we are responsible to our clients for resulting impacts, and could be subject to significant liability, fines, and penalties that could impact our financial performance and our reputation.

Unauthorized access to or through our information systems to clients’ operating environments and/or disclosure of sensitive or confidential information of our clients or our clients’ customers, other losses resulting from acts or failure to act by our employees and our failure to quickly detect and deter negligence, fraud, criminal activity or other misconduct could lead to negative publicity and damage to our reputation, loss of our clients’ trust, contractual and regulatory liability, loss of business and market share, impacting results of our operations and financial condition.

12

Table of Contents

The United States and other governments in jurisdictions where we hire employees adopted income support measures aimed at supporting citizens who lost their jobs due to COVID-19 pandemic. The individuals who benefit from these income support measures may be attractive employment prospects for TTEC, but COVID-19 enhanced unemployment benefitsLong sales cycles in some jurisdictions where we hire, may exceed local prevailing wages and may make it more difficult for usparts of our business can lead to hire a sufficient number of employees to deliver our contractual commitments.

The frequent changes in the laws, inconsistencies in laws across different jurisdictions, COVID-19 income support measures, and a possible federal government mandate for a $15/hour wage, supported by the Biden administration with the presumptive support of both houses of Congress, may result in higher costs, lower contract profitability, higher turnover, and reduced operational efficiencies, which could, in the aggregate, have material adverse impact on our results of operations.

Our sales cycles for new client relationships, for new lines of business with existing clients, and for public sector clients can be long, which results in a long lead time before we receive some of our revenue

We often face a long selling cycle to secure contracts with new clients or contracts for new lines of business with existing clients. When we are successful in securing a new client engagement, it isoften starts with small volumes and the prospect of growing over time. New client engagements are generally followed by a long implementation period when clients must give notice to incumbent service providers or transfer in-house operations to us. There may also be a long ramp upramp-up period before we commence our services, and for certainunder most of our contracts we receive no revenue until we start performing the work. Prolonged ramp-ups require investment that may not be recovered until future performance periods. If we are not successful in obtaining contractual commitmentswinning work after the initiala prolonged sales cycle, or in maintaining the contractual relationship for a period of time necessary to offset new project investment costs and appropriate return on that investment, the investments we make into onboarding new clients may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

Our growth strategy includes thefurther expansion of our offerings to public sector clients. The procurement process for government entities iscan often be more challenging and longer than contracting in the private sector, and is different from our standard Engage and Digital business practices, including upfront investment to position for opportunities and respond to requests for proposal. If we are unable to manage our public sector business development effectively and are not successful in winning and renewing that work, despite the investmentinvestments we make, our privatepublic sector work cancould adversely impact our profitability and results of operations.

Our growth of operations and geographic footprint expansion could strain our resources and negatively impact our business

We plan to continue growing our business through the growth of clients’ wallet share, increasing sales efforts, geographic expansion, and strategic acquisitions, while maintaining tight controls on our expenses and overhead. Lean overhead functions combined with focusedsignificant growth targets may place a strain on our management systems, infrastructure, and resources, resulting in internal control failures, missed opportunities, and staff attrition. If we fail to manage our growth effectively, our brand business, financial condition, and results of operations could be adversely affected.

Contract terms typical inIf we are unable to maintain a geographically diverse footprint, our industry can lead to volatility in our revenueprofitability may be adversely affected

Our business is labor-intensive and in our margins

Manytherefore cost of wages, benefits, and related taxes constitute a large component of our TTEC Engage contracts requireoperating expenses. Our growth is, therefore, dependent upon our ability to maintain and expand our operations in cost-effective locations, in and outside of the United States.

Our clients often dictate locations from where they wish for us to serve their customers, such as “near shore” jurisdictions located in close proximity to the clients’ U.S.-based headquarter locations, or in specific locations around the globe. There is no assurance that we will be able to effectively launch operations in jurisdictions which meet our cost, labor availability, and security standards. Our inability to expand our operations to such locations, however, may impact our ability to secure new clients and additional business from existing clients, and could adversely affect our growth and results of operations.

The current outsourcing trend may not continue and the prices that clients are willing to pay for the services may diminish, adversely affecting our business

Our growth depends, in large part, on the willingness of clients to provide monthly forecastsoutsource customer care and management services to companies like us. There can be no assurance that the customer care outsourcing trend will continue especially in the current economic climate; and clients may elect to perform these services in-house or rely on emerging technologies for some of volumes, but no guaranteed or minimum volume or revenue levels. Such forecasts varythe services they currently outsource to us. Reduction in demand for our services and increased competition from month to month, which can impact our staffother providers, technologies and space utilizations, our cost structure,in-house service alternatives could create pricing pressures and our profitability.

Many of our contractsexcess capacity that would have termination for convenience clauses with short notice periods and no guarantees of minimum revenue levels or profitability, which could have a materialan adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operation. If a client terminates a contract or materially reduces customer interaction volumes, it could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and makes it harder to make projections.operations.

13

Table of Contents

We may not always offset increased costs with increased fees under long-term contracts. The pricing and other termsOur business can be disproportionately adversely impacted by events outside of our client contracts, particularly oncontrol that impact our long-term service agreements, are based on estimatesclients, such as economic conditions, geopolitical tensions, and assumptionsoutbreaks of infectious diseases

If global economic conditions continue to deteriorate, we make at contact inception. These estimates reflectcould experience reduction in demand for our best judgments regarding the nature of the engagement and our expected costs to provide the contracted services but these judgments could differ from actual results. Not all our contracts allow for escalation of fees as our cost of operations increase. Moreover, those that do allow for such escalations do not always allow increases at rates comparable to increases that we experience due to rising minimum wage costs, related payroll cost increases, and increased costs of work from home environment, not offset by reduction in physical footprint due to long term lease commitments. If and to the extent we do not negotiate long-term contract terms that provide for fee adjustments to reflect increases in our cost-of-service delivery, our business, financial conditions, and results of operation could be materially impacted.

We provide service level commitments to certain customers. If we do not meet these contractual commitments, we could be obligated to provide credits or refunds or face contract terminations, which could adversely affect ourpressure on revenue and harmprofit margins. Our business volumes are impacted by consumer sentiment, and the current inflationary and recessionary pressures are impacting consumer demand for our reputation.

Our pricing dependsclients’ products and services, which can have direct impact on effectiveness ofthe demand for our level of effort forecasts. Pricingofferings. The cost increases of our services due to growing labor costs and social pressures on our clients to utilize their own staff for services, instead of laying off employees, while outsourcing work, may cause clients to bring the previously outsourced services in-house.

Current geopolitical tensions could continue to escalate, which could have unpredictable consequences on our business. For example, our business could be negatively affected by further escalation in the Russian-Ukrainian conflict, as it can impact our digital business is contingentEuropean operations and our European clients’ demand for our services; the regional escalation of the Gaza Israeli conflict and other escalations in the Middle East, including Iranian strikes on U.S. targets, may impact our operations in Africa; continuing tensions with China could impact our delivery centers in the Asia-Pacific region, especially in the Philippines; while ongoing tensions between India and Pakistan can impact our operations in the Indian provinces near the Pakistani border. Natural disasters in locations where we have employees and operations, like the Philippines, Mexico, and the east, west and gulf coasts of the United States, can also have significant negative impacts on our ability to accurately forecastdeliver services and our reputation for stable service delivery. Finally, widespread outbreaks of infectious diseases, like the level of effortCOVID-19 pandemic, would impact our global operations, our delivery capabilities and cost necessary to deliver our services, which is data dependent and can be inaccurate. The errors in level of effort estimations could yield lower profit margins or cause projects to become unprofitable, resulting in adverse impacts on our results of operations.clients’ demand for services.

We routinely consider strategic mergers, acquisitions and business combination transactions and may enter into such transactions any timetime; and such transactions may negatively impact our business and create unanticipated risks

We continuously analyze strategic opportunities that we believe could provide value for our stockholders, and have acquisitions, divestitures, and potential business combinations in various stages of active review. There can be no assurances, however, that we will be able to identify strategic transaction opportunities that complement our strategy and are available at valuation levels accretive to our business.

Even if we are successful in identifying and executing these transactions, they may subject our business to risks that could impact our results of operation, including:

inabilityInability to integrate acquired companies effectively and realize anticipated synergies and benefits from the acquisitions;acquisition benefits;
diversionDiversion of management’s attention to the integration of the acquired businesses at the expense of delivering results for the legacy business;
inabilityInability to appropriately scale critical resources to support the business of the expanded enterprise and other unforeseen challenges of operating the acquired business as part of TTEC’s operations;enterprise;
inabilityInability to retain key employees of the acquired businesses and/or inability of such key employees to be effective as part of TTECour operations;
impactImpact of liabilities, compliance failures, or ethical issues of the acquired businesses undiscovered or underestimated as part of the acquisition due diligence;
failureFailure to realize anticipated growth opportunities from a combined business, because existing and potential clients may be unwilling to consolidate business with a single service provider or to stay with the acquirer post acquisition;post-acquisition;
impactsImpacts of cash on hand and debt incurred to finance acquisitions, thus reducing liquidity for other significant strategic objectives;
inadequateInadequate or ineffective internal controls, disclosure controls, corruption prevention policies, human resources and other key policies and practices of the acquired companies; and
reducedReduced revenue and income and resultant stock price impact due to divestiture transactions.

While we consider these transactions to improve our business, financial results, and shareholder value over time, there can be no assurance that our goals will be realized.

14

Table of Contents

Risks Related to Our Use of Technology

Increases in the cost of communication and data services or significant interruptions in such servicesA disruption to our information technology systems could adversely affect our business and reputation

Our business relies extensively on cloud and on-premises technology platforms and third-party software solutions to serve our clients and to conduct our business. These information technology systems are complex and may, from time to time, get damaged or be subject to performance interruptions from power outages, telecommunications failures, cybersecurity failures and malicious attacks, or other catastrophic events. They may also have design defects, configuration or coding errors, and other vulnerabilities that may be difficult to detect or correct, and which may be outside of our control. If the Company’s information technology systems fail to function properly, the Company could incur substantial repair, recovery or replacement costs and experience data loss and significant liability for disruption of clients’ operations, all or any of which could result in material impediments to our ability to conduct business and would damage the market’s perception of the reliability and stability of the Company and our service offerings.

In addition, an information system disruption could result in us failing to meet our contractual performance standards and obligations, which could subject us to liability, penalties, and contract termination. Our agreements with third-party technology and software providers often have limitations of liability that do not fully protect us against liability to our clients that we may incur due to the technology failures. Any of these events or a combination of several may adversely affect our reputation and financial results.

Cyberattacks, cyber fraud, or unauthorized data access could harm us or our clients and result in liability, and could adversely affect our business and results of operations

Cyberattacks. Our business involves the use, storage, and transmission of clients’, their customers’, and our employees’ information. We also monitor and support information technology systems for certain clients through cloud-based and on-client-premises managed services model. While we believe that we take reasonable security measures to prevent the unauthorized access to our information technology systems and to our clients’ systems, and to protect the privacy of personal and proprietary information that we access and store, our security controls over our systems have not prevented in the past and may not prevent in the future improper access to these systems or unauthorized disclosure of this information. Such unauthorized access or disclosure could subject, and in the past has subjected us to significant liability under relevant laws, our contracts, and our licenses to perform certain regulated services; and could harm our reputation, resulting in material impacts to our operations, loss of future revenue and business opportunities. These risks may further increase as our business model now relies on a higher percentage of work delivered from home, in addition to our traditional delivery center model. The risks may also increase, as we expand geographically into new locations, where cybersecurity is significantlydifficult to assure.

In recent years, there have been an increasing number of high-profile security breaches at companies and government agencies, when hackers, cyber criminals and state actors launch a broad range of ransomware, data exfiltration, and other cyberattacks targeting information technology systems. Information security breaches, computer viruses, service interruption, loss of business data, DDoS (distributed denial of service) attacks, ransomware and other cyberattacks on any of our systems or on our clients’ systems, through our channels, have and in the future could disrupt our normal operations, our cloud platform digital offerings, our clients’ on-premise managed service offerings, and our corporate functions, impeding our ability to provide critical services to our clients and financial reporting of our results of operations. Techniques used by cyber criminals to obtain unauthorized access, disable or degrade services, or sabotage systems evolve frequently and may not immediately be detected, and we may be unable to implement adequate preventative measures.

For example, in 2021, we experienced two significant cybersecurity incidents. One involved a global supply chain compromise that impacted thousands of companies worldwide, including a TTEC Digital subsidiary and its managed services clients. Another involved a ransomware attack that temporarily disrupted the TTEC Engage business. Although neither of these incidents resulted in material impact on our results of operations in 2021, there can be no assurances that future cybersecurity incidents, which are unavoidable, would not have material impact on our results of operations. Following these cybersecurity incidents, we have made and continue to make significant investments to enhance our information technology environment, but there can be no assurances that investments made to date and the investments planned to be made in the future would be sufficient to prevent future cybersecurity incidents.

15

Table of Contents

Cybersecurity events may have cascading effects that unfold over time and result in additional costs, including costs associated with investigations, government enforcement actions, regulatory investigations, fines and penalties, contractual claims, performance penalties, litigation, financial judgement or settlements in excess of insurance, disputes with insurance carriers concerning coverage and the availability of cyber insurance in the future, loss of clients’ trust, future business cancelations and other losses. Any client perceptions that our systems or the information system environments that we support for our clients are not secure could result in a material loss of business and revenue and could damage our reputation and competitiveness.

Cyber fraud. As others, we are experiencing an increase in frequency of cyber fraud attempts, including phishing attempts, and so-called “social engineering” attacks, which typically seek unauthorized access into the environment, money transfers or unauthorized information disclosure. We train our employees to recognize these attacks and have implemented proactive risk mitigation measures to curb them. There are no assurances, however, that these attacks, which are growing in sophistication and frequency, would not deceive our employees, resulting in a material loss and impacts to our operations and corporate functions.

While we believe we have taken reasonable measures to protect our systems and processes from unauthorized intrusions and cyber fraud, we cannot be certain that advances in cybercriminal capabilities, discovery of new system vulnerabilities, and attempts to exploit such vulnerabilities will not compromise or breach the technologies protecting our systems and the information that we manage and control, which could result in damage to our systems, our reputation, and our profitability.

Significant interruptions in communication and utility services provided to us by third-party vendors could adversely impact our business

Our business is dependent on internet, data,third parties for communications services, information technology systems, access to cloud networks, electric and telephone services provided by various other domestic and foreign communication companies.third-party utility service providers. Any disruption of these services could adversely affect our business. We have taken steps to mitigate our exposure to service disruptions through procurement rigor in how we select these partners and by investing in complex and multi-layered redundancies, focused on our customer engagement center locations, and we can transition service delivery among our different customer engagement centers around the world. Despite these efforts, and especially in light of the recent transition of a large portion of our delivery to a work from home environment where conventional redundancies strategies are ineffective,but there can be no assuranceassurances that the mitigation strategies and redundancies we have in place would be sufficient to maintain operations without disruption.disruptions, especially as we deliver more services remotely, because conventional redundancy strategies are less effective in work from home environments.

Our inabilityRapid adoption of AI/GenAI technology into our offerings could result in reputational harm and liability

We are increasingly incorporating AI technologies into our business and have endeavored to obtain communicationstand up appropriate governance and data services at favorable ratescontrols for their use. As with many disruptive technologies, however, AI presents risks and unintended consequences that could negatively affect its adoption. Social, ethical and regulatory issues related to the use of AI/GenAI in our offerings may result in reputational harm, liability impacts on our results of operations. Where possible, we have entered into long-term contracts

Most AI solutions are evolving and are not infallible, and issues with various providersdata sourcing, technology integration, decision-making bias of AI algorithms, security challenges, protection of privacy for personal identifiable information, content labeling and an effective use governance has not yet been perfected. While efforts are being made to mitigate short term rate increasesdeploy AI/GenAI responsibly with appropriate controls, our ability to do so effectively cannot be guaranteed. If our solutions incorporating AI/GenAI are flawed, they may cause harm to our clients or their customers and fluctuations. Therecould impact our reputation and results of operations.

The regulatory landscape surrounding AI and GenAI technologies is no obligation, however,rapidly evolving, and how these technologies will be regulated remains uncertain. Such regulations may result in significant risks and operational costs which would impact our profitability and results of operations.

16

Table of Contents

Our growing reliance on third parties for the vendors to renew their contracts with us, or to offer the same or lower rates in the future,data, cloud and such contracts may be subject to termination or modification for various reasons outside of our control. A significant increase in the cost of communication services that is not recoverable through an increase in the price of ourSaaS services could adversely affect our business.

The current trend to outsource customer care may not continue and the prices that clients are willing to pay for the services may diminish, adversely affectingimpact our business

Our growth depends, in large part,As we continue to transition and consolidate our information technology and data repositories from on premises IT and data centers controlled by us to public cloud and SaaS providers, the willingnessvulnerability of our clients and potential clientsbusiness to outsource customer care and management servicesthe reliability of these third parties is increasing. We have taken steps to companies like TTEC. Theremitigate our exposure to service disruptions from these third-party providers but there can be no assurance that the customer care outsourcing trend will continue;these service providers can maintain security, confidentiality, availability and integrity of products and services on which we rely. The failures of these third parties to meet their service level commitments to us because of cybersecurity or data breaches, inadequate information technology infrastructure, insufficient updates to software, non-conformance to servicing standards and other reasons for their business operations’ disruption can damage our clientsreputation and potential clients may electcause financial losses to perform in-house customer care and management services that they currently outsource. Reduction in demand forus, impacting our services and increased competition from other providers and in-house service alternatives could create pricing pressures and excess capacity that would have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Risks Related to Our Financial Operations

Our profitability could suffer if our cost-management strategies are unsuccessful

Our ability to improve or maintain our profitability is dependent on our ability to engage in continuous management of our costs. Our cost management strategies include optimizing the alignment between the demand for our services and our resource capacity, including our customer engagementdelivery centers’ utilization; investment in our work from home environment; the costs of service delivery; the cost of sales and general and administrative costs as a percentage of revenues; offshoring of certain corporate functions; and the use of process automation for standard operating tasks. Our ongoing cost management measures must be balanced against the need for investment to support our growth, technology transformation in our business, and increasing cybersecurity threats. The cost management measures are also being impacted by inflationary pressures in the economies where we do business. If we are not effective in managing our operating and administrative costs in response to changes in demand and pricing for our services, if we manage our costs at the expense of investments necessary to grow and protect our business, or if we are unable to absorb or pass on to our clients the increases in our costs of operations, our results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

Our profitabilityleverage and debt service obligations may adversely affect our business and financial condition

As of December 31, 2023, we had $995.0 million of borrowings outstanding and a maximum borrowing capacity of up to $1.5 billion in the aggregate under our credit facility.

On February 26, 2024, we amended our credit facility to increase the net leverage ratio covenant, for a period starting with the quarter ending March 31, 2024 through the quarter ending March 31, 2025, from the current 3.5 to 1 to between 4.0 to 1 and 4.5 to 1, as may be adversely affected if we are unableapplicable in different quarters; and reduced the total lenders’ commitment from $1.5 billion to expand and maintain service delivery$1.3 billion. See, disclosure under Item 9B. Other Information, in countries with stable wage rates and launch operations in new delivery locations required by our clientsthis Annual Report on Form10-K.

Our indebtedness could have adverse consequences on our business is labor-intensive and therefore costfinancial condition, including:

requiring a substantial portion of cash flow from operations to be dedicated to the payment of principal and interest on our indebtedness;
exposing us to increased interest expense;
limiting our ability to obtain additional financing for working capital, capital expenditures, strategic acquisitions and general corporate or other purposes;
limiting our ability to pay dividends and make other distributions;
increasing our vulnerability to adverse economic, industry or competitive developments; and
placing us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors who may be better positioned to take advantage of opportunities that our leverage prevents us from exploiting.

17

Table of wages, benefits,Contents

Our ability to satisfy our debt obligations will depend on our future performance, which will be affected by financial, business, economic and related taxes constitute a large component ofother factors. Furthermore, our operating expenses.operations may not generate sufficient cash flows to enable us to service our debt and satisfy our other obligations. As a result, we may need to enter into additional financing arrangements to obtain the necessary funds. If we determine it is necessary to seek additional funding for any reason, we may not be able to obtain such funding or, if funding is available, obtain it on acceptable terms. If we fail to make a payment on our growth is dependent upondebt, we could be in default on such debt and the lenders could declare such debt due and payable, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are subject to customary financial and operating restrictions built into our credit agreement

Our credit agreement includes a number of financial and operating restrictions. For example, our credit agreement requires us to meet financial ratios, including leverage ratios and an interest coverage ratio, among others. Our credit agreement also contains provisions that restrict our ability to, maintainamong other things, create liens on our assets; dispose of assets; engage in mergers or consolidations, and expandpay dividends or to make other distributions to our operations in cost-effective locations, instockholders, or repurchase shares of our common stock. These provisions may competitively disadvantage us relative to other companies, and outside of the United States.

Our clients often dictate locations from where they wish for usadversely impact our ability to serve their customers,conduct our business. Potential important opportunities or transactions, such as “near shore” jurisdictions locatedsignificant acquisitions, may require the consent of our lenders.  In addition, our failure to comply with these covenants could result in close proximitya default under the credit agreement.

Inflation and changes in the cost or availability of labor, telecommunication services, energy, and other operational necessities could adversely affect our results of operations

We have experienced increases in labor costs due to inflationary pressures and due to the U.S.,competition for labor in many jurisdictions where we do business continuing to a headquarter locationbe acute. Inflation is also causing notable increases in our other critical operating costs. Many of the client, or in specific locations elsewhereour long-term contracts do not allow for escalation of fees, as our operating costs increase; and those that do allow for escalations do not always provide for rate increases comparable to cost increases that we are experiencing now and likely to experience in the world.future. There is no assurance that we will be able to effectively launchfully offset cost increases through cost management or price increases, especially given the current highly competitive environment in our industry. Our clients are also experiencing economic pressures, and faced with cost increases from us, may take over the delivery of the services we historically performed for them or engage less expensive providers. If we are not able to increase our pricing or otherwise offset our increased costs while maintaining our market share, our operating results and profitability could be adversely affected.

Our results of operations may be adversely impacted by foreign currency exchange rate risk

Many contracts that we service from delivery centers or with remote employees based outside of the United States are typically priced, invoiced, and paid in jurisdictions which meetU.S. and Australian dollars, British pounds, or Euros, while the costs incurred to deliver these services are incurred in the functional currencies of the country of operations. The fluctuations between the currencies of the contract and operating currencies present foreign currency exchange risks. Furthermore, because our cost-effectiveness, labor availability,financial statements are denominated in U.S. dollars, but approximately 14% of our revenue is derived from contracts denominated in other currencies, our results of operations could be adversely affected if the U.S. dollar strengthens significantly against foreign currencies.

While we hedge at various levels against the effect of exchange rate fluctuations, we can provide no assurance that we will be able to continue to successfully manage this foreign currency exchange risk and security standards. Our inability to expandavoid adverse impacts on our operations to such locations, however, may impact our ability to secure new clients and additional business, from existing clients, and could adversely affect our growthfinancial condition, and results of operations.

1518

Table of Contents

Intellectual property infringement mayIncreases in income tax rates, changes in income tax laws or disagreements with tax authorities could adversely impactaffect our abilitybusiness

We are subject to innovate and compete

Our intellectual property may not always receive favorable treatment fromincome taxes in the United States Patent and Trademark Office,in certain foreign jurisdictions where we operate or where clients benefit from our services. Increases in income tax rates or other changes in income tax laws could reduce our after-tax income from the relevant jurisdictions and could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. Our operations outside the United States generate a significant portion of our income, and many of the other countries where we have significant operations have recently made or are actively considering changes to existing tax laws that could significantly impact how U.S. multinational corporations are taxed on foreign earnings.

The Biden administration and many European Patent Office,governments have called for changes to fiscal and tax policies, which may include comprehensive tax reform. Many of these proposed changes to the taxation of our activities, if enacted, could increase our effective tax rate or similar foreign intellectual property adjudicationadversely affect our business, financial condition, or results of operations.

There are no assurances that we will be able to implement effective tax planning strategies that are necessary to optimize our tax position following changes in tax laws globally. If we are unable to implement a cost-effective contracting structure and registration agencies;other changes in how we do business to mitigate these changes, our effective tax rate and our “patent pending” intellectual property may not receive a patentresults of operations would be impacted.

Our ability to use our net operating losses or U.S. federal tax credits to offset future taxable income may be subject to prior artcertain limitations.

The lack of an effective legal systemIf our transfer pricing arrangements are ineffective, our tax liability may increase

Transfer pricing regulations in certainthe United States, Australia, India, Mexico, the Netherlands, the Philippines, and other countries where we do business or lack of commitmentoperate, require that cross-border transactions between affiliates be on arm’s-length terms. We carefully consider pricing for operations delivery, marketing, sales, and other services among our domestic and foreign subsidiaries to protection of intellectual property rights,assure that they are at arm’s-length. If tax authorities determine that the transfer prices and terms that we have applied are not appropriate, our tax liability may prevent us from being able to defendincrease, including accrued interest and penalties, thereby impacting our intellectual propertyprofitability and related technology against infringement by others, leading tocash flows, and potentially resulting in a material adverse effect onto our business, results of operations, effective tax rate and financial condition.

We have incurred, and may in the future incur, impairments to goodwill, long-lived assets or strategic investments, which impacts our financial results of operations

As a result of past acquisitions, as of December 31, 2020,2023, we have approximately $363.5$809.0 million of goodwill and $112.1$198.4 million of intangible assets included on our Consolidated Balance Sheet. We review our goodwill and intangible assets for impairment at least once annually, and more often when events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable. We perform an assessment of qualitative and quantitative factors to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances leadslead to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of the goodwill or intangible asset is less than its carrying amount. In the event that the book value of goodwill or intangible asset is impaired, such impairment would be charged to earnings in the period when such impairment is determined. We have recorded goodwill and intangible impairments in the past, and there can be no assurance that we will not incur impairment charges in the future, thatwhich could have material adverse effects on our financial condition or results of operations.

Risks Related to Contracting Practices, Legal and Regulatory Matters that Impact Our TechnologyBusiness

Cyberattacks, cyber fraud,Our financial results may be impacted by changes in laws/regulations, and unauthorized information disclosure could harm our reputation, result in liability and service outages, any of which could adversely affectfailure to comply with laws/regulations relevant to our business and results of operations

Our business involvesis subject to extensive, and at times conflicting, regulations by the use, storage,U.S. federal, state, local, foreign national, and transmission of information about our clients, their customers,provincial authorities relating to confidential client and our employees. While we take reasonable measures to protect the security ofcustomer data, data privacy, customer communications, and unauthorized access to our systemstelemarketing practices; licensed healthcare, financial services, collections, insurance, and the privacy of personalgaming/gambling support activities; trade restrictions and proprietary information that we accesssanctions, tariffs, import/export controls; taxation; labor regulations, mandatory healthcare and store, our security controls over our systems may not be adequate to prevent the improper access to orwellness regulations, wages, breaks and severance regulations; health and safety regulations; disclosure of this information. Such unauthorized access or disclosure could subject TTEC to significant liability under relevant law or our contractsobligations; and could harm our reputation, resulting in impacts on our results of operations, loss of future revenue and business opportunities. These risks may further increase as our business model that includes high percentage of work from home delivery in addition to our delivery through customer experience centers.

In recent years, there have been an increasing number of high-profile security breaches at companies and government agencies, and security experts have warned about the growing risks of hackers, cybercriminals and state actors launching a broad range of attacks targeting information technology systems. Information security breaches, computer viruses, interruption or loss of business data, DDoS (distributed denial of service) attacks, ransomware andimmigration laws, among other cyberattacks on any of these systems could disrupt our normal operations of customer engagement centers and remote service delivery, our cloud platform offerings, and our enterprise services, impeding our ability to provide critical services to our clients.

We are experiencing an increase in frequency of cyber-fraud attempts, such as so-called “social engineering” attacks and phishing scams, which typically seek unauthorized money transfers or information disclosure. We actively train our employees to recognize these attacks and have implemented proactive risk mitigation measures to curb them. There are no assurances, however, that these attacks, which are growing in sophistication, may not deceive our employees, resulting in a material loss.areas.

1619

Table of Contents

WhileAs we provide services to clients’ customers residing in countries where we do not have taken reasonable measuresin-country operations or if we use telecommunication channels and airways in countries where we do not have physical presence, we may also be subject to protect our systemslaws and processes from unauthorized intrusionsregulations of these countries. Costs and cyber-fraud, we cannot be certaincomplexity of compliance with existing and future regulations that advances in cyber-criminal capabilities, discovery of new system vulnerabilities, and attempts to exploit such vulnerabilities will not compromise or breach the technology protecting our systems and the information that we manage and control, which could result in damageapply to our systems,business may adversely affect our reputation, and our profitability.

If our cloud platform experiences disruptions due to technology failures or cyberattacksprofitability; and if we fail to correct such impacts promptly, our business will be materially impacted

Our cloud platforms and third-party software and systems that we use to serve our clients are complex and may, from time to time have service interruptions, contain design defects, configuration or coding errors, and other vulnerabilities that may be difficult to detect or correct, and which may be outside of our control. Although our commercial agreements limit our exposure from such occurrences, they may not always effectively protect us against claims in all jurisdictions and against third-party claims. If our clients’ business is damaged, our reputation could suffer,comply with these mandates, we could be subject to contractual, civil and even criminal liability, monetary damages and fines. Enforcement actions by regulatory agencies could also materially increase our costs of operations and impact our ability to serve our clients.

Adverse changes in laws or regulations that impact our business may negatively affect the sale of our services, slow the growth of our operations, or mandate changes to how we deliver our services, including our ability to use and how we use offshore resources. These changes could threaten our ability to continue to serve certain markets.

Uncertainty and inconsistency in relevant privacy and data protection laws, the high cost of compliance with such laws, and the failure to comply with related contractual obligations may impact our ability to deliver services and our results of operations

During the last several years, there has been a significant increase in data protection and privacy regulations and enforcement activity in many jurisdictions where we and our clients do business. These regulations are often complex and at times they impose conflicting requirements among different jurisdictions that we serve. For example, the European Union’s General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR) imposes data protection requirements for controllers and processers of personally identifiable information collected in Europe, while the California Consumer Privacy Protection Act (CCPA), and other similar acts in other U.S. states imposed similar regulations protecting state residents with a different reach. We are also subject to the terms of our privacy policies and client contractual obligations related to privacy, data protection, and information security. There is an increased focus on automated processing and services delivered with the use of AI and GenAI tools that may lead to increased regulatory oversight and restrictions that could have an impact on our business.

The scope of these laws, regulations and policies is subject to differing interpretations, and may be inconsistent among, or conflict with other laws and regulations. The regulatory framework for privacy and data protection worldwide is, and is likely to remain for the foreseeable future, uncertain and complex, and it is possible that these varied obligations may be interpreted and applied in a manner that currently we do not anticipate or that they are inconsistent from one jurisdiction to another and may conflict with other rules or our practices.

For example, the New York Department of Financial Services, which regulates some of our licensed activity, issues its own cybersecurity mandates in addition to those issued by the state of New York and other states that oversee our activities; while the U.S. federal government is considering new national data privacy mandates which would overlap with, contradict or supersede certain state requirements. Our public sector clients also established and continue to evolve certain cybersecurity and technology resilience mandates, such as FedRamp and StateRamp, that impact our business and cost of our business delivery. Failure to comply with all privacy, data protection and cybersecurity laws and regulations that are relevant to different parts of our business have resulted in, and may result in future legal claims, significant fines, sanctions, or penalties, or loss of licenses; and may increase our cost of operations, make it difficult for us to secure business or efficiently serve our clients. Compliance with these evolving regulations requires significant investment which impacts our financial results of operations.

Well publicized security breaches have led to enhanced government and regulatory scrutiny of the measures being taken by companies to protect against cyberattacks and have resulted in heightened cybersecurity requirements, including additional regulatory expectations and the oversight of vendor activity for licensed service providers, and service providers to public sector clients. Unauthorized disclosure of sensitive or confidential client, their customers’, and our employees’ data, whether through third party breach of our systems or due to negligence or intentional acts of insiders, has exposed us in the past and could expose us in the future to costly litigation and regulatory enforcement. It could also impact our reputation and cause us to lose clients, which could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

20

Table of Contents

Wage and hour class action lawsuits can expose us to costly litigation and damage our reputation

The customer care business process outsourcing industry in the United States is a target of plaintiffs’ law firms that specialize in wage and hour class action lawsuits against large employers by soliciting potential plaintiffs (current and former employees) with billboard and social media advertising. The plaintiffs’ law firms seek large settlements based entirely on the number of potential plaintiffs in a class, whether or not there is any basis for the claims that they make on behalf of their clients, most of whom do not believe themselves to be aggrieved nor seek recourse until solicited. The cost of defending litigation for these large class action lawsuits has been and will continue to be significant. Because we hire large numbers of employees in the United States and our industry has large turnover, the potential size of plaintiffs’ classes in these wage and hour lawsuits can be considerable, creating potential material risks to the cost of our operations. As we continue to hire more employees in the United States, and grow our operations in California, where the number of wage and hour class action lawsuits is larger than in many other states combined and where verdicts in these lawsuits are very large, our results of operations may be material impacted by these lawsuits.

Contract terms typical in our industry can lead to volatility in our revenue and profitability

Many of our Engage business contracts require clients to provide monthly forecasts of volumes, but no guaranteed or minimum volumes or revenue levels. Such forecasts vary from month to month, which can impact our staff and space utilizations, our cost structure, and our profitability.

Many of our contracts, although long term, have termination for convenience clauses with short notice periods and no guarantees of minimum revenue levels or profitability, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operation, if clients terminate a contract terminationor materially reduce customer interaction volumes on short notice.

We may not always offset increased costs with increased fees under long-term contracts. The pricing and paymentsother terms of our client contracts, particularly on our long-term service agreements, are based on estimates and assumptions we make at contract inception. These estimates reflect our best judgment, at the time, regarding the nature of the engagement and our expected costs to provide the contracted services, but these judgments could differ from actual results, especially with conflicting inflationary and recessionary pressures.

Not all our contracts allow for escalation of fees as our cost of operations increase. Moreover, those that do allow for such escalations do not always allow increases at rates comparable to the increases that we experience due to rising minimum wage mandates, related payroll cost increases, increased technology costs of work from home environments, and the increasing costs of evolving regulatory requirements. If and to the extent we do not negotiate long-term contract terms that provide for fee adjustments to reflect increases in our cost of service, our business, financial conditions, and results of operation could be materially impacted.

We provide service level commitments to certain customers. If we do not meet these contractual commitments, we could be subject to penalties, credits, refunds or contract terminations, which could adversely affect our revenue and harm our reputation.

Broad Indemnification obligations required in some of our contracts for losses or damages outside of our control in the clients’ environment that can be tied indirectly to our services may make some of our contracts unprofitable and may materially impact our results of operations.

The trend of clients seeking to transfer growing cybersecurity, data privacy and emerging technologies related risks to service providers could significantly impact our operations and profitability

As cybersecurity incidents and data breaches are becoming more common and often impossible to avoid, clients are looking to their service providers, like us, to cover their cost of these incidents. Many of the services we provide are performed in the clients’ and not in our information technology environments and security incidents that clients experience may have many causes and many contributory factors, most of which are unrelated to our activities or involve situations that we cannot control or mitigate. Yet, clients are increasingly seeking for service providers, like us, to accept unlimited liability for incidents that we did not cause but which our errors or omissions may have contributed to, in part. While clients expect the inclusion of emerging technologies, including AI and GenAI in our services offerings, they often are not positioned to nor wish to mitigate or assume responsibility for the often uncertain risks associated with such technologies, expecting us

21

Table of Contents

to assume that risk. Potential liability and related cost in connection with these risk transfers are often unpredictable, cannot be easily quantified or priced, and cannot always be insured. If we are unable to negotiate reasonable contractual terms with our clients where liabilities for our services are reasonably allocated to events that we can impact, control or mitigate, we may have to decline business opportunities or incur significant liability that would have impact on our results of operations.

The growing use of AI/GenAI in our offerings and evolving uncertainty of regulatory environments impacting such offerings may impact our costs of doing business and reputation

Regulations on the use of AI/GenAI technologies are rapidly evolving across jurisdictions where we do business. The uncertainty and inconsistencies of these evolving regulatory environments may increase costs and our liability related to our use of AI and the use of AI by our clients. While we have taken a responsible approach to how AI/GenAI is included in our offerings and in our business, there can be no assurances that future AI regulations would not adversely impact us or conflict with our approach to AI, including affecting our ability to offer AI/GenAI in our service offerings without costly investments in modifications to our offerings and additional compliance requirements, impacting our results of operations or our reputation.

Challenges in protecting our intellectual property and its infringement by others may adversely impact our ability to innovate and compete

Our intellectual property may not always receive favorable treatment from the United States Patent and Trademark Office, the European Patent Office, or similar foreign intellectual property adjudication and registration agencies; and our “patent pending” intellectual property may not receive a patent or may be subject to prior art limitations. Our trademarks may be challenged, and have been challenged, by others with similar marks.

The lack of an effective legal system in certain countries where we do business or lack of commitment to protection of intellectual property rights, may prevent us from being able to defend our reputation,intellectual property and related technology against infringement by others, leading to a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

As our reliance on technology for services that we provide increases, so is the risk of infringement or claims of infringement of intellectual property rights of others. If we are not successful in defending against such claims, our results of operations may be impacted.

Our inability to timely secure or maintain licensing required to perform certain regulated services may significantly impact our results of operations

Some of the services we provide for our healthcare, financial services, gaming, and other highly regulated clients require for some of our legal entities, directors and officers of these entities, and employees who perform the services to be licensed by authorities that oversee these regulated activities. These licensing requirements vary among jurisdictions where we provide services; and the ongoing compliance requirements to maintain and renew these licenses also varies and change often. Our ability to maintain these licenses and to comply with various evolving regulations that underpin the licensing requirements depends on many factors, not all of which we control; and the cost of this compliance can be significant. Failure to comply with all regulations in one jurisdiction may impact our licensing status with regulators in other jurisdictions. Our ability to secure and maintain these licenses and to do so timely cannot always be assured and depends on many factors, some of which we cannot control. If we are unable to maintain these licenses, if we fail to comply with ever evolving regulations in all the jurisdictions where we deliver regulated services, or if we are unable to meet the regulatory requirements, we may lose significant business opportunities or breach ongoing contractual obligations, which could have material advice impact on our results of operations.

22

Table of Contents

Risks Related to Our International Operations Outside of the United States

We face special risks associated with international operations

An important component of our business strategy is serviceour global delivery outside of the United Statesmodel and our continuingcontinuous international expansion. During 2020,In 2023, we derived approximately 31%30% of our revenue from operations outside of the U.S.United States. We deliver services to clients from 22 countries on six continents and the expansion to at least five additional countries is being considered in coming years. Conducting business abroadoutside of the United States and in many global locations at the same time is subject to a variety of risks, including:

inconsistent regulations, licensing requirements, prescriptive labor rule,rules, corrupt business practices, restrictive export control and immigration laws, which may result in inadvertent violation of laws that we may not be able to immediately detect or correct; and which may increase our cost of operations as we endeavor to comply with laws that differ from one country to another;
uncertainty of tax regulations in countries where we do business may affect our costs of operation;
longer payment cycles, especially during economic downturn, could impact our cash flows and results of operations;
political and economic instability, and unexpected changes in regulatory regimes could adversely affect our ability to deliver services overseas and our ability to repatriate cash;
the withdrawal of the United Kingdom from the European Union (known as “Brexit”) added complexity and cost to provision of services and movement of people across UK, Ireland and continental members of the European Union, which could impact our European operations and our operations in the UK;
currency exchange rate fluctuations and restrictions on currency movement and impact of internationalor negative tax lawsconsequences triggered by such movement could adversely affect our results of operations, if we are forced to maintain assets in currencies other than U.S. dollars, while our financial results are reported in U.S. dollars; and if we are forced to maintain assets in currencies other than those that we use for payment of our operating expenses;
infrastructure challenges and lack of sophisticated disaster and pandemic preparedness in some countries where we do business may impact our service delivery; and
armed conflicts, terrorist attacks or civil unrest in some of the regions where we do business, and the resulting need for enhanced security measures may impact our ability to deliver services, threaten the safety of our employees, and increase our costs of operations.

While we monitor and endeavor to mitigate in a timely manner the relevant regulatory, geopolitical, and other risks related to our operations outside of the United States, we cannot assess with certainty what impact such risks are likely to have over time on our business, and we can provide no assurance that we will always be able to mitigate these risks successfully and avoid adverse impact on our business and results of operations.

17

Table of Contents

Our delivery model involves geographic concentration outside of the United States, exposing us to significant operational risks

Our customer engagement delivery and our back-office functions are concentrated in the Philippines, Mexico, India, and Bulgaria. Our business model is dependent on our ability to locate at least somea significant portion of our customer engagement service delivery and enterprise supportcorporate functions in low-cost jurisdictions around the globe. Our dependence on our customer engagementdelivery centers and enterprisecorporate support functions in the Philippines and Mexico, which areareas subject to frequent severe weather, natural disasters, health and security threats, and arbitrary government actions represents a particular risk. Natural disasters (floods, winds, and earthquakes), terrorist attacks, pandemics, large-scale utilities outages, telecommunication and transportation disruptions, labor or political unrest, and restriction on repatriation of funds at some of thesethe locations where we do business may interrupt or limit our ability to operate or may increase our costs. Our business continuity and disaster recovery plans, while extensive, may not always be effective, particularly if catastrophic events occur.occur; and business interruption insurance that we procure to address some of these risks may not always be available or may not be affordable.

For these and other reasons, our geographic concentration in locations outside of the United States, especially in the Philippines, India, Mexico, and Bulgaria could result in a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Although we procure business interruption insurance to cover some

23

Table of these exposures, adequate insurance may not be available on an ongoing basis for a reasonable price.Contents

We may face new risks as we expand our operations into countries where we have no prior experience

At times, ourOur clients ask usdemand service providers who can support them anywhere in the world and sometimes, to stand upmaintain competitiveness, we must establish new operations, quickly, in countries where we previously have not done business. New market entry is fraught with operational, security, regulatory compliance, safety, and corruption risks, and these risks are exacerbated when new operations are launched quickly. TTEC has extensiveWe have experience in new market entry around the globe, but there can be no assurancesassurance that new operations in new countries would not result in financial loseslosses, operational instability and operational instability.reputational impact. If we elect not to follow our clients to markets where they wish to have services, we may lose lucrative contracts, including contracts in multiple jurisdictions where we have experience, or to competitors who are already established in the markets new to us, which would impact our financial results of operations.

Our financial results may be adversely impacted by foreign currency exchange rate risk

Many contracts that we service from customer engagement centers or employees working from home based outside of the United States are typically priced, invoiced, and paid in U.S. and Australian dollars, the British pound or Euros, while the costs incurred to deliver these services are incurred in the functional currencies of the country of operations. The fluctuations between the currencies of the contract and operating currencies present foreign currency exchange risks. Furthermore, because our financial statements are denominated in U.S. dollars, but approximately 17% of our revenue is derived from contracts denominated in other currencies, our results of operations could be adversely affected if the U.S. dollar strengthens significantly against foreign currencies.

While we hedge at various levels against the effect of exchange rate fluctuations, we can provide no assurance that we will be able to continue to successfully manage this foreign currency exchange risk and avoid adverse impacts on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Risks Related to Legal, Compliance and Regulatory Matters

Our results of operations may be impacted by changes in laws, our failure to comply with laws and regulations relevant to our business

Our business is subject to extensive, and at times conflicting, regulations by the United States, state, local, foreign national, and provincial authorities relating to confidential client and customer data, data privacy, customer communications, telemarketing practices, licensed healthcare, financial services, collections, and gaming/gambling support activities, trade restrictions and sanctions, tariffs, import/export controls, taxation, labor regulations, wages and severance, health care requirements, disclosure obligations, and immigration among other areas.

18

Table of Contents

As we provide services to clients’ customers residing in countries where we do not have operations on the ground, we may also be subject to laws and regulations of these countries. Costs and complexity of compliance with existing and future regulations that could apply to our business may adversely affect our profitability; and If we fail to comply with these mandates, we could be subject to contractual, civil and criminal liability, monetary damages and fines. Enforcement actions by regulatory agencies could also materially increase our costs of operations and impact our ability to serve our clients.

Adverse changes in laws or regulations that impact our business may negatively affect the sale of our services, slow the growth of our operations, or mandate changes to how we deliver our services, including our ability to use offshore resources. These changes could threaten our ability to continue to serve certain markets.

Uncertainty and inconsistency in privacy and data protection laws that impact our business, failure to comply with contractual obligations related to privacy, and high cost of compliance may impact our ability to deliver services and our results of operations

During the last several years, there has been a significant increase in data protection and privacy regulations and enforcement activity in many jurisdictions where we and our clients do business. These new regulations are often complex and at times they impose conflicting requirements among different jurisdictions that we serve. For example, the European Union’s General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR) imposes data protection requirements for controllers and processers of personally identifiable information collected in Europe, while the California Consumer Privacy Protection Act (CCPA), and other similar acts in Illinois, and New York, and Massachusetts in the United States imposed similar regulations protecting state residents with a different reach. Well-publicized security breaches have led to enhanced government and regulatory scrutiny of the measures being taken by companies to protect against cyberattacks and may in the future result in heightened cybersecurity requirements, including additional regulatory expectations for oversight of vendors and service providers. Unauthorized disclosure of sensitive or confidential client and their customers data, whether through breach of our systems or otherwise, could expose us to costly litigation and cause us to lose clients. For example, the U.S. government may impose new federal data privacy and regulation mandates as part of Biden Administration agenda in 2021. Failure to comply with all privacy and data protection laws that are relevant to different parts of our business may result in legal claims, significant fines, sanctions, or penalties, or may make it difficult for us to secure business or efficiently serve our clients. Compliance with these evolving regulations may require significant investment which would impact our results of operations.

Wage and hour class action lawsuits targeting our business can expose us to costly litigation and damage our reputation

The contact center industry in the United States is a target of plaintiffs’ law firms that specialize in wage and hour class action lawsuits against large employers by soliciting potential plaintiffs including current and former employees, with billboard and social media advertising. The plaintiff law firms seek large settlements based entirely on the number of potential plaintiffs in a class, whether or not there is any basis for the claims that they make on behalf of their clients, most of whom do not believe themselves to be aggrieved nor seek recourse until solicited. The cost of defending litigation for these large class action lawsuits is material. Because TTEC hires large numbers of employees in the United States and our industry has large turnover, the potential size of plaintiffs’ classes in these wage and hour lawsuits can be considerable, creating a material impact on the cost of operations. As we continue to hire more employees in the United States, and expand our operations to California, where the number of wage and hour class action lawsuits is larger than in many other states combined and where verdicts in these lawsuits are very large, our results of operations may be material impacted by these lawsuits.

19

Table of Contents

Legislation discouraging offshoring of service by United States companies or making such offshoring difficult could significantly affect our business

A perceived association between offshore service providers and the loss of jobs in the United States has been a focus of political debate in recent years. As a result, current and prospective clients may be reluctant to hire offshore service providers like TTEC to avoid negative perceptions and regulatory scrutiny. If they seek customer care and management capacity onshore that was previously available to them through outsourcers outside of the United States., they may elect to perform these services in-house instead of outsourcing the services onshore. Possible tax incentives for U.S. businesses to return offshored services to the United States could also impact our clients’ continuing interest in using our services.

Legislation aimed to expand protections for U.S. and European based customers from having their personal data accessible outside of their home jurisdictions, could also impact offshored outsourcing opportunities by requiring notice and consent as a condition for sharing personal identifiable information with foreign service delivery personnel. Further, the U.S. government’s reputation for use of individuals’ personal information for national security purposes without individuals’ consent, caused restrictions on transfer to the United States for processing of customers and customers’ data in several countries (e.g., Canada). Any material changes in current trends among our clients to use services outsourced and delivered offshore or to transfer information outside of the home country for processing would materially impact our business and results of operations.

Increases in income tax rates, changes in income tax laws or disagreements with tax authorities could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations

We are subject to income taxes in the United States and in certain foreign jurisdictions in which we operate. Increases in income tax rates or other changes in income tax laws in any particular jurisdiction could reduce our after-tax income from such jurisdictions and could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. Our operations outside the U.S. generate a significant portion of our income and many of the other countries in which we have significant operations, have recently made or are actively considering changes to existing tax laws that could significantly impact how U.S. multinational corporations are taxed on foreign earnings.

The incoming U.S. presidential administration has called for changes to fiscal and tax policies, which may include comprehensive tax reform. Many of these proposed and enacted changes to the taxation of our activities could increase our effective tax rate or adversely affect our business, financial condition, or results of operations.

There are no assurances that we will be able to implement effective tax planning strategies that are necessary to optimize our tax position following changes in tax laws globally. If we are unable to implement a cost-effective contracting structure, our effective tax rate and our results of operations would be impacted.

Our ability to use our net operating losses or federal tax credits to offset future taxable income may be subject to certain limitations.

If the transfer pricing arrangements we have among our subsidiaries are determined to be inappropriate, our tax liability may increase

We have transfer pricing arrangements among our subsidiaries in relation to various aspects of our business, including operations, marketing, sales, and delivery functions. The United States, Australia, Mexico, India, Philippines and other transfer pricing regulations in other countries where we operate, require that cross-border transactions between affiliates be on arm’s-length terms. We carefully consider the pricing among our subsidiaries to assure that they are at arm’s-length. If tax authorities were to determine that the transfer prices and terms we have applied are not appropriate, we may incur increased tax liability, including accrued interest and penalties, which would cause material increase in our tax liability, thereby impacting our profitability and cash flows, and potentially resulting in a material adverse effect on our operations, effective tax rate and financial condition.

20

Table of Contents

Risks Related to Ownership of Our Common Stock

The price and trading volumes of our common stock may fluctuate significantly due to many factors, some of which we cannot control

Our common stock trades on Nasdaq under the symbol “TTEC.” In recent years, the market value of our stock has fluctuated significantly due to many unrelated factors. Our results of operations directly impact the value of our stock, but many developments affecting the CX solutions industry in general, and not directly related to us or controlled by us, may also have material impact on our stock value. For example, our stock value may be impacted by:

the performance of others who offer similar services and how their performance is perceived by investors and analysts in comparison to our performance;
general economic, industry and market conditions;
acquisitions or consolidation in our industry;
our capital structure, including the amount of our indebtedness, as it compares to others in our industry;
changes in key personnel;
changes in market valuations of similar companies;
the depth and liquidity of the market for our common stock;
fluctuations in currency exchange rates;
our dividend policy as it compares to the dividend policies of other similar companies;
investors’ perception about our industry in general, and about our business and our management team;
the adequacy of our ESG practices;
the passage of adverse legislation or other regulatory developments in countries where we do business;
the stock market fluctuations due to geopolitical events, energy prices or terrorist activities; and
the impact of the factors referred to elsewhere in “Risk Factors.”

Our stock value may also be impacted by financial projections that we provide to the public and whether these projections align with the expectations of our current investors, potential investors, and financial analysts who follow and comment on our stock. Any changes in our projections of our results of operations, or our failure to meet or exceed these projections and the investors’ and analysts’ expectations about our results of operations could result in material impact on our stock value.

While many of these factors impact the stock value of all companies in and outside of our industry, we may be more significantly impacted because of the relatively small trading volume of our shares.

There can be no assurance that we will continue to declare dividends or repurchase our shares or the cadence or levels of these activities

Our Board of Directors has declared biannual dividends since 2015; and from time to time, in the past, we repurchased our shares, as an alternative method of providing returns to our stockholders. Our Board’s decisions regarding the payment of dividends or share repurchases are made in the best interest of all stockholders in compliance with relevant laws, and depend on many factors, including our financial condition and earnings from operations; capital requirements for operation and technology investments and acquisitions; debt service obligations; market price of our shares; industry practice; legal and regulatory requirements; changes in U.S. federal, state, and international tax or corporate laws; covenant restrictions in our credit facility; changes to our business model, and other factors that our Board may deem relevant.

24

Table of Contents

Our dividend policy and share repurchase practices may change from time to time, and there are no assurances that we will continue to declare dividends or repurchase shares. A reduction or suspension in our dividend payments could have a negative impact on the price of our common stock.

Exclusive forum for dispute resolution provisions in our bylaws could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for their disputes

Our bylaws designate Delaware’s state courts as the exclusive forum for most disputes between us and our stockholders, including U.S. federal claims and derivative actions. We believe that this provision may benefit us by providing increased consistency in the application of Delaware law and federal securities laws by chancellors and judges who are particularly experienced in resolving corporate disputes, efficient administration of cases relative to other forums, and protection against the burdens of multi-forum litigation. This choice of forum provision does not have the effect of causing our stockholders to waive our obligation to comply with the federal securities laws.

This bylaw forum selection provision is not uncommon for companies incorporated in the State of Delaware, but it could limit our stockholders’ ability to select a more favorable judicial forum for disputes with us, our directors, officers or other employees and may therefore discourage litigation. It is important to note, however, that our choice of forum provision would (i) not be enforceable with respect to any suits brought to enforce any liability or duty created by the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and (ii) have uncertain enforceability with respect to claims under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Delaware law and certain provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws might discourage, delay or prevent a change ofin control of our company or changes in our management and, therefore, depressCompany, potentially depressing the price of our common stock

Our restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws contain provisions that could depress the market price of our common stock by acting to discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our companyCompany or changes in our management that the stockholders of our companyCompany may deem advantageous. These provisions, among other things:

authorize the issuance of "blank check"“blank check” preferred stock that our board of directors could use to implement a stockholder rights plan;
provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be called only by our Chairman, TTEC President or our board of directors;
establish advance notice requirements for nominations for election to our board of directors or for proposing matters that can be acted upon by stockholders at annual stockholder meetings;
permit the board of directors to establish the number of directors;directors on our board; and
provide that the board of directors is expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal our amended and restated bylaws.

In addition, Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law may discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our company. Section 203Company, as it imposes certain restrictions on mergers, business combinations and other transactions between us and holders of 15% or more of our common stock. Further, as described below, a majority of our stock is held by a single controlling stockholder, which means that a change in control of our company or the composition of the Board of Directors will not occur without the approval of the controlling stockholder.

Our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer controls a majority of our stock and has control over all matters requiring action by our stockholders; and his interest may conflict with the interests of our other stockholders

Kenneth D. Tuchman, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, directly and beneficially owns approximately 60%59% of TTEC’sour common stock. As a result, Mr. Tuchman could and does exercise significant influence and control over our business practices and strategy. As long as Mr. Tuchman continues to beneficially own more than 50% of our common stock he will be able toHe can elect all of the members of our Boardboard of Directors,directors, effect stockholder actions by written consent in lieu of stockholder meetings, and determine the outcome of all matters submitted to a vote of our stockholders, including matters involving mergers or other business combinations, the acquisition or disposition of assets, the occurrence of indebtedness, the issuance of any additional shares of common stock or other equity securities and the payment of dividends on our common stock.

2125

Table of Contents

The interest of Mr. Tuchman may not always coincide with the interest of our other stockholders, and Mr. Tuchman may seek to cause the companyCompany to take actions that might involve risks to our business or adversely affect us or our other stockholders. For example, Mr. Tuchman’s control of TTEC could delay or prevent a change ofin control, merger, consolidation, or sale of all or substantially all our assets that our other stockholders support, or conversely, Mr. Tuchman’s control could result in the consummation of a transaction that not all of our other stockholders do not support. As a controlling stockholder, Mr. Tuchman is generally entitled to vote his shares as he sees fit, which may not always be in the interest of our other stockholders. This concentrated control could also discourage partiesinvestors from acquiring our common stock or initiating potential mergers, takeovers or other change of control transactions, which could depress the trading price of our common stock.

Our status as a “controlled company” could make our common stock less attractive to some investors or otherwise harm our stock price

Because we qualify as a “controlled company” under the listing rules of the NASDAQ Stock Market, we are not required to have a majority of our Boardboard of Directorsdirectors be independent, nor are we required to have an independent compensation committee or an independent nominating committee of the Board.board. While the Company has elected not to avail itself of these governance exceptions available to “controlled companies,” in the future, the Company may elect to do so. Accordingly, because of our “controlled company” status, theour other stockholders may not have the same protections affordedthat are available to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance rules for NASDAQ-listed companies. Our status as a controlled company“controlled company” could make our common stock less attractive to some investors or otherwise harm our stock price.

ITEM 1B.  UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

We have not received written comments regarding our periodic or current reports from the staff of the SEC that were issued 180 days or more preceding the end of our 2020 fiscal year that remain unresolved.Not applicable.

ITEM 1C.  CYBERSECURITY

Risk Management and Strategy.  The Company recognizes the critical importance of maintaining the trust and confidence of our clients, business partners, and employees, and has developed an information security program to address material risks from cybersecurity threats. We have implemented a cross-functional approach to preserving the overall integrity of the information that the Company collects and stores by identifying, preventing, and mitigating cybersecurity threats and effectively responding to security incidents when they occur, while also maintaining controls and procedures that provide for the prompt escalation of certain cybersecurity incidents so decisions regarding the public disclosure and reporting of such incidents can be made by management in a timely manner.

The Company relies on a comprehensive Enterprise Risk Management (“ERM”) program, which includes cybersecurity as an important component. Our cybersecurity program is focused on the following key areas:

Risk Assessment. The Company engages in periodic cybersecurity and technology resilience risk assessments based on methodology and guidance from a recognized national standards organization; and utilizes periodic risk-based analysis for adopting, maintaining and adjusting appropriate security controls to address such risks.

The following factors, among others, are considered by the Company in assessing its cybersecurity risks, mitigation, and remediation strategies: the likelihood and severity of risk; impact on the Company and others, if a risk materializes; feasibility and cost of controls; and impact of controls on operations and on others. The specific controls used by the Company vary based on the systems involved, but usually include firewalls, intrusion prevention and detection systems, anti-malware technical safeguards and access controls, endpoint threat detection and response (EDR), identity and access management (IAM), privileged access management (PAM), logging and monitoring involving the use of security information and event management (SIEM), multi-factor authentication (MFA), and vulnerability and patch management.

26

Table of Contents

The Company periodically tests its cybersecurity policies, standards, processes, and practices. These testing efforts conducted by our in-house security teams and by third-party security firms include audits, assessments, tabletop exercises, threat modeling, penetration testing, and other exercises focused on evaluating the effectiveness of our cybersecurity measures and planning. Individual controls are evaluated and improved through vulnerability assessments and cybersecurity threat intelligence.The Company adjusts its cybersecurity policies, standards, processes, and practices as necessary based on the information provided by these assessments, audits, and reviews.

Independent Assessments. The Company regularly engages third parties to perform assessments on our cybersecurity measures, including information security maturity assessments, audits, and independent reviews of our information security control environment and operating effectiveness.

Third-Party Risks. The Company maintains a risk-based approach to identifying and overseeing cybersecurity risks presented by third parties, including vendors, service providers, and other external users of the Company’s systems, as well as the systems of third parties that could adversely impact our business in the event of a cybersecurity incident affecting those third-party systems.

Business Continuity and Incident Response. The Company has established and maintains comprehensive business continuity, disaster recovery, and incident response plans that address the Company’s response to cybersecurity incidents. We conduct periodic tabletop exercises and other testing of these plans to enhance incident response preparedness for potential disruption to technology we rely on in our business.

Education and Awareness. The Company provides regular, mandatory training for personnel on cybersecurity threats as a means to equip the Company’s personnel with effective tools to address cybersecurity threats, and to communicate the Company’s evolving information security policies, standards, processes, and practices. The training includes phishing and smishing exercises.

Although the Company has confidence in the security measures and processes it deploys to protect its environment from cybersecurity threats, neither the Company nor the third parties it relies on may be able to fully, continuously, and effectively implement security controls as intended. As stated above, we utilize a risk-based approach and judgment to determine which security controls to implement, and it is possible we may not implement appropriate controls if we fail to recognize or underestimate a particular risk. In addition, security controls, no matter how well designed or implemented, may only mitigate, but not fully eliminate, risks, and events, when detected by security tools or third parties, may not always be immediately understood or acted upon.

Governance.The Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”), in coordination with its Audit Committee, oversees the Company’s overall ERM process, and has delegated the management of risks arising from cybersecurity threats to the Security & Technology Committee, which regularly interacts with the Company’s Chief Security Officer (“CSO”), Chief Information Officer (“CIO”), the Chief Privacy and Regulatory Compliance Officer, Chief Legal & Risk Officer, and other members of management. The Security & Technology Committee receives regular reports on the Company’s cybersecurity risks, vulnerability assessments, third-party and independent reviews, among other relevant information.

The Board and its Security & Technology Committee also receive prompt and timely information regarding any cybersecurity incidents that meet established reporting thresholds, as well as ongoing updates regarding any such incidents until they have been addressed. At least annually, the Board discusses the Company’s approach to cybersecurity risk management with the Company’s CSO, CIO, and Chief Legal & Risk Officer, and other members of management.

The CSO, in coordination with other members of TTEC executive leadership team, works collaboratively across the Company to implement a cybersecurity program designed to protect the Company’s information systems from cybersecurity threats and to promptly respond to any cybersecurity incidents in accordance with the Company’s incident response and recovery plans. To facilitate the success of the Company’s cybersecurity risk management program, multidisciplinary teams throughout the Company are deployed to address cybersecurity threats and respond to cybersecurity incidents.

27

Table of Contents

Our CSO holds an undergraduate degree in Computer Science and has served in various information technology and information security roles, including serving as the CISO/CSO for two public companies as well as various leadership roles in two medium sized private companies over the last 30 years.

Our CIO holds an undergraduate degree in Computer and Electrical Engineering and has served in various roles in information technology for over 25 years, including serving as either the chief technology officer or chief information officer for two large public companies and a technology start-up.

The Company has previously experienced significant cybersecurity incidents. Although cybersecurity threats, including any previous cybersecurity incidents, have not materially affected and we believe are not reasonably likely to materially affect the Company, there can be no assurances that future cybersecurity incidents, which are unavoidable, will not materially affect our results of operations, including our business strategy, results of operations, or financial condition.

ITEM 2.  PROPERTIES

Our corporate headquarters are located in Englewood,Greenwood Village, Colorado. In addition to our headquarters and the customer engagement centers used by our TTEC Engage segment discussed below, we also maintain sales and consulting offices in several countries around the world which serve our TTEC Digital segment.

Our old headquarters building in Englewood, Colorado, which we own, is currently not occupied.

As of December 31, 20202023, we operated 8370 customer engagement centers that are classified as follows:

Multi-Client Center — We lease space for these centers and serve multiple clients in each facility;
Dedicated Center — We lease space for these centers and dedicate the entire facility to one client; and
Managed Center — These facilities are leased or owned by our clients and we staff and manage these sites on behalf of our clients in accordance with facility management contracts.

22

Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2020,2023, our customer engagement centers were located in the following countries:

    

    

    

    

Total

 

    

    

    

    

Total

 

Number of

 

Number of

 

Multi-Client

Dedicated

Managed

Delivery

 

Multi-Client

Dedicated

Managed

Delivery

 

Centers

Centers

Centers

Centers

 

Centers

Centers

Centers

Centers

 

Australia

 

3

 

3

 

2

 

2

Brazil

 

2

 

2

 

1

 

1

Bulgaria

 

2

 

2

 

2

 

2

Canada

 

3

1

 

4

 

1

1

 

2

Colombia

2

2

Egypt

1

1

Greece

1

1

1

1

Germany

 

1

 

1

 

1

 

1

Honduras

1

1

India

 

1

 

1

 

2

 

2

Ireland

 

1

 

1

Mexico

 

3

 

3

 

2

 

2

Philippines

 

18

 

18

 

15

 

15

Poland

1

1

1

1

South Africa

 

1

 

1

 

1

1

 

2

Thailand

1

1

1

1

United Kingdom

 

1

2

 

3

 

1

3

 

4

United States of America

 

27

5

9

 

41

 

21

3

6

 

30

Total

 

60

 

8

 

15

 

83

 

49

 

5

 

16

 

70

The leases for our customer engagement centers have remaining terms ranging from one to 1310 years and generally contain renewal options. We believe that our existing customer engagement centers are suitable and adequate for our current operations, and we have plans to build additional centers to accommodate future business.

28

Table of Contents

ITEM 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

From time to time, the Company has been involved in legal actions, both as plaintiff and defendant, which arise in the ordinary course of business. The Company accrues for exposures associated with such legal actions to the extent that losses are deemed both probable and reasonably estimable. To the extent specific reserves have not been made for certain legal proceedings, their ultimate outcome, and consequently, an estimate of possible loss, if any, cannot reasonably be determined at this time.

Based on currently available information and advice received from counsel, the Company believes that the disposition or ultimate resolution of any current legal proceedings, except as otherwise specifically reserved for in its financial statements, will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, cash flows or results of operations.

ITEM 4.  MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.

23

Table of Contents

PART II

ITEM 5.  MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER
MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Our common stock is traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “TTEC.”

As of December 31, 2020,2023, we had 248212 holders of record of our common stock and during 20202023 we declared and paid two $0.52 per share semi-annual dividends on our common stock. During 2022 we declared and paid a $0.34 per share semi-annual dividend, a $0.40$0.50 per share semi-annual dividend and a $2.14$0.52 per share special one-timesemi-annual dividend on our common stock. During 2019 we declared and paid a $0.30 per share dividend and a $0.32 per share dividend on our common stock as discussed below.

In 2015, our Board of Directors adopted a dividend policy, with the intent to distribute a periodic cash dividend to stockholders of our common stock, after consideration of, among other things, TTEC’s performance, cash flows, capital needs and liquidity factors. The Company paid the initial dividend in 2015 and has continued to pay a semi-annual dividend in October and April of each year in amounts ranging between $0.18 and $0.40 per common share.share in 2015 and $0.52 per common share in October 2023. On December 3, 2020,February 27, 2024, the Board of Directors authorized a special one-time dividend of $2.14 per common share, payable on December 30, 2020 to shareholders of record as of December 18, 2020. On February 25, 2021, the Board of Directors authorized a $0.43$0.06 dividend per common share, payable on April 21, 2021,30, 2024, to shareholders of record as of April 5, 2021.3, 2024. While it is our intention to continue to pay semi-annual dividends in 20212024 and beyond, any decision to pay future cash dividends will be made by our Board of Directors. In addition, our credit facility restricts our ability to pay dividends in the event we are in default or do not satisfy certain covenants.

Stock Repurchase Program

We continue to have the opportunity to return capital to our shareholders via an ongoinga stock repurchase program (originally authorized by the Board of Directors in 2001). As of December 31, 2020,2023, the cumulative authorized repurchase allowance was $762.3 million, of which we have used $735.8 million to purchase 46.1 million shares. AsThe Board most recently authorized additional funds under the repurchase program in 2017 and of the total amount authorized, approximately $26.6 million continues to be authorized for repurchase as of December 31, 2020, the remaining amount authorized for repurchases under the program was approximately $26.6 million.2023. During 20192022 and 2020,2023, and year to date in 2024, we did not purchase any shares under the program.

From January 1, 2021 through February 24, 2021, we did not purchase any additional shares and we do not currently have plans to make repurchases during 2021. The Although the stock repurchase program does not have an expiration date.date, we would seek a re-authorization of repurchases from the Board of Directors, if we decide to make repurchases during 2024.

Stock Performance Graph

The graph depicted below compares the performance of TTEC common stock with the performance of the NASDAQ Composite Index; the Russell 2000 Index; and customized peer group over the period beginning on December 31, 20152018 and ending on December 31, 2020.2023. We have chosen the “Peer Group” composedPeer Group comprised of 8x8, Inc.Accenture Plc (NASDAQ:  EGHT)ACN), Five9 Inc.Cognizant Technology Solutions Corp. (NASDAQ:  FIVN)CTSH), GenpactConcentrix (NASDAQ:  G)CNXC), Sykes Enterprises, Incorporated (NASDAQ: SYKE) andGlobant S.A. (NYSE:  GLOB), Teleperformance (NYSE Euronext:  RCF) and Telus International (NYSE:  TIXT). We believe that the companies in the Peer Group are relevant to our current business model, market capitalization and our two segments Digital and Engage.

29

Table of Contents

The graph assumes that $100 was invested on December 31, 20152018 in our common stock and in each comparison index, and that all dividends were reinvested. We declared per share dividends on our common stock of $0.55$0.90 during 2018, $0.622021, $1.02 during 20192022 and $2.88$1.04 during 2020.2023. Stock price performance shown on the graph below is not necessarily indicative of future price performance.

24

Table of Contents

COMPARISON OF 5 YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN

Among TTEC Holdings, Inc., The NASDAQ Composite Index,

The Russell 2000 Index, And A Peer GroupGroups

December 31,

 

December 31,

 

    

2015

    

2016

    

2017

    

2018

    

2019

    

2020

 

    

2018

    

2019

    

2020

    

2021

    

2022

    

2023

 

TTEC Holdings, Inc.

$

100

$

111

$

148

$

107

$

151

$

290

$

100

$

141

$

278

$

349

$

173

$

88

NASDAQ Composite

$

100

$

109

$

141

$

137

$

187

$

272

$

100

$

137

$

198

$

242

$

163

$

236

Russell 2000

$

100

$

121

$

139

$

124

$

155

$

186

$

100

$

126

$

151

$

173

$

138

$

161

Peer Group

$

100

$

110

$

148

$

159

$

238

$

347

$

100

$

138

$

178

$

268

$

173

$

218

GraphicGraphic

ITEM 6.  <RESERVED>

2530

Table of Contents

ITEM 6.  SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following selected financial data should be read in conjunction with Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, the Consolidated Financial Statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this Form 10-K (amounts in thousands except per share amounts).

Year Ended December 31,

 

    

2020

    

2019

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

 

Statement of Operations Data

Revenue

$

1,949,248

$

1,643,704

$

1,509,171

$

1,477,365

$

1,275,258

Cost of services

 

(1,452,719)

 

(1,242,887)

 

(1,157,927)

 

(1,110,068)

 

(941,592)

Selling, general and administrative

 

(203,902)

 

(202,540)

 

(182,428)

 

(182,314)

 

(175,797)

Depreciation and amortization

 

(78,862)

 

(69,086)

 

(69,179)

 

(64,507)

 

(68,675)

Other operating expenses

 

(9,073)

(1)

 

(5,482)

(5)

 

(7,583)

(9)

 

(19,987)

(12)

 

(36,442)

(16)

Income from operations

 

204,692

 

123,709

 

92,054

 

100,489

 

52,752

Other income (expense)

 

(34,424)

(2)

 

(13,298)

(6)

 

(35,816)

(10)

 

(11,602)

(13)

 

(2,454)

(17)

Provision for income taxes

 

(40,937)

(3)

 

(25,677)

(7)

 

(16,483)

(11)

 

(78,075)

(14)

 

(12,863)

(18)

Noncontrolling interest

 

(10,683)

 

(7,570)

 

(3,938)

 

(3,556)

 

(3,757)

Net income attributable to TTEC stockholders

$

118,648

$

77,164

$

35,817

$

7,256

$

33,678

Weighted average shares outstanding

Basic

 

46,647

 

46,373

 

46,064

 

45,826

 

47,423

Diluted

 

46,993

 

46,758

 

46,385

 

46,382

 

47,736

Net income per share attributable to TTEC stockholders

Basic

$

2.54

$

1.66

$

0.78

$

0.16

$

0.71

Diluted

$

2.52

$

1.65

$

0.77

$

0.16

$

0.71

Dividends issued per common share

$

2.88

$

0.62

$

0.55

$

0.47

$

0.385

Balance Sheet Data

Total assets

$

1,516,408

(4)

$

1,376,788

(8)

$

1,054,508

$

1,078,736

(15)

$

846,304

(19)

Total long-term liabilities

$

609,500

(4)

$

532,846

(8)

$

466,241

$

514,113

(15)

$

304,380

(19)

(1)Includes $1.1 million related to reductions in force, $2.2 million of expense for facility exit and other charges, and $5.8 million of impairments related to right of use lease assets and leasehold improvements.
(2)Includes a $6.2 million charge related to the purchase of the remaining 30% of the Motif acquisition (for discussion regarding the acquisition of Motif, see our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017), a $19.9 million charge related to the deconsolidation of three subsidiaries, and a net $1.8 million benefit related to the fair value adjustments of contingent consideration for three acquisitions.
(3)Includes a $1.8 million benefit related to return to provision adjustments, a $2.0 million benefit related to restructuring, $2.9 million of expense related to changes in tax contingent liabilities, $0.4 million of expense related to changes in valuation allowance, a $3.0 million benefit related to losses on dissolution of subsidiaries, $0.8 million of expense for earn outs related to acquisitions, a $4.0 million benefit related to equity based compensation, a $4.2 million benefit related to the amortization of purchased intangibles, and a $0.1 million benefit related to other items.
(4)The Company spent $53.3 million, net of cash acquired of $4.4 million in 2020 for the acquisitions of Serendebyte, Voice Foundry US/UK and Voice Foundry ASEAN. Upon acquisition of these businesses, the Company acquired $84.6 million of assets and assumed $7.6 million in liabilities ($1.6 million in long-term liabilities).
(5)Includes $1.1 million related to reductions in force, $0.7 million of expense for facility exit and other charges, a $2.6 million impairment of leasehold improvements and right to use lease assets, and a $1.1 million impairment of internally developed software, customer relationship intangible assets and other long-term assets.

26

Table of Contents

(6)Includes a $4.7 million charge related to the future purchase of the remaining 30% of the Motif acquisition (for discussion regarding acquisition of Motif, see our Annual Report on Form 10-Kfor the year ended December 31, 2017), a $2.4 million benefit related to a fair value adjustment of the contingent consideration based on revised estimates of performance against targets for one of our acquisitions, a $1.4 million benefit related to royalty payments in connection with the sale of two business units, a $1.4 million benefit related to the recovery of receivables for a division in winddown, and a $0.7 million benefit related to the sale of trademarks.
(7)Includes a $1.7 million benefit related to return to provision adjustments, a $2.8 million benefit related to tax rate changes, $0.7 million of expense related to changes in tax contingent liabilities, $4.5 million of expense related to changes in valuation allowance, a $0.9 million benefit related to restructuring, a $4.7 million benefit related to equity based compensation, a $2.9 million benefit related to the amortization of purchased intangibles, and a $0.3 million benefit related to other items.
(8)The Company spent $107.0 million, net of cash acquired of $4.5 million in 2019 for the acquisition of FCR. Upon acquisition of FCR, the Company acquired $171.7 million in assets and assumed $9.6 million in liabilities ($4.0 million in long-term liabilities).
(9)Includes $0.8 million related to reductions in force, $5.3 million of expense for facility exit charges and a termination fee for a technology vendor contract, $1.1 million of expense related to the impairment of property and equipment and a $0.3 million impairment charge related to internally developed software.
(10)Includes a $15.6 million impairment of the full value of an equity investment and a related bridge loan, a $9.9 million charge related to the future purchase of the remaining 30% of the Motif acquisition, a $1.6 million net loss related to a business unit which was classified as assets held for sale and subsequently reclassified to assets held and used as of December 31, 2018, a $2.0 million benefit related to royalty payments in connection with the sale of a business unit, a $0.7 million benefit related to the bargain purchase of an acquisition closed in March 2018, and a $0.3 million benefit related to a fair value adjustment of the contingent consideration based on revised estimates of performance against targets for one or our acquisitions.
(11)Includes a $4.2 million benefit related to the impairment of an equity investment, a $3.4 million benefit related to return to provision adjustments, $0.5 million of expense related to the disposition of assets, a $0.7 million benefit related to stock options, $1.6 million of expense related to changes in tax contingent liabilities, $1.5 million of expense related to changes in valuation allowance, a $2.1 million benefit related to restructuring, and a $0.5 million benefit related to other items.
(12)Includes $1.2 million expense related to reductions in force, $2.2 million of expense for facility exit charges, $3.5 million of expense due to write-off of leasehold improvements and other fixed assets in connection with the facilities we exited, $7.8 million expense related to integration charges for the Connextions acquisition (for discussion regarding acquisition of Connextions, see our Annual Report on Form 10-Kfor the year ended December 31, 2017), and a $5.3 million impairment charge related to two trade name intangible assets.
(13)Includes $5.3 million of expense related to the finalization of the transition services agreement for Connextions, a net $2.6 million loss related to a held for sale business unit that was sold in December 2017 and a $1.2 million charge to interest expense related to the future purchase of the remaining 30% of the Motif acquisition offset by a $3.2 million benefit related to the release of the currency translation adjustment in equity in connection with the dissolution of a foreign entity.
(14)Includes $62.4 million of expense related to the US 2017 Tax Act, $0.4 million of expense related to the disposition of assets, a $1.9 million benefit related to impairments, a $2.2 million benefit related to stock options, $0.6 million of expense related to changes in valuation allowances, a $5.8 million benefit related to restructuring, a $0.6 million benefit related to return to provision adjustments and a $2.1 million benefit related to changes to a transition service agreement.
(15)The Company spent $116.7 million, net of cash acquired of $6.0 million, in 2017 for the acquisitions of Connextions and Motif. Upon acquisitions of Connextions and Motif, the Company acquired $40.8 million in assets and assumed $36.3 million in liabilities ($27.4 million in long-term liabilities).
(16)Includes $3.4 million expense related to reductions in force, $1.0 million of expense for facility exit and other charges, a $1.3 million impairment of fixed assets, a $1.4 million impairment of goodwill, an $11.1 million impairment of internally developed software, and $18.2 million of impairment charges related to several trade name, customer relationship and non-compete intangible assets.
(17)Includes a $5.3 million estimated loss related to two business units which were classified as assets held for sale offset by a $4.8 million benefit related to fair value adjustments to the contingent consideration based on revised estimates of performance against targets for two of our acquisitions.

27

Table of Contents

(18)Includes $1.7 million of expense related to return to provision adjustments, $1.1 million of expense related to a transfer pricing adjustment for a prior period, $0.5 million of expense related to tax rate changes, $0.5 million of expense related to changes in valuation allowances, a $1.5 million benefit related to restructuring charges, and a $9.8 million benefit related to impairments and loss on assets held for sale.
(19)The Company spent $46.1 million, net of cash acquired of $2.7 million, in 2016 for the acquisition of Atelka (for discussion regarding our acquisition of Atelka, see our Annual Report on Form 10-Kfor the year ended December 31, 2016). Upon acquisition of Atelka, the Company acquired $25.1 million in assets and assumed $7.7 million in liabilities ($1.4 million in long-term liabilities).

28

Table of Contents

ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Executive Summary

Founded in 1983, TTEC Holdings, Inc. (“TTEC”, “the Company”, “we”, “our” or “us”) is a leading global customer experience as a service (“CXaaS”)CX outsourcing partner for many of the world’s iconic brands, Fortune 1000 companies, government agencies,marquis and disruptive growth companies. TTEC helps its clients deliver frictionlessbrands and public sector clients. The Company designs, builds, and operates technology-enabled customer experiences strengthenacross digital and live interaction channels to help clients increase customer relationships, brand recognitionloyalty, revenue, and loyalty through personalized interactions,profitability. By combining digital solutions with data-driven service capabilities, we help clients improve their Net Promoter Score, customer satisfaction and quality assurance, and lowerwhile lowering their total cost to serve by combining innovative digital solutions with best-in-class service capabilities to enableserve. As of December 31, 2023, TTEC served over 750clients across targeted industry verticals including financial services, healthcare, public sector, telecom, technology, media, travel and deliver simplified, consistenthospitality, automotive and seamless customer experience across channels and phases of the customer lifecycle.retail.

Our CXaaS solutions enhance our clients’ customers experience and help differentiate our clients from their competition.

In the fast expanding direct-to-customer ("DTC") channel where experiences are everything, enterprises must become increasingly more customer-centric, virtualized and digitally enabled to acquire, grow and maintain customers. Our mission is to enable and accelerate our clients' path to virtual and digital transformation. We are focused on improving the experience of our clients' customers by leveraging existing and emerging technologies — cloud, omnichannel, analytics, artificial intelligence ("AI"), machine learning ("ML"), robotic process automation ("RPA"), and real-time conversational messaging.

The Company reports its financial information based onTTEC operates through two segments:  TTEC Digital and TTEC Engage.business segments.

TTEC DigitalDigita providesl is one of the largest CX technology providers and is focused exclusively on the intersection of Contact Center as a Service (CCaaS), Customer Relationship Management (CRM), and Artificial Intelligence (AI) and Analytics. A professional services organization comprised of software engineers, systems architects, data scientists and CX strategists, this segment creates and implements strategic CX transformation roadmaps; sells, operates, and provides managed services for cloud platforms and premise based CX technologies including Amazon Web Services, Cisco, Genesys, Google, and Microsoft; and creates proprietary IP to support our clients’ customer interaction delivery infrastructure. The segment designs, buildsindustry specific and operatescustom client needs.  TTEC Digital serves clients across Enterprise and Small & Medium Sized (SMB) business segments and has a dedicated unit with government technology certifications serving the omnichannel ecosystem in a cloud, on premise, or hybrid environment, inclusive of fully integrating, orchestrating, and administrating highly scalable, feature-rich CX technology applications.public sector.
TTEC Engage provides the digitally enabled CX operational and managed services to support ourlarge, complex enterprise clients’ end-to-end customer interaction delivery, by providing the essential CXinteractions at scale. Tailored to meet industry specific and business needs, this segment delivers data-driven omnichannel and application technologies, human resources, recruiting, training and production, at-home or facility-based delivery infrastructure on a global scale, and engagement processes. This segment provides full-service digital, omnichannel customer engagement, supporting customer care, customer acquisition, growth, and retention services, tech support, trust and fraud detectionsafety and prevention services.back-office solutions. The segment’s technology-enabled delivery model covers the entire associate lifecycle including recruitment, onboarding, training, delivery, workforce management and quality assurance.

TTEC demonstrates its market leadership through strategic collaboration across TTEC Digital and TTEC Engage strategically come together underwhen there is client demand and fit for our unified offering, Humanify® Customer Experience as a Service ("CXaaS"), which drives measurableintegrated solutions. This partnership is central to our ability to deliver comprehensive and transformational customer resultsexperience solutions to our clients, including integrated delivery, go-to-market and innovation for clients through the delivery of personalized, omnichannel experiences. Our Humanify® cloud platform provides a fully integrated ecosystem oftruly differentiated, market leading CX offerings, including messaging, AI, ML, RPA, analytics, cybersecurity, customer relationship management ("CRM"), knowledge management, journey orchestration and traditional voice solutions. Our end-to-end platform differentiates us from many competitors by combining design, strategic consulting, best-in-class technology, data analytics, process optimization, system integration and operational excellence. This unified offering is value-oriented, outcome-based and delivered to large enterprises, governments and disruptive growth companies on a global scale.

During fiscal 2020,2023, the combined TTEC Digital and TTEC Engage global operating platform delivered onshore, nearshore, and offshore services in 2022 countries on six continents -- the United States, Australia, Belgium, Brazil, Bulgaria, Canada, Colombia, Costa Rica, Egypt, Germany, Greece, Honduras, India, Ireland, Mexico, the Netherlands, New Zealand, the Philippines, Poland, Singapore, South Africa, Thailand, and the United Kingdom with the help of 61,000over 60,000 customer care associates, consultants, technologists, and CX professionals.

Our revenue for fiscal 20202023 was $1.949$2.463 billion, approximately $307$487 million, or 16%20%, which came from our TTEC Digital segment and $1.642$1.976 billion, or 84%80%, which came from our TTEC Engage segment.

29

Table of Contents

To improve our competitive position in a rapidly changing market and stay strategically relevant to lead our clients with emerging CX methodologies, we continue to invest in innovation and service offerings for both mainstream and high growthhigh-growth disruptive businesses, diversifying and strengthening our core customer care services with consulting,technology-enabled, outcomes-focused services, data analytics, insights, and technology-enabled, outcomes-focused services.consulting.

We also invest to broaden our product and service capabilities, increase our global client base and industry expertise, tailor our geographic footprint to the needs of our clients, and further scale our end-to-end integrated solutions platform. To this end we have been highlywere acquisitive in the last several years, including our acquisition in April 2022 of certain public sector assets of Faneuil, Inc. that included healthcare exchange and transportation services contracts. We also completed an acquisition early in the second quarter of 2021 of a provider of Genesys and Microsoft cloud contact center services, which followed an acquisition in the second half of 2020 of a preferred Amazon Connect cloud contact center service provider, an acquisition in the first quarterand implementation provider.

31

Table of 2020 of an autonomous customer experience and intelligent automation solutions provider and an acquisition in the fourth quarter of 2019 of a provider of customer care, social media community management, content moderation, technical support and business process solutions for rapidly growing businesses in early stages of their lifecycle.Contents

We have extensive expertise in the healthcare, automotive, communications, financial services, national/federal and state and local government, healthcare,financial services, communications, technology, travel, logistics, media and entertainment, e-tail/retail, technology, travel and transportation industries. We serve more than 300750 diverse clients globally, including many of the world’s iconic brands, Fortune 1000 companies, government agencies, and disruptive growth companies.

In March 2020, the World Health Organization declared the outbreak of COVID-19 as a global pandemic. Within weeks of this announcement, travel bans, a state of emergency, quarantines, lockdowns, “shelter in place” orders, and business restrictions and shutdowns were issued in most countries where TTEC does business. The need to comply with these measures, which came into effect with little notice, impacted our day-to-day operations and disrupted our business in the last month of the first quarter and second quarter of the year. As a result, operations were suspended in some of our TTEC Engage customer experience delivery sites. Business continuity plans were executed to transition as many employees as was reasonably possible to a work from home environment to support the health and well-being of our employees and communities and to provide a stable service delivery platform for our clients.

Between mid-March and mid-April 2020, we transitioned over 43,000 employees, or 80% of our employee population, to a work from home environment. With the easing of some of the government restrictions, those employees  who were considered essential and could not operate effectively while remote returned to our brick-and-mortar sites, but most continue to work from home.

For those sites that continue to operate, we have taken extensive measures to protect the health and safety of our employees, in accordance with the recommendations and guidelines provided by the World Health Organization, the U.S. and European Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, the U.S. Occupational Safety Association, and local governments in jurisdictions where our customer experience centers are located.

Although our business experienced the effects of COVID-19 in the first half of 2020, our implementation of business continuity plans, rapid transition of employees to a work from home environment, and the geographic diversification of our delivery centers allowed us to mitigate potentially more severe impacts, and positioned us to support our commercial and public sector clients, experiencingand disruptive hypergrowth companies.

Cybersecurity Incident

In 2021, TTEC experienced two significant surge volumescybersecurity incidents. One involved a global supply chain compromise that impacted thousands of customer, patientcompanies worldwide, including a TTEC Digital subsidiary and citizen COVID-19 related engagement. Our COVID-19 related surge workits managed services clients. Another involved a ransomware attack that temporarily disrupted the TTEC Engage business. With support from outside forensic experts, in the fourth quarter of 2021 TTEC completed its investigation of root causes and impacts of the cybersecurity incident and has contributed approximately 12%been working to harden the security of our total revenue for 2020. Although approximately 20% of our pre-COVID-19 business was comprised of clients in industriesits information technology environment and has taken the measures it believes to be appropriate to protect its systems and its data.

In connection with these incidents, we also exercised reasonable efforts to identify data that may have been negativelyexfiltrated and found no credible evidence that exfiltrated data was publicly released, nevertheless, we provided appropriate regulatory and individual notices about the incident and its potential impacts.

The Company performed appropriate procedures to validate the accuracy and completeness of information involved in its financial reporting, and we had no indication that the accuracy and completeness of any financial information was impacted byas a result of the pandemic, i.e. automotive, retailincident.

During 2021, 2022 and travel2023, the incident also resulted in certain government enforcement actions, regulatory investigations, fines, penalties, and hospitality,private legal actions, which although significant, are typical under these circumstances and did not materially impact our results of operations. Other actual and potential consequences of the 2020 total revenue derived fromincident included and may include negative publicity, loss of client trust, reputational damage, litigation, contractual claims, financial judgement or settlements in excess of insurance, and disputes with insurance carriers concerning coverage. See, Part I, Item 1A Risk Factors. The temporary operational disruptions that occurred due to these clients has increased approximately 10% over the prior year period. Through the period ended December 31, 2020 the COVID-19 pandemic hasincidents did not hadhave a material adverselong-term impact on our results of operations. During 2022 and 2023, TTEC has made and will continue to make in 2024, significant investments to enhance our information technology environment, our operational or financial results. While we expect this positive trend to continue and while somegovernance of our COVID-19 related work has transitioned to more traditional business activities for the same clients, there is uncertainty about our COVID-19 surge volumesinformation technology system, and our non-COVID-19 related business. data governance practices. See Part I, Item 1C Cybersecurity.

Capital and Financing Availability

Our balance sheet, cash flow from operations and access to debt and capital markets have historically provided us the financial flexibility to effectively fund our organic growth, capital expenditures, strategic acquisitions, incremental investments, and capital distributions.

We cannot accurately predict the severity of the economic and operational challenges of a pro-longed COVID-19 pandemic onreturn capital to our clients’ businesses and its effect on the magnitude and timing of their buying decisions. Further, while to date we have been successful in managing service delivery fromshareholders through our delivery sites that could not be replaced with work from home delivery, unpredictable lockdown decisions in some jurisdictions where we do business may continue to impact our delivery capability with little notice, thus potentially impacting our results of operations in the future.

30

Table of Contents

In March 2020, we launched multiple cost reduction, optimization, and liquidity preservation initiatives to align our expenses with anticipated changes in revenue and increased costs related to the COVID-19 pandemic and government mandated restriction measures. We also intensifieddividend program. Given our cash flow discipline, including working capital management, hiring freezes, cutsgeneration and balance sheet strength, we believe cash dividends, in non-essential spending, suspension of merit increasesbalance with our investments in product and some incentive programs, deferral of capital expenditures, where possible,service innovations, organic growth, and negotiations for rent concessions for those facilities that we were unable to use duringstrategic acquisitions, align shareholder interests with the government restrictions related to the COVID-19 pandemic. Our results of operations for 2020 permitted us to reverse mostneeds of the cost austerity measures. WithCompany. After consideration of TTEC’s performance, cash flow from operations, capital needs and the greater adoptionoverall liquidity of the Company, the Company’s Board of Directors adopted a dividend policy in 2015, with the intent to distribute a periodic cash dividend to stockholders of our workcommon stock. Since inception in 2015, the Company has continued to pay a semi-annual dividend in October and April of each year in gradually increasing amounts from home solution during$0.18 per common share in 2015 to $0.52 per common share in October 2023. On February 27, 2024, the COVID-19 pandemic, we also launchedBoard of Directors authorized a comprehensive reviewsemi-annual dividend of our global real estate footprint$0.06 per common share, payable on April 30, 2024 to balance our commitments to physical facilities around the globe against evolving client preferences with respect to traditional physical delivery centers and work from home delivery. Considering the continued COVID-19 related uncertainties, we continue to remain vigilant in our cost management.

Our Integrated Service Offerings and Business Segments

We provide strategic value and differentiation through our two business segments: TTEC Digital and TTEC Engage.

TTEC Digital provides the CX technology services and platforms to support our clients’ customer interaction delivery infrastructure. The segment designs, builds and operates the omnichannel ecosystem in a cloud, on premise, or hybrid environment, and fully integrates, orchestrates, and administers highly scalable, feature-rich CX technology applications. These solutions are critical to enabling and accelerating digital transformation for our clients.

Technology Services: Our technology services design, integrate and operate highly scalable, digital omnichannel technology solutions in the cloud, on premise, or hybrid environment, including journey orchestration, automation and AI, knowledge management, and workforce productivity.
Professional Services: Our management consulting practices deliver customer experience strategy, analytics, process optimization, and learning and performance services.

TTEC Engage delivers the CX managed services to support our clients’ end-to-end customer interaction delivery, by providing the essential CX omnichannel and application technologies, human resources, recruiting, training and production, at-home or facility-based delivery infrastructure on a global scale, and engagement processes. This segment provides full-service digital, omnichannel customer engagement, supporting customer care, customer acquisition, growth and retention, and fraud detection and prevention services.

Customer Acquisition Services: Our customer growth and acquisition services optimize the buying journeys for acquiring new customers by leveraging technology and analytics to deliver personal experiences that increase the quantity and quality of leads and customers.
Customer Care Services: Our customer care services provide turnkey contact center solutions, including digital omnichannel technologies, associate recruiting and training, facilities, and operational expertise to create exceptional customer experiences across all touchpoints. 
Fraud Prevention Services: Our digital fraud detection and prevention services proactively identify and prevent fraud and provide community content moderation and compliance.

Based on our clients’ preference, we provide our services on an integrated cross-business segment and/or on a discrete basis.shareholders of record as of April 3, 2024.

Additional information with respect to our segments and geographic footprint is included in Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Our 20202023 Financial Results

In 2020,2023, our revenue increased 18.6%0.8% over 2022 to $1,949$2,462.8 million, over 2019, including an increase of 0.02%0.2% or $0.3$4.4 million due to foreign currency fluctuations. The increase in revenue was comprised of a $1.6$23.2 million, or 0.5%5.0%, increase for TTEC Digital and a $303.9$4.1 million, or 22.7%0.2%, increasedecrease for TTEC Engage.

3132

Table of Contents

Our 20202023 income from operations increased $81.0decreased $50.5 million to $204.7$118.0 million, or 10.5%4.8% of revenue, from $123.7$168.5 million or 7.5%which was 6.9% of revenue for 2019.2022. The change in operating income is attributable to a number of different factors across the segments. The TTEC Digital segment’s operating income expanded with an 16.4%declined 14.5%, or $6.4$5.0 million improvement over last year primarily due to the growth of its higher margin cloud business. Thecontinued investments in CX leadership, sales and marketing, product engineering, and geographic expansion offset by an increase in revenue and program gross margins. TTEC EngageEngage’s operating income increased 88.0%decreased 34.0%, or $74.6$45.5 million, compared to the prior year based on the increase in revenue including, but not limitedprimarily related to incremental growth-oriented investments, higher employee healthcare costs, ramp costs for new programs, training costs related to existing programs, litigation expenditures and restructuring expenses, offset partially by the acquisition of FCRFaneuil, other revenue increases and significant surge volumes in our commercial and public sector clients experiencing spikes in customer interactionsreimbursement from insurance related to COVID-19.the cybersecurity incident.

Income from operations in 20202023 and 20192022 included a total of $9.1$19.8 million and $5.5$19.4 million of restructuring and asset impairments, respectively.

Our offshore customer engagementexperience centers spanning six countries serve clients based in the U.S. and in other countries with 23,40021,500 workstations representing 55%69% of our global delivery capabilities. Revenue for our TTEC Engage segment provided in these offshore locations represented 29%30% of our 20202023 revenue, as compared to 34%29% of our 20192022 revenue.

Our seat utilization is defined as the total number of utilized workstations compared to the total number of available production workstations. As of December 31, 2020,2023, the total production workstations for our TTEC Engage segment was 42,43431,325 and the overall capacity utilization in our centers was 57%76% versus 74%78% in the prior year period. The utilization is lower thandecline was primarily driven by expansion into new geographies offshore not yet fully ramped, partially offset by improvements in the previous year primarilyU.S. due to COVID-19 protocols requiring the distancing of associates which has reduced the available seat capacity. Adjusted for social distancing protocols, which reduced the available workstations to approximately 21,200, and accounting for all client paid seats as utilized, whether through actual usage or contractual commitments to hold the seats, current utilization is in excess of 114%.Company’s site optimization strategy.

Post COVID-19 we expect our clients to leverage a more diversified geographic footprint and an increased mix of work from home vs. brick and mortar seats. We will continue to refine our site strategy and capacity as we finalize plans with our clients and prospects.

Some of our clients may be subject to regulatory pressures to serve clients onshore. We plan to continue to selectively retain and grow capacity and expand into new offshore markets, while maintaining appropriate capacity onshore. As we grow our offshore delivery capabilities and our exposure to foreign currency fluctuation increases, we will continue to actively manage this risk via a multi-currency hedging program designed to minimize operating margin volatility.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our Consolidated Financial Statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. (“GAAP”). The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses as well as the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. We regularly review our estimates and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions, which are based upon historical experience and on various other factors believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Reported amounts and disclosures may have been different had management used different estimates and assumptions or if different conditions had occurred in the periods presented. Below is a discussion of the policies that we believe may involve a high degree of judgment and complexity.

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes revenue from contracts and programs when control of the promised goods or services is transferred to the customers, in an amount that reflects the consideration it expects to be entitled to in exchange for those goods or services. Revenue is recognized when or as performance obligations are satisfied by transferring control of a promised good or service to a customer. A performance obligation is a promise in a contract to transfer a distinct good or service to the customer. Performance obligation is the unit of accounting for revenue recognition under the provisions of ASC Topic 606, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers” and all related amendments (“ASC 606”). A contract’s transaction price is allocated to each distinct performance obligation in recognizing revenue.

3233

Table of Contents

The BPObusiness process outsourcing (“BPO”) inbound and outbound service fees are based on either a per minute, per hour, per FTE, per transaction or per call basis, which represents the majority of our contracts. These contracts have a single performance obligation as the promise to transfer the individual goods or services is not separately identifiable from other promises in the contracts and, therefore, not distinct. For example, services forWith the exception of training, of the Company’s agents (which are separately billable to the customer) are a separate promise in our BPO contracts, but they are not distinct from the primary service obligations to transfer services to the customers. The performance of the customer service by the agents is highly dependent on the initial, growth, and seasonal training services provided to the agents during the life of a program. The training itselfwhich is not considered to have value to the customer on a standalonestand-alone basis, and therefore, training on a standalone basis cannot be considered a separate unit of accounting. The Company therefore defers revenue from certain training services that are rendered mainly upon commencement of a new client contract or program, including seasonal programs. Revenue is also deferred when there is significant growth training in an existing program. Accordingly, recognition of initial, growth, and seasonal training revenues and associated costs (consisting primarily of labor and related expenses) are deferred and amortized over the period of economic benefit. With the exception of training, which is typically billed upfront and deferred, the remainder of revenue is invoiced on a monthly or quarterly basis as services are performed and does not create a contract asset or liability.

In addition to revenue from BPO services, revenue also consists of fees from services for program launch, professional consulting, fully-hosted or managed technology and learning innovation services. The contracts containing these service offerings may contain multiple performance obligations. For contracts with multiple performance obligations, the Company allocates the contract’s transaction price to each performance obligation using the best estimate of the standalone selling price of each distinct good or service in the contract. The primary method used to estimate standalone selling price is the expected cost plus a margin approach, under which the Company forecasts its expected costs of satisfying a performance obligation and then adds an appropriate margin for that distinct good or service. The Company forecasts its expected cost based on historical data, current prevailing wages, other direct and indirect costs incurred in recently completed contracts, market conditions, and other client specific cost considerations. For these services, the point at which the transfer of control occurs determines when revenue is recognized in a specific reporting period. Within our Digital segment, where there are product sales, the attribution of revenue is recognized when the transfer of control is completed and the products are delivered to the client’s location. Where services are rendered to a customer, the attribution is aligned with the progress of work and is recognized over time (i.e. based on measuring the progress toward complete satisfaction of a performance obligation using an output method or an input method). Where output method is used, revenue is recognized on the basis of direct measurements of the value to the customer of the goods or services transferred relative to the remaining goods or services promised under the contract. The majority of the Company’s services are recognized over time using the input method in which revenue is recognized on the basis of efforts or inputs toward satisfying a performance obligation (for example, resources consumed, labor hours expended, costs incurred, or time elapsed) relative to the total expected inputs to satisfy the performance obligation. The measures used provide faithful depiction of the transfer of goods or services to the customers. For example, revenue is recognized on certain consulting contracts based on labor hours expended as a measurement of progress where the consulting work involves input of consultants’ time. The progress is measured based on the hours expended over total number of estimated hours included in the contract multiplied by the total contract consideration. The contract consideration can be a fixed price or an hourly rate, and in either case, the use of labor hours expended as an input measure provides a faithful depiction of the transfer of services to the customers. Deferred revenues for these services represent amounts collected from, or invoiced to, customers in excess of revenues recognized. This results primarily from i) receipt of license fees that are deferred due to one or more of the revenue recognition criteria not being met, and ii) the billing of annual customer support agreements, annual managed service agreements, and billings for other professional services that have not yet been performed by the Company. The Company records amounts billed and received, but not earned, as deferred revenue. These amounts are recorded in Deferred revenue or Other long-term liabilities, as applicable, in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets based on the period over which the Company expects to render services. Costs directly associated with revenue deferred, consisting primarily of labor and related expenses, are also deferred and recognized in proportion to the expected future revenue from the contract.

33

Table of Contents

Variable consideration exists in contracts for certain client programs that provide for adjustments to monthly billings based upon whether the Company achieves, exceeds or fails certain performance criteria. Adjustments to monthly billings consist of contractual bonuses/penalties, holdbacks and other performance based conditions. Variable consideration is estimated at contract inception at its most likely value and updated at the end of each reporting period as additional performance data becomes available. Revenue related to such variable consideration is recognized only to the extent that a significant reversal of any incremental revenue is not considered probable.

Contract modifications are routine in the performance of the customer contracts. Contracts are often modified to account for customer mandated changes in the contract specifications or requirements, including service level changes. In most instances, contract modifications relate to goods or services that are incremental and distinctly identifiable, and, therefore, are accounted for prospectively.  

Direct and incremental costs to obtain or fulfill a contract are capitalized, and the capitalized costs are amortized over the corresponding period of benefit, determined on a contract by contract basis. The Company recognizes an asset for the incremental costs of obtaining a contract with a customer if it expects to recover those costs. The incremental costs of obtaining a contract are those costs that the Company incurs to obtain a customer contract that it would not have incurred if the contract had not been obtained. Contract acquisition costs consist primarily of payment of commissions to sales personnel and are incurred when customer contracts are signed. The deferred sales commission amounts are amortized based on the expected period of economic benefit and are classified as current or non-current based on the timing of when they are expected to be recognized as an expense. Costs to obtain a contract that would have been incurred regardless of whether the contract was obtained are recognized as an expense when incurred, unless those costs are explicitly chargeable to the customer regardless of whether the contract is obtained. Sales commissions are paid for obtaining new clients only and are not paid for contract renewals or contract modifications. Capitalized costs of obtaining contracts are periodically reviewed for impairment.

In certain cases, the Company negotiates an upfront payment to a customer in conjunction with the execution of a contract. Such upfront payments are critical to acquisition of new business and are often used as an incentive to negotiate favorable rates from the clients and are accounted for as upfront discounts for future services. Such payments are either made in cash at the time of execution of a contract or are netted against the Company’s service invoices. Payments to customers are capitalized as contract acquisition costs and are amortized as a reduction to revenue in proportion to the expected future revenue from the contract, which in most cases results in straight-line amortization over the life of the contract. Such payments are considered a reduction of the selling prices of the Company’s products or services, and therefore, are accounted for as a reduction of revenue when amortized. Such capitalized contract acquisition costs are periodically reviewed for impairment taking into consideration ongoing future cash flows expected from the contract and estimated remaining useful life of the contract.

Some of the Company’s service contracts are short-term in nature with a contract term of one year or less. For those contracts, the Company has utilized the practical expedient in ASC 606-10-50-14 exempting the Company from disclosure of the transaction price allocated to remaining performance obligations if the performance obligation is part of a contract that has an original expected duration of one year or less. Also in alignment with ASC 606-10-50-14, the Company does not disclose the value of unsatisfied performance obligations for contracts for which it recognizes revenue at the amount to which it has the right to invoice for services performed. Additionally, the Company’s standard payment terms are less than one year. Given the foregoing, the Company has elected the practical expedient under ASC 606-10-32-18 to not assess whether a contract has a significant financing component. Pursuant to the Company’s election of the practical expedient under ASC 606-10-32-2A, sales, value add, and other taxes that are collected from customers concurrent with revenue-producing activities, which the Company has an obligation to remit to the governmental authorities, are excluded from revenue.

34

Table of Contents

Income Taxes

Accounting for income taxes requires recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future income tax consequences of transactions that have been included in the Consolidated Financial Statements or tax returns. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities using tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. When circumstances warrant, we assess the likelihood that our net deferred tax assets will more likely than not be recovered from future projected taxable income.

We continuallycontinuously review the likelihood that deferred tax assets will be realized in future tax periods under the “more-likely-than-not” criteria. In making this judgment, we consider all available evidence, both positive and negative, in determining whether, based on the weight of that evidence, a valuation allowance is required.

We follow a two-step approach to recognizing and measuring uncertain tax positions. The first step is to determine if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on audit. The second step is to estimate and measure the tax benefit as the amount that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement with the tax authority. We evaluate these uncertain tax positions on a quarterly basis. This evaluation is based on the consideration of several factors including changes in facts or circumstances, changes in applicable tax law, and settlement of issues under audit.

Interest and penalties relating to income taxes and uncertain tax positions are accrued net of tax in the Provision for income taxes in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss).

In the future, our effective tax rate could be adversely affected by several factors, many of which are outside our control. Our effective tax rate is affected by the proportion of revenue and income before taxes in the various domestic and international jurisdictions in which we operate. Further, we are subject to changing tax laws, regulations and interpretations in multiple jurisdictions in which we operate, as well as the requirements, pronouncements and rulings of certain tax, regulatory and accounting organizations. We estimate our annual effective tax rate each quarter based on a combination of actual and forecasted results of subsequent quarters. Consequently, significant changes in our actual quarterly or forecasted results may impact the effective tax rate for the current or future periods.

Impairment of Long-Lived AssetsBusiness Combinations

We evaluateaccount for business combinations under the carrying valueacquisition method of property, plant and equipment and definite-livedaccounting in accordance with ASC Topic 805, Business Combinations, which requires an allocation of the consideration we paid to the identifiable assets, intangible assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate thatand liabilities based on the carrying amount may not be recoverable. An asset is considered to be impaired whenestimated fair values as of the forecasted undiscounted cash flowsclosing date of an asset group are estimated to be less than its carrying value.the acquisition. The amountexcess of impairment recognized is the difference between the carryingfair value of the purchase price over the fair values of these identifiable assets, intangible assets and liabilities is recorded as goodwill.

Purchased intangibles other than goodwill are initially recognized at fair value and amortized over their useful lives unless those lives are determined to be indefinite. The valuation of acquired assets will impact future operating results. The fair value of identifiable intangible assets is determined using an income approach on an individual asset groupbasis. Specifically, we use the multi-period excess earnings method to determine the fair value of customer relationships and itsthe relief-from-royalty approach to determine the fair value. Fair value of the trade name. Determining the fair value of acquired intangibles involves significant estimates areand assumptions, including forecasted revenue growth rates, EBITDA margins, customer attrition rate, and market-participant discount rates.

The determination of the useful life of an intangible asset other than goodwill is based on assumptions concerning the amountfactors including historical tradename performance with respect to consumer name recognition, geographic market presence, market share, plans for ongoing trade name support and timing of estimated future cash flowspromotion, customer attrition rate, and assumed discount rates.other relevant factors.

Goodwill and Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets

We evaluate goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets for possible impairment at least annually or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable.

35

Table of Contents

We use a two-step process to assess the realizability of goodwill. The first step, Step 0, is a qualitative assessment that analyzes current economic indicators associated with a particular reporting unit. For example, we analyze changes in economic, market and industry conditions, business strategy, cost factors, and financial performance, among others, to determine if there would be a significant decline to the fair value of a particular reporting unit. A qualitative assessment also includes analyzing the excess fair value of a reporting unit over its carrying value from impairment assessments performed in previous years. If the qualitative assessment indicates a stable or improvedthe fair value of the reporting unit is in excess of its carrying value, no further testing is required.

35

Table of Contents

If a qualitative assessment indicates that a significant decline to fair value of a reporting unit is more likely than not, or if a reporting unit’s fair value has historically been closer to its carrying value, we will proceed to Step 1 testing where we calculate the fair value of a reporting unit based on discounted future probability-weighted cash flows. If Step 1 indicates that the carrying value of a reporting unit is in excess of its fair value, we will record an impairment equal to the amount by which a reporting unit’s carrying value exceeds its fair value.

During 2023, we completed a Step 1 goodwill analysis and determined that for all three reporting units the estimated fair value exceeds the carrying value. The calculation of fair value is based on estimates including revenue projections, EBITDA margin projections, estimated tax rates, estimated capital expenditures and discount rates.

We estimate fair value using discounted cash flows of the reporting units. The most significant assumptions used in these analyses are those made in estimating future cash flows. In estimating future cash flows, we use financial assumptions in our internal forecasting model such as projected capacity utilization, projected changes in the prices we charge for our services, projected labor costs, as well as contract negotiation status. The financial and credit market volatility directly impacts our fair value measurement through our weighted average cost of capital that we use to determine our discount rate. We use a discount rate we consider appropriate for the country where the business unit is providing services.

Similar to goodwill, the Company may first use a qualitative analysis to assess the realizability of its indefinite-lived intangible assets. The qualitative analysis will include a review of changes in economic, market and industry conditions, business strategy, cost factors, and financial performance, among others, to determine if there would be a significant decline to the fair value of an indefinite-lived intangible asset. If a quantitative analysis is completed, an indefinite-lived intangible asset (such as a trade name) is evaluated for possible impairment by comparing the fair value of the asset with its carrying value. Fair value is estimated as the discounted value of future revenues arising from a trade name using a royalty rate that a market participant would pay for use of that trade name. An impairment charge is recorded if the intangible asset’s carrying value exceeds its estimated fair value.

Derivatives

We may enter into foreign exchange forward and option contracts to reduce our exposure to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations that are associated with forecasted revenue earned in foreign locations. We may enter into interest rate swaps to reduce our exposure to interest rate fluctuations associated with our variable rate debt. Upon proper qualification, these contracts are often accounted for as cash flow hedges under current accounting standards. From time-to-time, we may also enter into foreign exchange forward contracts to hedge our net investment in a foreign operation.

All derivative financial instruments are reported in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets at fair value. Changes in fair value of derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges are recorded in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), a component of Stockholders’ Equity, to the extent they are deemed effective. Based on the criteria established by current accounting standards, all of our cash flow hedge contracts are deemed to be highly effective. Changes in fair value of any net investment hedge are recorded as cumulative translation adjustment in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets offsetting the change in cumulative translation adjustment attributable to the hedged portion of our net investment in the foreign operation. Any realized gains or losses resulting from the foreign currency cash flow hedges are recognized together with the hedged transactions within Revenue. Any realized gains or losses resulting from the interest rate swaps are recognized in Interest expense. Gains and losses from the settlements of our net investment hedges remain in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) until partial or complete liquidation of the applicable net investment.

We also enter into fair value derivative contracts to reduce our exposure to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations associated with changes in asset and liability balances. Changes in the fair value of derivative instruments designated as fair value hedges affect the carrying value of the asset or liability hedged, with changes in both the derivative instrument and the hedged asset or liability being recognized in Other income (expense), net in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss).

While we expect that our derivative instruments will continue to be highly effective and in compliance with applicable accounting standards, if our hedges did not qualify as highly effective or if we determine that forecasted transactions will not occur, the changes in the fair value of the derivatives used as hedges would be reflected currently in earnings.

36

Table of Contents

Contingencies

We record a liability for pending litigation and claims where losses are both probable and reasonably estimable. Each quarter, management reviews all litigation and claims on a case-by-case basis and assigns probability of loss and range of loss.

ExplanationOther Components of Key Metrics and Other ItemsResults of Operations

Cost of Services

Cost of services principally include costs incurred in connection with our customer experience services and technology services, including direct labor and related taxes and benefits, telecommunications, technology costs, sales and use tax and certain fixed costs associated with the customer engagement centers. In addition, cost of services includes income related to grants we may receive from local or state governments as an incentive to locate customer engagement centers in their jurisdictions which reduce the cost of services for those facilities.

Selling, General and Administrative

Selling, general and administrative expenses primarily include costs associated with administrative services such as sales, marketing, product development, legal, information systems (including core technology and telephony infrastructure), accounting and finance. It also includes outside professional fees (i.e., legal and accounting services), building expense for non-engagement center facilities and other items associated with general business administration.

Restructuring Charges, Net

Restructuring charges, net primarily include costs incurred in conjunction with reductions in force or decisions to exit facilities, including termination benefits and lease liabilities, net of expected sublease rentals.

Impairment Losses

Impairment losses include costs related to impairment of right-of-use assets, leasehold improvement assets, internally developed software, and certain computer equipment.

36

Table of Contents

Interest Expense

Interest expense includes interest expense, amortization of debt issuance costs associated with our Credit Facility, and the accretion of deferred payments associated with our acquisitions.

Other Income

The main components of other income are miscellaneous income not directly related to our operating activities, such as foreign exchange gains and reductions in our contingent consideration.

Other Expenses

The main components of other expenses are expenditures not directly related to our operating activities, such as foreign exchange losses and increases in our contingent consideration.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Year Ended December 31, 20202023 Compared to December 31, 20192022

The tables included in the following sections are presented to facilitate an understanding of Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and present certain information by segment for the years ended December 31, 20202023 and 20192022 (amounts in thousands). All inter-company transactions between the reported segments for the periods presented have been eliminated.

TTEC Digital

Year Ended December 31,

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

    

2020

    

2019

    

$ Change

    

% Change

 

    

2023

    

2022

    

$ Change

    

% Change

 

Revenue

$

306,985

$

305,346

$

1,639

 

0.5

%

$

486,882

$

463,670

$

23,212

 

5.0

%

Operating Income

 

45,315

 

38,927

 

6,388

 

16.4

%

 

29,846

 

34,895

 

(5,049)

 

(14.5)

%

Operating Margin

 

14.8

%  

 

12.7

%  

 

6.1

%  

 

7.5

%  

37

Table of Contents

The increase in revenue for the TTEC Digital segment was related to significantdriven by increases in the cloud platformrecurring revenue offerings, professional services, and the systems integration practice including a large multi-year governmental contract, and the acquisitions of Serendebyte and Voice Foundry during 2020, offset by reductions in the legacy facility based training business and the Middle East consulting practice, both of which the Company has exited.one-time product sales.

The operating income expansionreduction is primarily attributable to continued investments in CX leadership, engineering talent, sales and marketing, product engineering, and $6.6 million of restructuring and impairment charges. These additional expenses more than offset the acquisitionsincrease in revenue, favorable revenue mix from the growing professional services, higher percentage of offshore delivery and continued improved utilization of technology and people assets as the business scales its cloud and system integration revenue, as well as the exit of the less profitable facilities based training and Middle East consulting practices. The operating income also increased due to the $2.0 million impairment of intangible and other long-lived assets for one of the consulting components in this segment (See Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Notes 6 and 11 to the Consolidated Financial Statements) recorded during 2019.decreased amortization expense. The operating income as a percentage of revenue increaseddecreased to 14.8%6.1% in 20202023 as compared to 12.7%7.5% in 2019.2022. Included in the operating income was amortization related to acquired intangibles of $3.0$17.4 million and $2.6$19.9 million for the years ended December 31, 20202023 and 2019,2022, respectively.

TTEC Engage

Year Ended December 31,

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

    

2020

    

2019

    

$ Change

    

% Change

 

    

2023

    

2022

    

$ Change

    

% Change

 

Revenue

$

1,642,263

$

1,338,358

$

303,905

 

22.7

%

$

1,975,935

$

1,980,037

$

(4,102)

 

(0.2)

%

Operating Income

 

159,377

 

84,782

 

74,595

 

88.0

%

 

88,175

 

133,648

 

(45,473)

 

(34.0)

%

Operating Margin

 

9.7

%  

 

6.3

%  

 

4.5

%  

 

6.7

%  

The increasedecrease in revenue for the TTEC Engage segment was due to a net increase of $408.5$106.4 million in client programs, including the acquisition of FCR in the fourth quarter of 2019Faneuil and certain surge programs for several clients in connection with the COVID-19 pandemic,a $4.9 million increase due to foreign currency fluctuations offset by a decrease for program completions of $104.6 million. Prior to the end$115.4 million, more concentrated in our hypergrowth clients.

37

Table of 2020, a significant portion of the surge work has converted into longer-term normal course business.Contents

The operating income decrease is primarily attributable to decreased revenue, incremental growth-oriented investments (ex: geographic expansion), higher employee healthcare costs of $7.0 million due to an increase in high claims, ramp costs for new programs, training costs related to existing programs, increased in line with the improved revenue includinglitigation expenditures, and $13.2 million of restructuring and impairment charges. These were partially offset by the acquisition of FCR as well as continued improved profitabilityFaneuil, a reduction in our customer growth, @Home, fraud preventiontotal facility costs and detection and customer acquisition offerings and auto and hypergrowth client portfolios, offset by increases in amortization for acquired intangibles. Partially offsetting these increases was a net $7.6reimbursement from insurance of $7.3 million in restructuring and impairment charges related to several facilities infrom the U.S, Canada, and the Philippines. (see Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 11 to the Consolidated Financial Statements).cybersecurity incident. As a result, the operating income as a percentage of revenue increaseddecreased to 9.7%4.5% in 20202023 as compared to 6.3%6.7% in the prior period. Included in the operating income was amortization expense related to acquired intangibles of $13.2$18.2 million and $9.0$17.2 million for the years ended December 31, 20202023 and 2019,2022, respectively.

Interest Income (Expense)

Interest income decreasedincreased to $1.7$5.2 million in 20202023 from $1.9$1.8 million in 2019 due to lower interest rates offset by higher average cash balances.2022. Interest expense decreasedincreased to $17.5$78.3 million during 20202023 from $19.1$36.1 million during 2019,2022, primarily due to lowerhigher interest rates despite higher utilization of the line of credit, and a $1.6 million increase period over period in the charge related to the future purchase of the remaining 30% interest in Motif, which was finalized during the second quarter of 2020.rates.

Other Income (Expense), Net

For the year ended December 31, 20202023 Other income (expense), net decreased to a net expense of $18.6$4.1 million from net income of $3.9$10.2 million during the prior year.

Included in the year ended December 31, 20202023 was a net $7.5 million expense related to the fair value of contingent consideration accruals and receivables for one acquisition partially offset by a gain of $4.5 million due to insurance recovery related to property damages.

Included in the year ended December 31, 2022 was a gain of $4.1 million due to insurance recovery related to property damages and a net $1.8 million benefitexpense related to the fair value adjustments of contingent consideration accruals and receivables for three acquisitions, offset by a $19.9 million expense related to the deconsolidation of three subsidiaries and the related removal of the Currency Translation Adjustments (see Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Notes 2 and 9 to the Consolidated Financial Statements).

38

Table of Contents

Included in the year ended December 31, 2019 was a $2.4 million benefit related to the fair value adjustment of contingent consideration for an acquisition, a $1.4 million benefit on recovery of receivables in connection with the consulting business that we are winding down, a $1.4 million benefit related to royalty payments in connection with the sale of a business, and a $0.7 million benefit on the sale of trademarks.one acquisition.

Income Taxes

The reported effective tax rate for 20202023 was 24.0%55.2% as compared to 23.3%18.8% for 2019.2022. The effective tax rate for 20202023 was impacted by earnings in international jurisdictions currently under an income tax holiday, $2.9$1.8 million of expense related to changes in tax contingent liabilities, a $1.8 million benefit related to provision to return adjustments, a $3.0 million benefit related to losses on dissolutions of subsidiaries, $0.4$11.6 million of expense related to changes in valuation allowances and related deferred tax liabilities, a $2.0$1.9 million benefit related to acquisitions, a $5.1 million benefit related to restructuring charges, $0.8 million of expense for earnouts related to acquisitions, a $4.0$4.2 million benefit related to equity based compensation, a $4.2$9.3 million benefit related to the amortization of purchased intangibles, and $0.1$0.7 million of other tax benefits. Without these items our effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 20202023 would have been 22.5%22.7%.

For the year ended December 31, 2019,2022, our effective tax rate was 23.3%18.8%. The effective tax rate for 20192022 was impacted by earnings in international jurisdictions currently under an income tax holiday, $0.7a $1.4 million of expensebenefit related to changes in tax contingent liabilities, a $1.7$0.4 million benefit related to provision to return adjustments, $0.9 million of expense related to the cybersecurity incident, a $2.8$0.5 million benefit related to changes in valuation allowances and related deferred tax liabilities, a $5.0 million benefit related to restructuring charges, a $0.7 million benefit related to tax rate changes, $4.5 million of expense related to changes in valuation allowances, a $0.9$5.7 million benefit related to restructuring charges, a $4.7 million benefit related to equity basedequity-based compensation, a $2.9$9.7 million benefit related to the amortization of purchased intangibles, and $0.3a $2.2 million benefit related to accelerated amortization of other benefits.software. Without these items our effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 20192022 would have been 24.4%22.9%.

38

Table of Contents

Year Ended December 31, 20192022 compared to December 31, 20182021

For a discussion of our results of operations for the year ended December 31, 20192022 compared to the year ended December 31, 2018,2021, please see Part II. Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Results of Operations in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019.2022, which was filed with the SEC on February 28, 2023 and is incorporated herein by reference.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Our principal sources of liquidity are our cash generated from operations, our cash and cash equivalents, and borrowings under our Credit Facility.Facility (as defined below). During the year ended December 31, 2020,2023, we generated positive operating cash flows of $271.9$144.8 million. We believe that our cash generated from operations, existing cash and cash equivalents, and available credit will be sufficient to meet expected operating and capital expenditure requirements for the next 12 months.months, however, if our access to capital is restricted or our borrowing costs increase, our operations and financial condition could be adversely impacted.

We manage a centralized global treasury function in the United States with a focus on safeguarding and optimizing the use of our global cash and cash equivalents. Our cash is held in the U.S. in U.S. dollars, and outside of the U.S. in U.S. dollars and foreign currencies. We expect to use our cash to fund working capital, global operations, dividends, acquisitions, and other strategic activities. While there are no assurances, we believe our global cash is well protected given our cash management practices, banking partners and utilization of diversified bank deposit accounts and other high quality investments.

We have global operations that expose us to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations that may positively or negatively impact our liquidity. We are also exposed to higher interest rates associated with our variable rate debt. To mitigate these risks, we enter into foreign exchange forward and option contracts through our cash flow hedging program. Please refer to Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk, Foreign Currency Risk, for further discussion.

39

Table of Contents

In March 2020, we borrowed $350.0 million under our revolving credit facility as a precautionary measure to provide additional liquidity during the global economic uncertainty and financial market conditions cause by the COVID-19 pandemic. During September 2020, this additional borrowing was repaid. Although we expect that current cash and cash equivalent balances and cash flows that are generated from operations will be sufficient to meet our domestic and international working capital needs and other capital and liquidity requirements for at least the next 12 months, if our access to capital is restricted or our borrowing costs increase, our operations and financial condition could be adversely impacted.

We primarily utilize our Credit Facility to fund working capital, general operations, dividends, and other strategic activities, such as the acquisitions described in Part II. Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. During 2021, the Credit Facility was amended including an increase to $1.5 billion of total commitments (see discussion below in the Debt Instruments and Related Covenants). On February 26, 2024, the Company entered into an Eighth Amendment to the Credit Agreement to increase the net leverage ratio covenant, for a period starting with the quarter ending March 31, 2024 through quarter ending March 31, 2025, from the current 3.5 to 1 to between 4.0 to 1 and 4.5 to 1, as may be applicable in different quarters; and reduced the total lenders’ commitment from $1.5 billion to $1.3 billion. As of December 31, 20202023 and 2019,2022, we had borrowings of $385.0$995.0 million and $290.0$960.0 million, respectively, under our Credit Facility, and our average daily utilization was $550.9$1,072.4 million and $331.8$1,037.4 million for the years ended December 31, 20202023 and 2019,2022, respectively. After consideration for the current level of availability based on the covenant calculations, our remaining borrowing capacity was approximately $510.0$90 million as of December 31, 2020.2023. As of December 31, 2020,2023, we were in compliance with all covenants and conditions under our Credit Facility.

The amount of capital required over the next 12 months will depend on our levels of investment in infrastructure necessary to maintain, upgrade or replace existing assets. Our working capital and capital expenditure requirements could also increase materially in the event of acquisitions or joint ventures, among other factors. These factors could require that we raise additional capital through future debt or equity financing. We can provide no assurance that we will be able to raise additional capital with commercially reasonable terms acceptable to us.

The following discussion highlights our cash flow activities during the years ended December 31, 20202023 and 2019.2022.

39

Table of Contents

Cash and Cash Equivalents

We consider all liquid investments purchased within 90 days of their original maturity to be cash equivalents. Our cash and cash equivalents totaled $132.9$172.7 million and $82.4$153.4 million as of December 31, 20202023 and 2019,2022, respectively. We diversify the holdings of such cash and cash equivalents considering the financial condition and stability of the counterparty institutions.

We reinvest our cash flows to grow our client base, expand our infrastructure, for investment in research and development, for strategic acquisitions, and to pay dividends.

Cash Flows from Operating Activities

For the years 20202023 and 2019,2022 we reported net cash flows provided by operating activities of $271.9$144.8 million and $238.0$137.0 million, respectively. The increase of $33.9$7.7 million from 20192022 to 20202023 was primarily due to a $73.5$101.5 million increasedecrease in net cash income from operations offset by a $39.5$109.2 million decreaseincrease in net working capital.

Cash Flows from Investing Activities

For the years 20202023 and 2019,2022, we reported net cash flows used in investing activities of $112.4$67.6 million and $162.9$226.2 million, respectively. The net decrease in cash used in investing activities from 20192022 to 20202023 was primarily due to a $49.8$142.4 million decrease related to acquisitions.in acquisitions and a $16.2 million decrease in capital expenditures.

Cash Flows from Financing Activities

For the years 20202023 and 2019,2022, we reported net cash flows used in(used in)/provided by financing activities of $112.2$(68.2) million and $47.4$89.0 million, respectively. The change in net cash flows from 20192022 to 20202023 was primarily due to a $87.0$134.0 million net additional draw onchange in the line of credit offset by a $42.8and an increase of $28.1 million increase related to payments of contingent consideration and hold-backoffset by a $4.1 million decrease in tax payments related to several acquisitions and a $105.8 million increase in dividends paid to shareholders.restricted stock units.

40

Table of Contents

Free Cash Flow

Free cash flow (see “Presentation of Non-GAAP Measurements” below for the definition of free cash flow) was $212.1$76.9 million and $177.2$53.0 million for the years 20202023 and 2019,2022, respectively. The increase from 20192022 to 20202023 was primarily due to an increasea decrease in the net cash income from operations offset by slightlyan increase in working capital and lower capital expendituresexpenditures.

Presentation of Non-GAAP Measurements

Free Cash Flow

Free cash flow is a non-GAAP liquidity measurement. We believe that free cash flow is useful to our investors because it measures, during a given period, the amount of cash generated that is available for debt obligations and investments other than purchases of property, plant and equipment. Free cash flow is not a measure determined by GAAP and should not be considered a substitute for “income from operations,” “net income,” “net cash provided by operating activities,” or any other measure determined in accordance with GAAP. We believe this non-GAAP liquidity measure is useful, in addition to the most directly comparable GAAP measure of “net cash provided by operating activities,” because free cash flow includes investments in operational assets. Free cash flow does not represent residual cash available for discretionary expenditures, since it includes cash required for debt service. Free cash flow also includes cash that may be necessary for acquisitions, investments and other needs that may arise.

The following table reconciles net cash provided by operating activities to free cash flow for our consolidated results (in thousands):

Year Ended December 31,

Year Ended December 31,

    

2020

    

2019

    

2023

    

2022

Net cash provided by operating activities

$

271,920

$

237,989

$

144,766

$

137,048

Less: Purchases of property, plant and equipment

 

59,772

 

60,776

 

67,839

 

84,012

Free cash flow

$

212,148

$

177,213

$

76,927

$

53,036

Obligations and Future Capital Requirements

Future maturities of our outstanding debt and contractual obligations as of December 31, 2020 are summarized as follows (in thousands):

    

Less than

    

1 to 3

    

3 to 5

    

Over 5

    

 

1 Year

Years

Years

Years

Total

 

Credit Facility(1)

$

5,557

$

11,114

$

385,685

$

$

402,356

Equipment financing arrangements

 

6,193

 

4,188

 

575

 

 

10,956

Purchase obligations

 

15,071

 

12,520

 

298

 

 

27,889

Operating lease commitments undiscounted)

 

51,120

 

77,998

 

25,626

 

8,397

 

163,141

Transition tax related to US 2017 Tax Act

3,300

9,600

13,210

26,110

Other debt

 

12,239

 

8,562

 

14

 

 

20,815

Total

$

93,480

$

123,982

$

425,408

$

8,397

$

651,267

(1)Includes estimated interest payments based on the weighted-average interest rate, unused commitment, fees, and outstanding debt as of December 31, 2020.

Contractual obligations to be paid in a foreign currency are translated at the period end exchange rate.
Purchase obligations primarily consist of outstanding purchase orders for goods or services not yet received, which are not recognized as liabilities in our Consolidated Balance Sheets until such goods and/or services are received.
The contractual obligation table excludes our liabilities of $10.5 million related to uncertain tax positions because we cannot reliably estimate the timing of future cash payments. See Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 10 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion.

4140

Table of Contents

Our outstandingObligations and Future Capital Requirements

At December 31, 2023, our future contractual obligations were related primarily to debt, is primarily associated withleases and income taxes. See the usefollowing footnotes in Part II. Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data:  Note 10 Income Taxes, Note 12 Indebtedness, Note 13 Commitments and Contingencies and Note 15 Leases for a discussion of funds under our Credit Agreement to fund working capital, for strategic acquisitions, to pay dividendsthe obligation and for other cash flow needs across our global operations.timing of required payments.

Purchase Obligations

Occasionally we contract with certain of our communications clients to provide us with telecommunication services. These clients currently represent approximately 8%6% of our total annual revenue. We believe these contracts are negotiated on an arm’s-length basis and may be negotiated at different times and with different legal entities.

Future Capital Requirements

We expect total capital expenditures in 20212024 to be between 3.1%2.7% and 3.3%2.9% of revenue. Approximately 60%55% of these expected capital expenditures are to support growth in our business and 40%45% relate to the maintenance of existing assets. The anticipated level of 20212024 capital expenditures is primarily driven by site expansions, new client contractsbuilds in emerging geographies, enhancements and the corresponding requirements for additional customer engagement center capacity as well as enhancementsmodernization to our technological infrastructure.infrastructure and ongoing digital integration and product development.

We may consider restructurings, dispositions, mergers, acquisitions and other similar transactions. Such transactions could include the transfer, sale or acquisition of significant assets, businesses or interests, including joint ventures or the incurrence, assumption, or refinancing of indebtedness and could be material to the consolidated financial condition and consolidated results of our operations. Our capital expenditures requirements could also increase materially in the event of an acquisition or joint venture. In addition, as of December 31, 2020,2023, we were authorized to purchase an additional $26.6 million of common stock under our stock repurchase program (see Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities). Our stock repurchase program does not have an expiration date.

The launch of large client contracts may result in short-term negative working capital because of the time period between incurring the costs for training and launching the program and the beginning of the accounts receivable collection process. As a result, we may sometimes generate negative cash flows from operating activities.

Debt Instruments and Related Covenants

On February 14, 2019,November 23, 2021, we entered into a FourthSixth Amendment to our Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and Amended and Restated Security Agreement(“the Credit Agreement”) originally dated as of June 3, 2013 (collectively, the “Credit Agreement”Facility”) forto convert the $300 million term loan included in the total Credit Facility commitments, that was previously agreed on March 25, 2021 as part of the Fifth Amendment to the Credit Agreement, into a $1.5 billion senior secured revolving credit facilityCredit Facility with a syndicate of lenders led by Wells Fargo, Bank, National Association, as agent, swing lineswingline and fronting lender whichlender. The Credit Facility matures on February 14, 2024 (the “Credit Facility”).November 23, 2026. We primarily utilizeuse our Credit Facility to fund working capital, general operations, dividends, acquisitions and other strategic activities.

The maximum commitment underOn April 3, 2023, we entered into a Seventh Amendment to the Credit Agreement which replaces the use of LIBOR with SOFR as of the date of the amendment and therefore, will affect the interest rates paid on a portion of the outstanding principal amount of the Credit Facility is $900.0 million with an accordion feature of up to $1.2 billionstarting in the aggregate,second quarter of 2023.

On February 26, 2024, we entered into an Eighth Amendment to the Credit Agreement to increase the net leverage ratio covenant, for a period starting with the quarter ending March 31, 2024 through quarter ending March 31, 2025, from the current 3.5 to 1 to between 4.0 to 1 and 4.5 to 1, as may be applicable in different quarters; and reduced the total lenders’ commitment from $1.5 billion to $1.3 billion if certain conditions are satisfied.

The Credit Facility commitment fees are payable to the lenders as previously disclosed and as determined by reference to our net leverage ratio. The Credit Agreement contains customary affirmative, negative, and financial covenants, which primarily remained unchanged from the 20162019 Credit Facility, except that we are now obligated to maintain a maximum net leverage ratio of 3.50 to 1.00, and a minimum Interest Coverage Ratio of 2.50 to 1.00.Facility. The Credit Agreement permits accounts receivable factoring up to the greater of $75$100 million or 25 percent of the average book value of all accounts receivable over the most recent twelve month period.

41

Table of Contents

Base rate loans bear interest at a rate equal to the greatesthighest of (i) Wells Fargo’s(a) the prime rate, (ii) one half of 1% in excess of(b) the federal funds effective rate plus 0.50%, or (iii) 1.25%(c) SOFR in excess ofeffect on such day plus 1.0%. Base rate loans shall be based on the one month London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”),base rate, plus in each case athe applicable credit margin ofwhich ranges from 0% to 0.75%1% based on ourthe Company’s net leverage ratio. EurodollarSOFR loans bear interest at LIBORa rate equal to the applicable spread adjusted SOFR plus aapplicable credit margin ofwhich ranges from 1.0% to 1.75%2% based on ourthe Company’s net leverage ratio. AlternateAlternative currency loans (not denominated in U.S. Dollars) bear interest at rates applicable to their respective currencies.

Letter of credit fees are one eighth of 1% of the stated amount of the letter of credit on the date of issuance, renewal or amendment, plus an annual fee equal to the borrowing margin for EurodollarSOFR loans.

42

Table of Contents

Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement is guaranteed by certain of our domestic subsidiaries and is secured by security interests (subject to permitted liens) in the U.S. accounts receivable and cash of our Company and certain of its domestic subsidiaries. The indebtedness may also be secured by tangible assets of our Company and its domestic subsidiaries, if borrowings by foreign subsidiaries exceed $100.0 million7.5% of our Company’s consolidated total assets and the total net leverage ratio is greater than 3.003.25 to 1.00. We also pledged 65% of the voting stock and all of the non-voting stock, if any, of certain of our material foreign subsidiaries.

The Credit Facility also contains certain customary information and reporting requirements, and events of default, including without limitation events of default based on payment obligations, material inaccuracies of representations and warranties, covenant defaults, cross defaults to certain other debt, certain ERISA events, changes in control, monetary judgments, and insolvency proceedings. Upon the occurrence of an event of default, the lenders may accelerate the maturity of all amounts outstanding under the Credit Facility.

As of December 31, 20202023 and 2019,2022, we had borrowings of $385.0$995.0 million and $290.0$960.0 million, respectively, under the Credit Facility. During 2020, 20192023, 2022 and 2018,2021, borrowings accrued interest at an average rate of approximately 1.6%6.7%, 3.4%3.1%, and 3.1%1.3% per annum, respectively, excluding unused commitment fees. Our daily average borrowings during 2020, 20192023, 2022 and 20182021 were $550.9$1,072.4 million, $331.8$1,037.4 million and $514.7$797.2 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2020,2023, and 2019,2022, based on the current level of availability based on the covenant calculations, the remaining borrowing capacity was approximately $510.0$90 million and $530.0$335 million, respectively.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

As of December 31, 2020, we had no transactions that met the definition of off-balance sheet arrangements that may have a current or future material effect on our consolidated financial position or operating results.

Client Concentration

During 2020,2023, only one of our clients represented more than 10% of our total annual revenue. Our five largest clients accounted for 40%, 37%36% and 35% of our annual revenue for each of the threetwo years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018,2023 2022, respectively. We have long-term relationships with our top five Engage clients, ranging from 1417 to 2124 years, with all of these clients having completed multiple contract renewals with us. The relative contribution of any single client to consolidated earnings is not always proportional to the relative revenue contribution on a consolidated basis and varies greatly based upon specific contract terms. In addition, clients may adjust business volumes served by us based on their business requirements. For instance, in early 2024, one of our top five clients notified us that it is exiting one of the lines of business that we support. We believe the risk of this concentration is mitigated, in part, by the long-term contracts we have with our largest clients. Although certain client contracts may be terminated for convenience by either party, we believe this risk is mitigated, in part, by the service level disruptions and transition/migration costs that would arise for our clients if they terminated our contract for convenience.

Some of the contracts with our five largest clients expire between 20212024 and 2023,2027, but mostmany of our largest clients may have multiple contracts with us with different expiration dates for different lines of work. We have historically renewed most of our contracts with our largest clients, but there can be no assurance that future contracts will be renewed or, if renewed, will be on terms as favorable as the existing contracts.

4342

Table of Contents

Cybersecurity Investments

We have made and continue to make significant financial investments in technologies and processes to mitigate cyber risks. We have a number of complex information systems used for a variety of functions ranging from services we deliver to our clients and their customers to support for our operations. We dependThe effective operation of our business depends on the proper functioning of these information systems. Like any information system, theyour systems are susceptible to cyber-attack. Any cyber-attack could impact the availability, reliability, speed, accuracy, or other proper functioning of these systems or result in confidentialour data, our employees’ data and our clients’ data that we retain for the provision of our services being compromised, which could have a significant impact on our reputation, results of operations, and financial condition. Our information systems are protected through physical and technological safeguards as well as backup systems and protocols considered appropriate by management. We also provide role-based employee cybersecurity risk awareness training about phishing, malware, social engineering, data protection, and other cyber risks. Further, we have formed a cybersecurity specific risk management steering committee that meets periodically to fully coordinate all enterprise level cybersecurity issues. Our Board of Directors and executive leadership team are updated at least quarterly on the progress and status of our cybersecurity priorities. We continuously monitor and develop our information technology networks and infrastructure to prevent, detect, address, and mitigate the risk of unauthorized access, distributed denial of service attacks, malware attacks, computer viruses, cyber fraud, and other events intended to disrupt information systems, theft of valuableunauthorized access to confidential information, or other types of malicious events that may result in harm to our business. Our investment in cybersecurity is not expected to decrease in the foreseeable future, and despite our on-going efforts to improve our cybersecurity, there can be no assurance that a sophisticated cyber-attack could timely be detected or thwarted. For additional information about our cybersecurity risk management and governance see, Part I, Item 1C. Cybersecurity.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

We discuss the potential impact of recent accounting pronouncements in Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Changes in Accounting Principle

As discussedSee discussion of adopted accounting standards in Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 1 the Company changed its method of accounting for leases in 2019 due to the adoption of Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842).Consolidated Financial Statements.

ITEM 7A.  QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Market risk represents the risk of loss that may impact our consolidated financial position, consolidated results of operations, or consolidated cash flows due to adverse changes in financial and commodity market prices and rates. Market risk also includes credit and non-performance risk by counterparties to our various financial instruments. We are exposed to market risks due to changes in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates (as measured against the U.S. dollar), as well as credit risk associated with potential non-performance of our counterparty banks. These exposures are directly related to our normal operating and funding activities. We enter into derivative instruments to manage and reduce the impact of currency exchange rate changes, primarily between the U.S. dollar/Philippine peso, the U.S. dollar/Mexican peso, and the Australian dollar/Philippine peso. We enter into interest rate derivative instruments to reduce our exposure to interest rate fluctuations associated with our variable rate debt. To mitigate against credit and non-performance risk, it is our policy to only enter into derivative contracts and other financial instruments with investment grade counterparty financial institutions and, correspondingly, our derivative valuations reflect the creditworthiness of our counterparties. As of the date of this report, we have not experienced, nor do we anticipate, any issue related to derivative counterparty defaults.

44

Table of Contents

Interest Rate Risk

We have previously entered into interest rate derivative instruments to reduce our exposure to interest rate fluctuations associated with our variable rate debt. The interest rate on our Credit Agreement is variable based upon the Prime Rate and LIBORSOFR and, therefore, is affected by changes in market interest rates. As of December 31, 2020,2023, we had $385.0$995.0 million of outstanding borrowings under the Credit Agreement. Based upon average daily outstanding borrowings during the years ended December 31, 20202023 and 2019,2022, interest accrued at a rate of approximately 1.6%6.7% and 3.4%3.1% per annum, respectively. If the Prime Rate or LIBORSOFR increased by 100 basis points, there would be $1.0 million of additional interest expense per $100.0 million of outstanding borrowing under the Credit Agreement.

The Company’s interest rate swap arrangement expired as43

Table of May 31, 2017 and no additional swaps have been entered into since that time.Contents

Foreign Currency Risk

Our subsidiaries in the Philippines, Mexico, India, Bulgaria and Poland use the local currency as their functional currency for paying labor and other operating costs. Conversely, revenue for these foreign subsidiaries is derived principally from client contracts that are invoiced and collected in U.S. dollars or other foreign currencies. As a result, we may experience foreign currency gains or losses, which may positively or negatively affect our results of operations attributed to these subsidiaries. For the years ended December 31, 2020, 20192023, 2022 and 2018,2021, revenue associated with this foreign exchange risk was 17%19%, 22%20% and 23%17% of our consolidated revenue, respectively.

The following summarizes relative (weakening) strengthening of local currencies that are relevant to our business:

Year Ended December 31,

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

    

2020

    

2019

    

2018

 

    

2023

    

2022

    

2021

 

Canadian Dollar vs. U.S. Dollar

 

2.1

%

4.5

%

(8.6)

%

 

2.2

%

(6.6)

%

0.3

%

Philippine Peso vs. U.S. Dollar

 

5.2

%

3.5

%

(5.1)

%

 

1.0

%

(9.2)

%

(6.4)

%

Mexican Peso vs. U.S. Dollar

 

(5.2)

%

3.8

%

0.2

%

 

12.9

%

4.8

%

(2.9)

%

Australian Dollar vs. U.S. Dollar

 

9.0

%

(0.6)

%

(10.7)

%

 

(0.0)

%

(6.5)

%

(6.1)

%

Euro vs. U.S. Dollar

 

8.6

%

(2.0)

%  

(4.7)

%

 

3.0

%

(5.9)

%  

(8.1)

%

Indian Rupee vs. U.S. Dollar

(2.5)

%

(2.5)

%  

(9.0)

%

(0.5)

%

(11.3)

%  

(1.8)

%

Philippine Peso vs. Australian Dollar

 

(4.2)

%  

4.0

%  

5.0

%

 

1.0

%  

(2.5)

%  

(0.2)

%

In order to mitigate the risk of these non-functional foreign currencies weakening against the functional currencies of the servicing subsidiaries, which thereby decreases the economic benefit of performing work in these countries, we may hedge a portion, though not 100%, of the projected foreign currency exposure related to client programs served from these foreign countries through our cash flow hedging program. While our hedging strategy can protect us from adverse changes in foreign currency rates in the short term, an overall weakening of the non-functional revenue foreign currencies would adversely impact margins in the segments of the servicing subsidiary over the long term.

Cash Flow Hedging Program

To reduce our exposure to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations associated with forecasted revenue in non-functional currencies, we purchase forward and/or option contracts to acquire the functional currency of the foreign subsidiary at a fixed exchange rate at specific dates in the future. We have designated and account for these derivative instruments as cash flow hedges for forecasted revenue in non-functional currencies.

While we have implemented certain strategies to mitigate risks related to the impact of fluctuations in currency exchange rates, we cannot ensure that we will not recognize gains or losses from international transactions, as this is part of transacting business in an international environment. Not every exposure is or can be hedged and, where hedges are put in place based on expected foreign exchange exposure, they are based on forecasts for which actual results may differ from the original estimate. Failure to successfully hedge or anticipate currency risks properly could adversely affect our consolidated operating results.

45

Table of Contents

Our cash flow hedging instruments as of December 31, 20202023 and 20192022 are summarized as follows (in thousands). All hedging instruments are forward contracts, except as noted.

    

Local

    

    

    

    

    

 

    

Local

    

    

    

    

    

 

Currency

U.S. Dollar

% Maturing

Contracts

 

Currency

U.S. Dollar

% Maturing

Contracts

 

Notional

Notional

in the next

Maturing

 

Notional

Notional

in the next

Maturing

 

As of December 31, 2020

Amount

Amount

12 months

Through

 

As of December 31, 2023

Amount

Amount

12 months

Through

 

Canadian Dollar

 

2,450

$

1,853

100.0

%  

July 2021

 

2,250

$

1,670

100.0

%  

September 2024

Philippine Peso

 

6,725,000

 

130,468

(1)  

54.9

%  

December 2023

 

9,324,000

 

165,842

(1)  

58.7

%  

December 2026

Mexican Peso

 

1,159,500

 

52,398

51.1

%  

December 2023

 

938,000

 

44,155

60.8

%  

December 2026

$

184,719

$

211,667

    

Local

    

 

    

    

Currency

U.S. Dollar

 

Notional

Notional

 

As of December 31, 2019

Amount

Amount

 

Philippine Peso

 

7,715,000

 

147,654

(1)  

Mexican Peso

 

1,299,500

 

61,529

$

209,183

44

Table of Contents

    

Local

    

 

    

    

Currency

U.S. Dollar

 

Notional

Notional

 

As of December 31, 2022

Amount

Amount

 

Canadian Dollar

 

12,000

$

9,177

Philippine Peso

 

8,617,000

157,855

(1)

Mexican Peso

 

1,024,500

 

44,690

$

211,722

(1)Includes contracts to purchase Philippine pesos in exchange for New Zealand dollars and Australian dollars, which are translated into equivalent U.S. dollars on December 31, 20202023 and December 31, 2019.2022.

The fair value of our cash flow hedges at December 31, 20202023 was ana net asset (in thousands):

Maturing in the

Maturing in the

    

December 31, 2020

    

Next 12 Months

 

    

December 31, 2023

    

Next 12 Months

 

Canadian Dollar

$

73

$

73

$

32

$

32

Philippine Peso

 

7,942

 

4,819

 

1,921

 

528

Mexican Peso

 

3,375

 

(1,974)

 

6,578

 

5,753

$

11,390

$

2,918

$

8,531

$

6,313

Our cash flow hedges are valued using models based on market observable inputs, including both forward and spot foreign exchange rates, implied volatility, and counterparty credit risk. The fair value of our cash flow hedges increased by $5.6$8.4 million from December 31, 20192022 to December 31, 2020.2023. The increase in fair value from December 31, 20192022 primarily reflects changes in the currency translation between the U.S. dollar and Mexican Peso and U.S. dollar and Philippines Peso.

We recorded net gains gains/(losses) of $2.6$4.0 million, $(4.2)$(2.9) million, and $(17.5)$4.9 million for settled cash flow hedge contracts for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019,2023, 2022, and 2018,2021, respectively. These gains(losses)gains/(losses) were reflected in Revenue in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss). If the exchange rates between our various currency pairs were to increase or decrease by 10% from current period-end levels, we would incur a material gain or loss on the contracts. However, any gain or loss would be mitigated by corresponding increases or decreases in our underlying exposures.

Other than the transactions hedged as discussed above and in Part II. Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 8 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, the majority of the transactions of our U.S. and foreign operations are denominated in their respective local currency. However, transactions are denominated in other currencies from time-to-time. We do not currently engage in hedging activities related to these types of foreign currency risks because we believe them to be insignificant as we endeavor to settle these accounts on a timely basis. For the years ended 20202023 and 2019,2022, approximately 14% and 21%14%, respectively, of revenue was derived from contracts denominated in currencies other than the U.S. Dollar. Our results of operations and revenue could be adversely affected if the U.S. Dollar strengthens significantly against foreign currencies.

46

Table of Contents

Fair Value of Debt and Equity Securities

We did not have any investments in marketable debt or equity securities as of December 31, 20202023 or 2019.2022.

ITEM 8.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

The financial statements required by this item are located beginning on page F-1 of this report and incorporated herein by reference.

45

Table of Contents

ITEM 9.  CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

Not applicable.

ITEM 9A.  CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

This Form 10-K includes the certifications of our Chief Executive Officer (the “CEO”) and Interim Chief Financial Officer (the “CFO”) required by Rule 13a-14 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). See Exhibits 31.1 and 31.2. This Item 9A includes information concerning the controls and control evaluations referred to in those certifications.

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act) are designed to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed in reports filed or submitted under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in SEC rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to management, including our CEO and CFO, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

We carried out an evaluation under the supervision and with the participation of management, including the CEO and CFO, of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures, as of December 31, 2020,2023, the end of the period covered by this Form 10-K. Based on this evaluation, our CEO and CFO have concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended)Act) were effective at the reasonable assurance level.

Inherent Limitations of Internal Controls

Our management, including the CEO and CFO, believes that any disclosure controls and procedures or internal control over financial reporting, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of internal controls are met. Further, the design of internal controls must consider the benefits of controls relative to their costs. Inherent limitations within internal controls include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty, and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. Additionally, controls can be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people, or by unauthorized override of the control. Over time, control may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or deterioration in the degree of compliance with associated policies or procedures. While the objective of the design of any system of controls is to provide reasonable assurance of the effectiveness of controls, such design is also based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and such assumptions, while reasonable, may not take into account all potential future conditions. Thus, even effective internal control over financial reporting can only provide reasonable assurance of achieving their objectives. Therefore, because of the inherent limitations in cost effective internal controls, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and may not be prevented or detected.

47

Table of Contents

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act. Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures which (a) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of assets, (b) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, (c) provide reasonable assurance that receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with appropriate authorization of management and the Board of Directors, and (d) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

46

Table of Contents

In connection with the preparation of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, our management, under the supervision and with the participation of our CEO and CFO, conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 20202023 based on the framework established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”). As a result of that evaluation, our management concluded that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2020,2023, the end of the period covered by this Form 10-K.

We excluded Voice Foundry from our assessment of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020 because this company was acquired by the Company in a purchase business combination in 2020. Voice Foundry’s total assets and total revenues represent 4.7% and 3.7%, respectively, of the related consolidated financial amounts as of and for the year ended December 31, 2020.

The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 20202023 has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report, which is included herein.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the most recent quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

ITEM 9B.  OTHER INFORMATION

None.During the quarter ended December 31, 2023, none of the Company’s directors or officers (as defined in Rule 16a-1(f) of the Exchange Act) adopted, terminated or modified a Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement or non-Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement, as such terms are defined in Item 408 of Regulation S-K.

On February 26, 2024, TTEC entered into the Eighth Amendment (the “Amendment”) to its Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of June 3, 2013 (the “Credit Facility”) to amend its net leverage ratio covenant, the lenders’ commitment fee rate and margin, and the lenders’ total commitment, among other items. Pursuant to the Amendment, for a period starting with the quarter ending March 31, 2024 through quarter ending March 31, 2025, the permitted maximum net leverage ratio will change from the current 3.5 to 1 to between 4.0 to 1 and 4.5 to 1, as may be applicable in different quarters; the lenders’ commitment fee rate and margin would adjust each relevant quarter based on the effective net leverage ratio for that quarter; and the total lenders’ commitment will reduce from $1.5 billion to $1.3 billion. At TTEC’s option for any quarter during the Amendment period, the net leverage ratio and the corresponding lenders’ commitment fee rate and margin can revert to pre-Amendment levels. The term of the Credit Facility will remain unchanged through November 23, 2026. This description of the material terms of the Amendment is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the Amendment attached as Exhibit 10.98 to this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

ITEM 9C.  DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS

Not applicable.

PART III

ITEM 10.  DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

The information in our 20212024 Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A, which will be filed no later than 120 days after December 31, 20202023 (the “2021“2024 Proxy Statement”) regarding our executive officers under the heading “Information Regarding Executive Officers” is incorporated herein by reference. We have both the Ethics Code for Senior Executive and Financial Officers and the Ethics Code defining rules of conduct for our employees, partners and suppliers. Our Ethics Code for Senior Executive and Financial Officers applies to our Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Financial Officer, lead executives of our business segments, Controller, Treasurer, the General Counsel, Chief Audit executive, senior financial officers of each operating segment and other persons performing similar functions. The Ethics Code defines conduct for all directors, officers, employees, partners and suppliers (as applicable). Both the Ethics Code for Senior Executive and Financial Officers and the Ethics Code are posted on our website at www.ttec.com on the Corporate Governance page. We will post on our website any amendments to or waivers under the Ethics Code for Senior Executive and Financial Officers in accordance with applicable laws and regulations.

4847

Table of Contents

There have been no material changes to the procedures by which stockholders may recommend nominees to the board of directors. The remaining information called for by this Item 10 is incorporated by reference herein from our 20212024 Proxy Statement.

ITEM 11.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information in our 20212024 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 12.  SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

The information regarding these matters is included in Part II, Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities. Also the information in our 20212024 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 13.  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

The information in our 20212024 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 14.  PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANTS FEES AND SERVICES

The information in our 20212024 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

PART IV

ITEM 15.  EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a)

The following documents are filed as part of this report:

1. Consolidated Financial Statements.

The Index to Consolidated Financial Statements is set forth on page F-1 of this report.

2. Financial Statement Schedules.

All schedules for TTEC have been omitted since the required information is not present or not present in amounts sufficient to require submission of the schedule, or because the information is included in the respective Consolidated Financial Statements or notes thereto.

3. Exhibits.

EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit 

Incorporated Herein by Reference

No.

    

Exhibit Description

Form

Exhibit

Filing Date

2.01**

Asset Purchase Agreement dated December 22, 2021, by and among TTEC Government Solutions LLC, Faneuil, Inc. and AJL Holdings, Inc.

8-K

2.01

12/27/2021

3.01**

Restated Certificate of Incorporation of TeleTech Holdings, Inc. filed with the State of Delaware on August 1, 1996

S-1/A

3.01

7/5/1996

3.03**

Certificate of Amendment of Incorporation of TTEC Holdings, Inc. (reflecting name change) with an effective date of January 1, 2018

8-K

3.03

1/9/2018

3.04**

Amended and Restated Bylaws of TTEC Holdings, Inc. (reflecting name change)

8-K

3.04

1/9/2018

48

Table of Contents

4.01**

Description of Securities of TTEC Holdings, Inc. registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities Act of 1934

10-K

4.01

3/4/2020

10.01**

Equity Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 1, 2021, by and among NEPAS Holdings, LLC, Avtex Solutions Holdings, LLC and TTEC Digital, LLC (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.1 to TTEC’s Form 8-K filed on March 3, 2021)

8-K

10.1

3/3/2021

10.06**

TeleTech Holdings, Inc. 2010 Equity Incentive Plan

DEF 14A

A

4/12/2010

49

Table of Contents

10.07**

TTEC Holdings, Inc. 2020 Equity Incentive Plan

DEF 14A

A

4/3/2020

10.25**

Form of TTEC Holdings, Inc. Performance Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (Executive Committee Members) effective July 5, 2019

10-Q

10.25

8/7/2019

10.26**

Form of TTEC Holdings, Inc. Performance Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (Executive Committee Members) effective March 6, 2020

10-Q

10.26

5/4/2020

10.27**

Form of TTEC Holdings. Inc. Performance Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (Executive Committee Members) effective March 3, 2021

10-Q

10.27

8/3/2021

10.28**

Form of TTEC Holdings, Inc. Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement effective July 1, 2021

10-Q

10.28

8/3/2021

10.29**

Form of TeleTech Holdings, Inc. Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (non-executive employees) effective July 1, 2014

10-K

10.29

3/9/2015

10.30**

Form of TeleTech Holdings, Inc. Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (Directors and Executive Committee Members) effective July 1, 2014

10-K

10.30

3/9/2015

10.31**

Independent Director Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (effective May 14, 2020)

10-Q

10.31

8/5/2020

10.32**

Independent Director Compensation Arrangements (effective May 2019)

10-K

10.32

3/6/2019

10.33**

Form of Indemnification Agreement with Directors and Executive Officers

10-Q

10.33

11/5/20198/2023

10.34*

Independent Director Compensation Arrangements (effective for the  May 2021)2023 – May 2024 Board Cycle)

10-K

10.34

2/29/2024

10.35**

Form of TTEC Holdings, Inc. Performance Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (Value Creation Program) effective March 15, 2022

10-Q

10.35

5/5/2022

10.40**

Employment Agreement between Kenneth D. Tuchman and TeleTech Holdings, Inc. dated October 15, 2001

10-K

10.68

4/1/2002

10.41**

Amendment to Employment Agreement between Kenneth D. Tuchman and TeleTech Holdings, Inc. dated December 31, 2008

10-K

10.17

2/23/2009

10.60**

Amended and Restated Executive EmploymentSeparation Agreement between Regina M. Paolillo and TTEC Services Corporation effective May 1, 2018December 31, 2022

10-Q

10.60

5/10/201811/09/2022

10.81**

Employment Agreement between David Seybold and TTEC Digital, LLC effective November 28, 2022

10-Q

10.81

11/09/2022

10.82**

Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement between Judi A. Handfor Francois Bourret, Chief Accounting Officer and TTEC Services Corporation effective May 1, 2018Interim CFO

10-Q8-K

10.82

1/5/10/20182024

10.86*10.83**

Amended and Restated ExecutiveAmendment #1 to Employment Agreement between Margaret B. McLeanDavid Seybold and TTEC Services CorporationDigital, LLC dated to be effective December 12, 2018September 28, 2023

10-K10-Q

10.8610.83

3/6/201911/08/2023

10.87*

Summary of employment arrangements between Richard Sean Erickson and TTEC Services Corporation effective September 8, 2020. While Mr. Erickson joined TTEC in September 2020, he only recently has been appointed as an Executive Officer whose compensation is subject to disclosure.

10.88*10.84**

Executive Employment Agreementagreement between Jonathan LernerMichelle Swanback and TTEC Services Corporation effective December 9, 2019May 2, 2022

8-K10-Q

10.8810.84

12/11/20195/5/2022

49

Table of Contents

10.85**

Amendment #1 to the Executive Employment Agreement between TTEC Holdings, Inc. and Michelle “Shelly” Swanback dated to be effective January 1, 2023

8-K

10.85

1/6/2023

10.86**

Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement between Margaret B. McLean and TTEC Services Corporation effective December 12, 2018

10-K

10.86

3/6/2019

10.87**

Executive Employment Agreement dated as of February 12, 2024, by and among TTEC Services Corporation and Kenneth R. Wagers, III

8-K

10.87

2/15/2024

10.90

Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of June 3, 2013, among TeleTech Holdings, Inc., the foreign borrowers party thereto, the lenders party thereto, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and Fronting Lender, KeyBank National Association, Bank of America, N.A., BBVA Compass, and HSBC Bank USA, National Association, each as Documentation Agent and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, KeyBank National Association, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, BBVA Compass and HSBC Bank USA, National Association, as Joint Lead Arrangers

8-K

10.1

6/7/2013

10.91

First Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and First Amendment to Amended and Restated Security Agreement for the senior secured revolving credit facility with a syndicate of lenders led by Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as agent, swing line and fronting lender.

8-K

10.90

2/16/2016

10.96

Sixth Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and Restated Security Agreement for a senior secured revolving credit facility with a syndicate of lenders led by Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as agent, swing line and fronting lender

8-K

10.96

11/29/2021

10.97

Seventh Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement for a senior secured revolving credit facility with a syndicate of lenders led by Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as agent, swing line and fronting lender

10-Q

10.97

5/5/2023

10.98*

Eighth Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and Restated Security Agreement for a senior secured revolving credit facility with a syndicate of lenders led by Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as agent, swing line and fronting lender

10-K

10.98

02/29/2024

21.1*

List of subsidiaries

23.1*

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

24.1*

Power of Attorney

31.1*

Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of CEO of TTEC

31.2*

Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of CFO of TTEC

32.1*

Written Statement of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (18 U.S.C. Section 1350)

32.2*

Written Statement of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (18 U.S.C. Section 1350)

50

Table of Contents

10.90**97.1*

Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of June 3, 2013, among TeleTech Holdings, Inc., the foreign borrowers party thereto, the lenders party thereto, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and Fronting Lender, KeyBank National Association, Bank of America, N.A., BBVA Compass, and HSBC Bank USA, National Association, each as Documentation Agent and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, KeyBank National Association, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, BBVA Compass and HSBC Bank USA, National Association, as Joint Lead ArrangersTTEC Incentives Recoupment Policy

8-K10-K

10.197.1

6/7/20132/29/2024

10.91**

First Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and First Amendment to Amended and Restated Security Agreement for the senior secured revolving credit facility with a syndicate of lenders led by Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as agent, swing line and fronting lender.

8-K

10.90

2/16/2016

10.94**

Fourth Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and Restated Security Agreement for a senior secured revolving credit facility with a syndicate of lenders led by Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as agent, swing line and fronting lender

8-K

10.32

2/26/2019

10.99**

Membership Interest Purchase Agreement dated October 26, 2019, by and among Ortana Holdings, LLC, an Oregon limited liability company, First Call Resolution, LLC, an Oregon limited liability company, John Stadter, Matthew Achak, and TTEC Services Corporation, a Colorado corporation

8-K

10.99

10/29/2019

21.1*

List of subsidiaries

23.1*

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

24.1*

Power of Attorney

31.1*

Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of CEO of TTEC

31.2*

Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of CFO of TTEC

32.1*

Written Statement of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (18 U.S.C. Section 1350)

32.2*

Written Statement of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (18 U.S.C. Section 1350)

101.INS

XBRL Instance Document (the instance document does not appear in the Interactive Data File because its XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL document)

101.SCH

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema

101.CAL

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase

101.DEF

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase

101.LAB

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase

101.PRE

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase

104

The cover page from TTEC Holdings, Inc’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2020,2023, formatted in Inline XBRL

*     Filed or furnished herewith.

**    Identifies exhibit that consists of or includes a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

51

Table of Contents

ITEM 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY

None

5251

Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned; thereunto duly authorized on March 1, 2021.
February 29, 2024.

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC.

By:

/s/ KENNETH D. TUCHMAN

Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below on March 1, 2021,February 29, 2024, by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated:

Signature

Title

/s/ KENNETH D. TUCHMAN

PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER

Kenneth D. Tuchman

Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board

/s/ REGINA M. PAOLILLOFRANCOIS BOURRET

PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL AND ACCOUNTING OFFICER

Regina M. PaolilloFrancois Bourret

Interim Chief Financial Officer

*

DIRECTOR

Steven J. Anenen

*

DIRECTOR

Tracy L. Bahl

*

DIRECTOR

Gregory A. Conley

*

DIRECTOR

Robert N. Frerichs

*

DIRECTOR

Marc L. Holtzman

*

DIRECTOR

Gina Loften

*

DIRECTOR

Ekta Singh-Bushell

* By /s/ Regina M. PaolilloFrancois Bourret under Power of Attorney as attached hereto as Exhibit 24.1

5352

Table of Contents

INDEX TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF TTEC HOLDINGS, INC.

Page No.

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID 238)

F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 20202023 and 20192022

F-5

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the Years Ended December 31, 2020, 20192023, 2022 and 20182021

F-6

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity and Mezzanine Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2020, 20192023, 2022 and 20182021

F-7

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2020, 20192023, 2022 and 20182021

F-8

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

F-9

F-1

Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To theBoard of Directors and Stockholders of TTEC Holdings, Inc.

Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of TTEC Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 20202023 and 2019,2022, and the related consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss), of stockholders’ equity and mezzanine equity, and of cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2020,2023, including the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). We also have audited the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020,2023, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 20202023 and 2019,2022 and the results of itsoperations and itscash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 20202023 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020,2023, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework(2013)issued by the COSO.

Changes in Accounting Principles

As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed the manner in which it accounts for leases in 2019 and the manner in which it accounts for revenues from contracts with customers in 2018.

Basis for Opinions

The Company's management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A. Our responsibility is to express opinions on the Company’s consolidatedfinancial statements and on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidatedfinancial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.

Our audits of the consolidatedfinancial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidatedfinancial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidatedfinancial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidatedfinancial statements. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

F-2

Table of Contents

As described in Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting, management has excluded Voice Foundry from its assessment of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020 because it was acquired by the Company in a purchase business combination during 2020. We have also excluded Voice Foundry from our audit of internal control over financial reporting. Voice Foundry is a wholly owned subsidiary, whose total assets and total revenues excluded from management’s assessment and our audit of internal control over financial reporting represent 4.7% and 3.7%, respectively, of the related consolidated financial statement amounts as of and for the year ended December 31, 2020.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Critical Audit Matters

The critical audit mattermatters communicated below is a matterare matters arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (i) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements and (ii) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.

Acquisition of Voice Foundry US - Valuation of Customer Relationships Intangible AssetRevenue Recognition

As described in Note 21 to the consolidated financial statements, on August 5, 2020, the Company closed the first phaserecognizes revenue from contracts and programs when control of the acquisitionpromised goods or services is transferred to the customers, in an amount that reflects the consideration management expects to be entitled to in exchange for those goods or services. Revenue is recognized when or as performance obligations are satisfied by transferring control of the Voice Foundry business by acquiring 100% of the business’s net assets in the U.S. and U.K. (the “VF US Transaction”)a promised good or service to a customer. The Company’s revenue was $2,463 million for the total purchase price of $45.89 million, which resulted in a $6.55 million customer relationships intangible asset being recorded. A multi-period excess earnings method under the income approach was used to estimate the fair value of the customer relationships intangible asset. The significant assumption utilized in calculating the fair value of the customer relationships intangible asset was the customer attrition rate.year ended December 31, 2023.

The principal considerations for our determination that performing procedures relating to the valuation of customer relationships intangible assets acquired in the VF US Transactionrevenue recognition is a critical audit matter are the significant judgment by management when developing the fair value estimate for the customer relationships intangible asset, which in turn led to a high degree of auditor judgment, subjectivity and effort in performing procedures and evaluating management’s significant assumptionaudit evidence related to the customer attrition rate. In addition, the audit effort involved the use of professionals with specialized skill and knowledge.Company’s revenue recognition.

F-3

Table of Contents

Addressing the matter involved performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence in connection with forming our overall opinion on the consolidated financial statements. These procedures included testing the effectiveness of controls over management’s valuation ofrelating to the customer relationships intangible asset and controls over the development of the customer attrition rate assumption.revenue recognition process. These procedures also included, among others (i) readingevaluating and recalculating for certain revenue transactions, on a sample basis, the purchase agreement,revenue recognized by obtaining and inspecting source documents, such as executed contracts, invoices, shipping and delivery documents, and cash receipts; (ii) evaluating certain revenue transactions by testing the issuance and settlement of invoices and credit memos, tracing transactions not settled to a detailed listing of accounts receivable, and testing the completeness and accuracy of data provided by management; (iii) evaluating for certain revenue transactions, on a sample basis, the timing of revenue recognition by obtaining and inspecting shipping and delivery documents; and (iv) testing, on a sample basis, outstanding customer invoice balances as of year-end by obtaining and inspecting source documents, such as executed contracts, invoices, delivery documents, and subsequent cash receipts, where applicable.

F-3

Table of Contents

Goodwill Impairment Assessment – TTEC Engage reporting unit

As described in Notes 1 and 6 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company’s goodwill balance for the TTEC Engage segment was $308.4 million as of December 31, 2023, all of which relates to the Engage reporting unit. Management tests the Company’s goodwill for impairment at least annually on December 1, and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable. For the annual goodwill impairment analysis, management performed a Step 1 evaluation, which includes comparing a reporting unit’s estimated fair value to its carrying value. The determination of fair value requires significant judgments including estimation of future cash flows, which is dependent on internal forecasts, estimation of the long-term growth rates for the businesses, the useful lives over which the cash flows will occur and determination of appropriate discount rates (based in part on the Company’s weighted average cost of capital). Management used a market approach and an income approach to estimate the fair value of the reporting unit, which incorporated significant assumptions, including revenue projections, EBITDA margin projections, estimated tax rates, estimated capital expenditures and discount rates.

The principal considerations for our determination that performing procedures relating to the goodwill impairment assessment of the TTEC Engage reporting unit as a critical audit matter are (i) the significant judgment by management when developing the fair value estimate of the TTEC Engage reporting unit using the income approach; (ii) a high degree of auditor judgment, subjectivity, and effort in performing procedures and evaluating management’s significant assumptions related to revenue projections, EBITDA margin, and discount rate; and (iii) the audit effort involved the use of professionals with specialized skill and knowledge.  

Addressing the matter involved performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence in connection with forming our overall opinion on the consolidated financial statements. These procedures included testing the effectiveness of controls relating to management’s goodwill impairment assessment, including controls over the valuation of the TTEC Engage reporting unit. These procedures also included, among others (i) testing management’s process for developing the fair value estimate for the customer relationships intangible asset, (iii)estimate; (ii) evaluating the appropriateness of the valuation method and the reasonableness of the customer attrition rateincome approach used by management in the valuation, and (iv)management; (iii) testing the completeness and accuracy of theunderlying data used in the valuation. Evaluatingincome approach; and (iv) evaluating the reasonableness of the customer attrition ratesignificant assumptions used by management related to revenue projections, EBITDA margin, and discount rate. Evaluating management’s assumptions related to revenue projections and EBITDA margins involved evaluating whether the assumptions used by management were reasonable considering (i) the current and past performance of TTEC Engage reporting unit; (ii) the acquired business as well as economicconsistency with external market and industry forecasts.data; and (iii) whether the assumptions were consistent with evidence obtained in other areas of the audit. Professionals with specialized skill and knowledge were used to assist in evaluating (i) the evaluationappropriateness of the Company’s valuation methodincome approach to estimate the fair value and (ii) the customer attrition rate.

reasonableness of the discount rate assumption.

/s/PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Denver, Colorado

March 1, 2021February 29, 2024

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2007.

F-4

Table of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Balance SheetsSheets

(Amounts in thousands, except share amounts)

December 31,

December 31,

 

December 31,

December 31,

 

    

2020

    

2019

 

    

2023

    

2022

 

ASSETS

Current assets

Cash and cash equivalents

$

132,914

$

82,407

$

172,747

$

153,435

Accounts receivable, net of allowance of $5,067 and $5,452

 

378,397

 

331,096

Accounts receivable, net of allowance of $2,248 and $3,524

 

394,868

 

417,637

Prepaids and other current assets

 

104,597

 

96,287

 

95,064

 

133,365

Income and other tax receivables

 

40,894

 

40,035

 

18,524

 

45,533

Total current assets

 

656,802

 

549,825

 

681,203

 

749,970

Long-term assets

Property, plant and equipment, net

 

178,706

 

176,633

 

191,003

 

183,360

Operating lease assets

120,820

150,808

121,574

92,431

Goodwill

 

363,502

 

301,694

 

808,988

 

807,845

Deferred tax assets, net

 

15,081

 

13,263

 

38,151

 

18,713

Other intangible assets, net

 

112,059

 

115,596

 

198,433

 

233,909

Income and other tax receivables, long-term

44,673

Other long-term assets

 

69,438

 

68,969

 

101,573

 

67,734

Total long-term assets

 

859,606

 

826,963

 

1,504,395

 

1,403,992

Total assets

$

1,516,408

$

1,376,788

$

2,185,598

$

2,153,962

LIABILITIES, STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY AND MEZZANINE EQUITY

Current liabilities

Accounts payable

$

66,658

$

64,440

$

96,577

$

93,937

Accrued employee compensation and benefits

 

163,658

 

114,165

 

146,184

 

145,096

Other accrued expenses

 

55,915

 

79,171

 

32,217

 

34,451

Income tax payable

 

19,709

 

11,307

 

4,909

 

7,166

Deferred revenue

 

39,956

 

39,447

 

81,171

 

87,846

Current operating lease liabilities

43,651

45,218

38,271

35,271

Other current liabilities

 

6,623

 

9,541

 

3,698

 

7,597

Total current liabilities

 

396,170

 

363,289

 

403,027

 

411,364

Long-term liabilities

Line of credit

 

385,000

 

290,000

 

995,000

 

960,000

Deferred tax liabilities, net

 

7,747

 

10,602

 

3,137

 

3,829

Non-current income tax payable

22,291

25,208

9,140

Non-current operating lease liabilities

98,277

127,395

96,809

69,575

Other long-term liabilities

 

96,185

 

79,641

 

72,083

 

66,304

Total long-term liabilities

 

609,500

 

532,846

 

1,167,029

 

1,108,848

Total liabilities

 

1,005,670

 

896,135

 

1,570,056

 

1,520,212

Commitments and contingencies (Note 13)

Redeemable noncontrolling interest

52,976

48,923

55,645

Stockholders’ equity

Preferred stock; $0.01 par value; 10,000,000 shares authorized; 0 shares outstanding as of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019

 

 

Common stock; $0.01 par value; 150,000,000 shares authorized; 46,737,033 and 46,488,938 shares outstanding as of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively

 

467

 

465

Preferred stock; $0.01 par value; 10,000,000 shares authorized; zero shares outstanding as of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022

 

 

Common stock; $0.01 par value; 150,000,000 shares authorized; 47,427,200 and 47,224,074 shares outstanding as of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively

 

474

 

472

Additional paid-in capital

 

360,293

 

356,409

 

407,415

 

367,673

Treasury stock at cost: 35,315,220 and 35,563,315 shares as of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively

 

(601,214)

 

(605,314)

Treasury stock at cost: 34,625,053 and 34,828,179 shares as of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively

 

(589,807)

 

(593,164)

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

 

(72,156)

 

(106,234)

 

(89,876)

 

(126,301)

Retained earnings

 

757,312

 

773,218

 

870,429

 

911,233

Noncontrolling interest

 

13,060

 

13,186

 

16,907

 

18,192

Total stockholders’ equity

 

457,762

 

431,730

 

615,542

 

578,105

Total liabilities, stockholders’ equity and mezzanine equity

$

1,516,408

$

1,376,788

$

2,185,598

$

2,153,962

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-5

Table of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)

(Amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

    

 

2020

    

2019

    

2018

 

    

 

2023

    

2022

    

2021

 

Revenue

$

1,949,248

$

1,643,704

$

1,509,171

$

2,462,817

$

2,443,707

$

2,273,062

Operating expenses

Cost of services (exclusive of depreciation and amortization presented separately below)

 

1,452,719

 

1,242,887

 

1,157,927

 

1,932,877

 

1,856,518

 

1,704,109

Selling, general and administrative

 

203,902

 

202,540

 

182,428

 

290,873

 

287,433

 

239,994

Depreciation and amortization

 

78,862

 

69,086

 

69,179

 

101,272

 

111,791

 

96,706

Restructuring charges, net

3,264

1,747

6,131

8,041

5,673

3,807

Impairment losses

 

5,809

 

3,735

 

1,452

 

11,733

 

13,749

 

11,254

Total operating expenses

 

1,744,556

 

1,519,995

 

1,417,117

 

2,344,796

 

2,275,164

 

2,055,870

Income from operations

 

204,692

 

123,709

 

92,054

 

118,021

 

168,543

 

217,192

Other income (expense)

Interest income

 

1,656

 

1,913

 

4,476

 

5,150

 

1,811

 

761

Interest expense

 

(17,489)

 

(19,113)

 

(28,674)

 

(78,321)

 

(36,067)

 

(12,384)

Other income (expense), net

 

(18,591)

 

3,902

 

(11,618)

 

(4,126)

 

10,161

 

2,315

Total other income (expense)

 

(34,424)

 

(13,298)

 

(35,816)

 

(77,297)

 

(24,095)

 

(9,308)

Income before income taxes

 

170,268

 

110,411

 

56,238

 

40,724

 

144,448

 

207,884

Provision for income taxes

 

(40,937)

 

(25,677)

 

(16,483)

 

(22,460)

 

(27,115)

 

(49,695)

Net income

 

129,331

 

84,734

 

39,755

 

18,264

 

117,333

 

158,189

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

 

(10,683)

 

(7,570)

 

(3,938)

 

(9,836)

 

(14,093)

 

(17,219)

Net income attributable to TTEC stockholders

$

118,648

$

77,164

$

35,817

$

8,428

$

103,240

$

140,970

Other comprehensive income (loss)

Net income

$

129,331

$

84,734

$

39,755

$

18,264

$

117,333

$

158,189

Foreign currency translation adjustments

 

29,537

 

6,816

 

(30,382)

 

30,783

 

(28,688)

 

(17,551)

Derivative valuation, gross

 

5,717

 

16,990

 

11,526

 

8,416

 

178

 

(11,452)

Derivative valuation, tax effect

 

(1,468)

 

(4,530)

 

(4,058)

 

(2,190)

 

(49)

 

2,981

Other, net of tax

 

488

 

(786)

 

308

 

(391)

 

183

 

(391)

Total other comprehensive income (loss)

 

34,274

 

18,490

 

(22,606)

 

36,618

 

(28,376)

 

(26,413)

Total comprehensive income (loss)

 

163,605

 

103,224

 

17,149

 

54,882

 

88,957

 

131,776

Less: Comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interest

 

(8,352)

 

(7,698)

 

(3,624)

 

(9,501)

 

(12,679)

 

(12,067)

Comprehensive income attributable to TTEC stockholders

$

155,253

$

95,526

$

13,525

$

45,381

$

76,278

$

119,709

Weighted average shares outstanding

Basic

 

46,647

 

46,373

 

46,064

 

47,335

 

47,121

 

46,890

Diluted

 

46,993

 

46,758

 

46,385

 

47,419

 

47,335

 

47,386

Net income per share attributable to TTEC stockholders

Basic

$

2.54

$

1.66

$

0.78

$

0.18

$

2.19

$

3.01

Diluted

$

2.52

$

1.65

$

0.77

$

0.18

$

2.18

$

2.97

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-6

Table of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity and Mezzanine Equity

(Amounts in thousands)

Stockholders’ Equity of the Company

 

Stockholders’ Equity of the Company

 

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

Accumulated

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

 

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

Accumulated

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

 

Other

 

Other

 

Preferred Stock

Common Stock

Treasury

Additional

Comprehensive

Retained

Noncontrolling

Mezzanine

 

Common Stock

Treasury

Additional

Comprehensive

Retained

Noncontrolling

Mezzanine

 

Shares

Amount

Shares

Amount

Stock

Paid-in Capital

Income (Loss)

Earnings

interest

Total Equity

Equity

 

Shares

Amount

Stock

Paid-in Capital

Income (Loss)

Earnings

interest

Total Equity

Equity

 

Balance as of December 31, 2017

 

$

 

45,862

$

459

$

(615,677)

$

351,725

$

(102,304)

$

721,664

$

6,978

$

362,845

$

Cumulative effect of adopting accounting standard updates

 

 

 

 

 

 

(6,584)

(6,584)

Balance as of December 31, 2020

 

46,737

$

467

$

(601,214)

$

360,293

$

(72,156)

$

757,312

$

13,060

$

457,762

$

52,976

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

35,817

 

3,938

 

39,755

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

140,970

 

12,210

 

153,180

 

5,009

Dividends to shareholders ($0.55 per common share)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(25,346)

 

 

(25,346)

 

Dividends distributed to noncontrolling interest

(2,925)

(2,925)

Foreign currency translation adjustments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(30,068)

 

 

(314)

 

(30,382)

 

Derivatives valuation, net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,468

 

 

 

7,468

 

Vesting of restricted stock units

 

 

 

318

 

3

 

5,252

 

(9,898)

 

 

 

 

(4,643)

 

Exercise of stock options

 

 

 

15

 

 

248

 

(40)

 

 

 

 

208

 

Equity-based compensation expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

12,145

 

 

 

 

12,145

 

Other, net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

308

 

 

 

308

 

Balance as of December 31, 2018

 

$

 

46,195

$

462

$

(610,177)

$

353,932

$

(124,596)

$

725,551

$

7,677

$

352,849

$

Cumulative effect of adopting accounting standard updates

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(758)

 

 

(758)

 

Net income

77,164

6,969

84,133

601

Acquisition of noncontrolling interest

48,322

Dividends to shareholders ($0.62 per common share)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(28,739)

 

 

(28,739)

 

Contribution from noncontrolling interest

3,362

3,362

Dividends to shareholders ($0.90 per common share)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(42,217)

 

 

(42,217)

 

Dividends distributed to noncontrolling interest

(4,950)

(4,950)

(9,315)

(9,315)

(1,669)

Foreign currency translation adjustments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,688

 

 

128

 

6,816

 

 

 

 

 

 

(17,408)

 

 

(143)

 

(17,551)

 

Derivatives valuation, net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12,460

 

 

 

12,460

 

 

 

 

 

 

(8,471)

 

 

 

(8,471)

 

Vesting of restricted stock units

 

 

 

294

 

3

 

4,863

 

(10,337)

 

 

 

 

(5,471)

 

 

253

 

3

 

4,183

 

(15,583)

 

 

 

 

(11,397)

 

Equity-based compensation expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

12,814

 

 

 

 

12,814

 

 

 

 

 

16,425

 

 

 

 

16,425

 

Other, net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(786)

 

 

 

(786)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(391)

 

 

 

(391)

 

Balance as of December 31, 2019

 

$

 

46,489

$

465

$

(605,314)

$

356,409

$

(106,234)

$

773,218

$

13,186

$

431,730

$

48,923

Balance as of December 31, 2021

 

46,990

$

470

$

(597,031)

$

361,135

$

(98,426)

$

856,065

$

15,812

$

538,025

$

56,316

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

118,648

 

8,156

 

126,804

 

2,527

103,240

13,180

116,420

913

Acquisition of noncontrolling interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,849

Dividends to shareholders ($2.88 per common share)

(134,554)

(134,554)

Dividends to shareholders ($1.02 per common share)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(48,072)

 

 

(48,072)

 

Dividends distributed to noncontrolling interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(8,478)

 

(8,478)

 

(2,323)

(10,299)

(10,299)

(1,584)

Foreign currency translation adjustments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

29,341

 

 

196

 

29,537

 

 

 

 

 

 

(28,187)

 

 

(501)

 

(28,688)

 

Derivatives valuation, net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,249

 

 

 

4,249

 

 

 

 

 

 

129

 

 

 

129

 

Vesting of restricted stock units

 

 

 

248

 

2

 

4,100

 

(8,623)

 

 

 

 

(4,521)

 

 

234

 

2

 

3,867

 

(11,033)

 

 

 

 

(7,164)

 

Equity-based compensation expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

12,507

 

 

 

 

12,507

 

 

 

 

 

17,571

 

 

 

 

17,571

 

Other, net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

488

 

 

 

488

 

 

 

 

 

 

183

 

 

 

183

 

Balance as of December 31, 2020

 

$

 

46,737

$

467

$

(601,214)

$

360,293

$

(72,156)

$

757,312

$

13,060

$

457,762

$

52,976

Balance as of December 31, 2022

 

47,224

$

472

$

(593,164)

$

367,673

$

(126,301)

$

911,233

$

18,192

$

578,105

$

55,645

Noncontrolling interest adjustment due to buyout

24,067

24,067

(24,067)

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,428

 

9,308

 

17,736

 

528

Dividends to shareholders ($1.04 per common share)

 

 

 

 

(49,232)

(49,232)

Buyout of noncontrolling interest

(31,920)

Dividends distributed to noncontrolling interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(10,786)

 

(10,786)

 

(186)

Foreign currency translation adjustments

 

 

 

 

 

30,590

 

 

193

 

30,783

 

Derivatives valuation, net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

6,226

 

 

 

6,226

 

Vesting of restricted stock units

 

203

 

2

 

3,357

 

(6,396)

 

 

 

 

(3,037)

 

Equity-based compensation expense

 

 

 

 

22,071

 

 

 

 

22,071

 

Other, net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

(391)

 

 

 

(391)

 

Balance as of December 31, 2023

 

47,427

$

474

$

(589,807)

$

407,415

$

(89,876)

$

870,429

$

16,907

$

615,542

$

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-7

Table of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(Amounts in thousands)

Year Ended December 31,

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

    

2020

    

2019

    

2018

 

    

2023

    

2022

    

2021

 

Cash flows from operating activities

Net income

$

129,331

$

84,734

$

39,755

$

18,264

$

117,333

$

158,189

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

Depreciation and amortization

 

78,862

 

69,086

 

69,179

 

101,272

 

111,791

 

96,706

Amortization of contract acquisition costs

 

590

 

1,002

 

3,015

 

2,288

 

2,065

 

983

Amortization of debt issuance costs

 

732

 

1,083

 

992

 

1,067

 

1,018

 

1,016

Imputed interest expense and fair value adjustments to contingent consideration

 

4,484

 

2,339

 

10,217

 

7,579

 

1,746

 

1,168

Provision for credit losses

 

494

 

1,711

 

3,679

 

2,009

 

9,391

 

(350)

(Gain) loss on disposal of assets

 

521

 

189

 

111

Loss on disposal of assets

 

2,219

 

1,916

 

1,127

Loss on dissolution of subsidiary

19,905

0

0

301

Impairment losses

 

5,809

 

3,735

 

1,452

 

11,733

 

13,749

 

11,254

Impairment on equity investment

0

0

15,632

Gain (adjustment) on bargain purchase of a business

0

0

(685)

Non-cash loss on assets held for sale reclassified to held and used

0

0

1,616

Deferred income taxes

 

(5,193)

 

(1,376)

 

(7,975)

 

(7,528)

 

(11,001)

 

831

Excess tax benefit from equity-based awards

 

(726)

 

(1,231)

 

(635)

 

1,705

 

(1,122)

 

(5,301)

Equity-based compensation expense

 

12,507

 

12,814

 

12,145

 

22,071

 

17,571

 

16,425

(Gain) loss on foreign currency derivatives

 

103

 

(140)

 

1,524

 

(3)

 

(7)

 

(213)

Changes in assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions:

Accounts receivable

 

(40,625)

 

29,608

 

29,985

 

22,359

 

(74,564)

 

40,156

Prepaids and other assets

 

57,597

 

27,413

 

(30,438)

 

8,570

 

43,699

 

18,407

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

 

76,726

 

97,268

 

11,713

 

9,518

 

(12,695)

 

(17,209)

Deferred revenue and other liabilities

 

(69,197)

 

(90,246)

 

7,063

 

(58,659)

 

(83,842)

 

(71,893)

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

271,920

 

237,989

 

168,345

 

144,765

 

137,048

 

251,296

Cash flows from investing activities

Proceeds from sale of long-lived assets

 

20

 

382

 

34

 

261

 

229

 

93

Purchases of property, plant and equipment, net of acquisitions

 

(59,772)

 

(60,776)

 

(43,450)

 

(67,839)

 

(84,012)

 

(60,358)

Investments in non-marketable equity investments

0

0

(2,119)

Acquisitions, net of cash acquired of $4,423, $4,547, and $4,530, respectively

 

(52,675)

 

(102,457)

 

(2,027)

Acquisitions, net of cash acquired of zero, zero, and $18,638, respectively

 

 

(142,420)

 

(481,718)

Net cash used in investing activities

 

(112,427)

 

(162,851)

 

(47,562)

 

(67,578)

 

(226,203)

 

(541,983)

Cash flows from financing activities

Net proceeds(borrowings) from line of credit

 

95,000

 

8,000

 

(62,000)

Net proceeds from/(repayments of) line of credit

 

35,000

 

169,000

 

406,000

Payments on other debt

 

(8,619)

 

(11,855)

 

(5,989)

 

(2,317)

 

(3,245)

 

(6,626)

Payments of contingent consideration and hold-back payments to acquisitions

 

(48,686)

 

(5,902)

 

(1,349)

 

(37,676)

 

(9,600)

 

(11,517)

Dividends paid to shareholders

(134,554)

(28,739)

(25,346)

(49,232)

(48,072)

(42,217)

Payments to noncontrolling interest

 

(10,801)

 

(4,950)

 

(2,925)

 

(10,972)

 

(11,883)

 

(10,984)

Capital contribution from noncontrolling interest

0

3,362

0

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

 

0

 

0

 

208

Tax payments related to issuance of restricted stock units

(4,521)

(5,471)

(4,643)

(3,037)

(7,164)

(11,397)

Payments of debt issuance costs

 

(45)

 

(1,819)

 

(35)

 

 

 

(3,614)

Net cash used in financing activities

 

(112,226)

 

(47,374)

 

(102,079)

Net cash (used in)/provided by financing activities

 

(68,234)

 

89,036

 

319,645

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

 

6,157

 

(410)

 

(14,904)

 

(2,112)

 

(13,499)

 

(7,291)

Increase in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

 

53,424

 

27,354

 

3,800

Increase/(decrease) in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

 

6,841

 

(13,618)

 

21,667

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, beginning of period

 

105,591

 

78,237

 

74,437

 

167,064

 

180,682

 

159,015

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, end of period

$

159,015

$

105,591

$

78,237

$

173,905

$

167,064

$

180,682

Supplemental disclosures

Cash paid for interest

$

10,233

$

13,108

$

17,456

$

77,199

$

34,984

$

11,188

Cash paid for income taxes

$

47,761

$

36,316

$

39,984

$

46,129

$

42,563

$

71,392

Non-cash investing and financing activities

Acquisition of long-lived assets through finance leases

$

1,852

$

3,731

15,018

$

3,126

$

461

912

Acquisition of equipment through increase in accounts payable, net

$

347

$

881

$

339

$

2,626

$

3,346

$

(2,243)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-8

Table of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(1)OVERVIEW AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Overview

Founded in 1983, TTEC Holdings, Inc. (“TTEC”, “the Company”; pronounced “T-TEC”) is a leading global customer experience as a service (“CXaaS”CX”) outsourcing partner for many of the world’s iconic brands, Fortune 1000 companies, government agencies,marquis and disruptive growth companies. TTEC helps its clients deliver frictionlessbrands and public sector clients. The Company designs, builds, and operates technology-enabled customer experiences strengthenacross digital and live interaction channels to help clients increase customer relationships, brand recognitionloyalty, revenue, and loyalty through personalized interactions,profitability. By combining digital solutions with data-driven service capabilities, the Company helps clients improve their Net Promoter Score, customer satisfaction and quality assurance, and lowerwhile lowering their total cost to serve by combining innovative digital solutions with best-in-class service capabilitiesserve. As of December 31, 2023, TTEC served over 750clients across targeted industry verticals including financial services, healthcare, public sector, telecom, technology, media, travel and hospitality, automotive and retail.

The Company operates and reports its financial results of operation through two business segments:

TTEC Digital is one of the largest CX technology providers and is focused exclusively on the intersection of Contact Center as a Service (CCaaS), Customer Relationship Management (CRM), and Artificial Intelligence (AI) and Analytics. A professional services organization comprised of software engineers, systems architects, data scientists and CX strategists, this segment creates and implements strategic CX transformation roadmaps; sells, operates, and provides managed services for cloud platforms and premise based CX technologies including Amazon Web Services, Cisco, Genesys, Google, and Microsoft; and creates proprietary IP to support industry specific and custom client needs. TTEC Digital serves clients across Enterprise and Small & Medium Sized business segments and has a dedicated unit with government technology certifications serving the public sector.
TTEC Engage provides the digitally enabled CX operational and managed services to support large, complex enterprise clients’ end-to-end customer interactions at scale. Tailored to meet industry specific and business needs, this segment delivers data-driven omnichannel customer care, customer acquisition, growth, and retention services, tech support, trust and safety and back-office solutions. The segment’s technology-enabled delivery model covers the entire associate lifecycle including recruitment, onboarding, training, delivery, workforce management and quality assurance.

TTEC demonstrates its market leadership through strategic collaboration across TTEC Digital and TTEC Engage when there is client demand and fit for the Company’s integrated solutions. This partnership is central to enablethe Company’s ability to deliver comprehensive and deliver simplified, consistent and seamlesstransformational customer experience across channelssolutions to its clients, including integrated delivery, go-to-market and phases ofinnovation for truly differentiated, market leading CX solutions.

During 2023, the customer lifecycle. TTEC’s 61,000 employees serve clientscombined TTEC Digital and TTEC Engage global operating platform delivered onshore, nearshore and offshore services in the automotive, communication, financial services, national/federal and state and local governments, healthcare, logistics, media and entertainment, e-tail/retail, technology, travel and transportation industries via operations in22 countries on six continents – the United States, Australia, Belgium, Brazil, Bulgaria, Canada, Colombia, Costa Rica, Egypt, Germany, Greece, Honduras, India, Ireland, Mexico, the Netherlands, New Zealand, the Philippines, Poland, Singapore, South Africa, Thailand, and the United Kingdom.

The Company reports its financial information based on two segments: TTEC DigitalKingdom – with the help of over 60,000 customer care associates, consultants, technologists, and TTEC Engage.

TTEC Digital provides the CX technology services and platforms to support the Company’s clients’ customer interaction delivery infrastructure. The segment designs, builds and operates the omnichannel ecosystem in a cloud, on premise, or hybrid environment, inclusive of fully integrating, orchestrating, and administrating highly scalable, feature-rich CX technology applications.
TTEC Engage provides the CX managed services to support the Company’s clients’ end-to-end customer interaction delivery, by providing the essential CX omnichannel and application technologies, human resources, recruiting, training and production, at-home or facility-based delivery infrastructure on a global scale, and engagement processes. This segment provides full-service digital, omnichannel customer engagement, supporting customer care, customer acquisition, growth and retention, and fraud detection and prevention services.

TTEC Digital and TTEC Engage strategically come together under the Company’s unified offering, Humanify® Customer Experience as a Service ("CXaaS"), which drives measurable customer results for clients through the delivery of personalized, omnichannel experiences. The Company’s Humanify® cloud platform provides a fully integrated ecosystem of CX offerings, including messaging, artificial intelligence, machine learning, robotic process automation, analytics, cybersecurity, customer relationship management, knowledge management, journey orchestration, and traditional voice solutions. The Company’s end-to-end platform differentiates the Company from many competitors by combining design, strategic consulting, best-in-class technology, data analytics, process optimization, system integration and operational excellence.professionals.

Basis of Presentation

The Consolidated Financial Statements are comprised of the accounts of TTEC, its wholly owned subsidiaries, its 55% equity owned subsidiary Percepta, LLC, its 70% equity owned subsidiary First Call Resolution, LLC through March 31, 2023 and then 100% owned subsequently, and its 70% equity owned subsidiary Serendebyte, Inc. (see Note 2). All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Reclassifications

The Company has elected to modify the presentation of the proceeds and borrowings on the line of credit within the financing section of the Cash Flow Statement from a two-line presentation to a one-line net presentation. Prior period presentation has been modified to ensure consistency.

F-9

Table of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the Consolidated Financial Statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. (“GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions in determining the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent liabilities at the date of the Consolidated Financial Statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. On an on-going basis, the Company evaluates its estimates including those related to derivatives and hedging activities, income taxes including the valuation allowance for deferred tax assets, litigation reserves, restructuring reserves, allowance for credit losses, contingent consideration, redeemable noncontrolling interest, and valuation of goodwill, long-lived and intangible assets and redeemable noncontrolling interest.assets. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities. Actual results may differ materially from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

Concentration of Credit RiskOut-of-period Adjustment

The Company is exposedConsolidated Financial Statements for the year ended December 31, 2023 included an adjustment of $14.2 million to credit riskother comprehensive income and deferred tax assets, to correct for an error identified by management during the preparation of the financial statements. This adjustment was to reflect the deferred tax impact of currency translation adjustments, of which $14.2 million related to prior annual fiscal periods. Management has determined that this error was not material to the historical financial statements in any individual period or in the normal course of business, primarily related to accounts receivableaggregate and derivative instruments. Historically,did not result in the losses related to credit risk have been immaterial. The Company regularly monitors its credit risk to mitigatepreviously issued financial statements being materially misstated. As such, management recorded the possibility of current and future exposures resultingcorrection as an out-of-period adjustment in a loss. The Company evaluates the creditworthiness of its clients prior to entering into an agreement to provide services and as necessary through the life of the client relationship. The Company does not believe it is exposed to more than a nominal amount of credit risk in its derivative hedging activities, as the Company diversifies its activities across eight investment-grade financial institutions.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Fair values of cash equivalents, accounts receivable and payable and debt approximate the carrying amounts because of their short-term nature.year ended December 31, 2023.

Cash, Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash

Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash, primarily held in interest-bearing investments, and liquid short-term maturities,investments, which have original maturities of less than 90 days. Restricted cash includes cash whereby the Company’s ability to use the funds at any time is contractually limited or is generally designated for specific purposes arising out of certain contractual or other obligations.

The Company manages a centralized global treasury function in the United States with a focus on safeguarding and optimizing the use of its global cash and cash equivalents. The Company’s cash is held in the U.S. in U.S. dollars and outside of the U.S. in U.S. dollars and foreign currencies. The Company believes that it has effectively mitigated and managed its risk relating to its global cash through its cash management practices, banking partners, and utilization of diversified bank deposit accounts and high quality investments. However, the Company can provide no assurances that it will not sustain losses.

The following table provides a reconciliation of cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash reported in the Consolidated Balance Sheets that sum to the amounts reported in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows (in thousands):

December 31, 2020

    

December 31, 2019

    

December 31, 2018

December 31, 2023

    

December 31, 2022

    

December 31, 2021

Cash and cash equivalents

$

132,914

 

$

82,407

 

$

78,237

$

172,747

 

$

153,435

 

$

158,205

Restricted cash included in "Prepaid and other current assets"

 

26,101

 

23,172

 

 

1,158

 

13,629

 

22,477

Restricted cash included in "Other noncurrent assets"

 

 

12

 

Total

$

159,015

 

$

105,591

 

$

78,237

$

173,905

 

$

167,064

 

$

180,682

Concentration of Credit Risk

The Company is exposed to credit risk in the normal course of business, primarily related to accounts receivable and derivative instruments. Historically, the losses related to credit risk have been immaterial. The Company regularly monitors its credit risk to mitigate the possibility of current and future exposures resulting in a loss. The Company evaluates the creditworthiness of its clients prior to entering into an agreement to provide services and as necessary through the life of the client relationship. The Company does not believe it is exposed to more than a nominal amount of credit risk in its derivative hedging activities, as the Company diversifies its activities across eight investment-grade financial institutions.

F-10

Table of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Fair values of cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and debt approximate the carrying amounts because of their short-term nature.

Accounts Receivable

At the end of each quarter an allowance for credit losses will be calculated based on the current quarterly revenue multiplied by the historical loss percentage of the prior three-year period and recorded in the income statement. In addition to the evaluation of historical losses, the Company considers current and future economic conditions and events such as changes in customer credit quality and liquidity. The Company will write-off accounts receivable against this allowance when the Company determines a balance is uncollectible.

Derivatives

The Company enters into foreign exchange forward and option contracts to reduce its exposure to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations that are associated with forecasted revenue earned in foreign locations. The Company also enters into interest rate derivatives which consist of interest rate swaps to reduce the Company’s exposure to interest rate fluctuations associated with its variable rate debt. Upon proper qualification, these contracts are designated as cash flow hedges. The Company formally documents at the inception of the hedge all relationships between hedging instruments and hedged items as well as its risk management objective and strategy for undertaking various hedging activities.

All derivative financial instruments are reported at fair value and recorded in Prepaids and other current assets, Other long-term assets, Other current liabilities, and Other long-term liabilities in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets as applicable for each period end. Changes in fair value of derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges are recorded in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), a component of Stockholders’ Equity, to the extent they are deemed effective. Ineffectiveness is measured based on the change in fair value of the forward contracts and the fair value of the hypothetical derivatives with terms that match the critical terms of the risk being hedged. Based on the criteria established by current accounting standards, the Company’s cash flow hedge contracts are deemed to be highly effective. Any realized gains or losses resulting from the foreign currency cash flow hedges are recognized together with the hedged transaction within Revenue.  Any realized gains or losses from the interest rate swaps are recognized in Interest expense. Gains and losses from the settlements of the Company’s net investment hedges remain in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) until partial or complete liquidation of the applicable net investment.

The Company also enters into fair value derivative contracts that hedge against foreign currency exchange gains and losses primarily associated with short-term payables and receivables. Changes in the fair value of derivative instruments designated as fair value hedges affect the carrying value of the asset or liability hedged, with changes in both the derivative instrument and the hedged asset or liability being recognized in Other income (expense), net in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss).

Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment are stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Maintenance, repairs and minor renewals are expensed as incurred.

Depreciation and amortization are computed on the straight-line method based on the following estimated useful lives:

Building

    

30 years

Computer equipment and software

 

3 to 7 years

Telephone equipment

 

4 to 7 years

Furniture and fixtures

 

5 years

Leasehold improvements

 

Lesser of economic useful life (typically 10 years) or original lease term

Other

 

3 to 7 years

F-11

Table of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

The Company evaluates the carrying value of property, plant and equipment for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts may not be recoverable. An asset is considered to be impaired when the forecasted undiscounted cash flows of an asset group are estimated to be less than its carrying value. The amount of impairment recognized is the difference between the carrying value of the asset group and its fair value. Fair value estimates are based on assumptions concerning the amount and timing of forecasted future cash flows.

F-11

Table of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Software Development Costs

The Company capitalizes costs incurred to acquire or develop software for internal use. Capitalized software development costs are amortized using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life equal to the lesser of the license term or 4 or 7 years depending on the software type. Previously, theThe expense related to these assets has been classified as amortization expense within the income statement. Based on the new guidance adopted as of January 1, 2020, the amortization of anystatement except for assets that are classified as cloud computing arrangements which will be expensed and included inas operating expenses within the income statement. The expense for the portion of the internally developed software incurred prior to January 1, 2020 and any assets that are not related to a cloud computing arrangement, will remain in amortization expense on a go-forward basis, as TTEC adopted the new standard on a prospective basis.

Goodwill

The Company evaluates goodwill for possible impairment at least annually on December 1, and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable. The Company uses a two-step process to assess the realizability of goodwill. The first step, Step 0, is a qualitative assessment that analyzes current economic indicators associated with a particular reporting unit. For example, the Company analyzes changes in economic, market and industry conditions, business strategy, cost factors, and financial performance, among others, to determine if there would be a significant decline to the fair value of a particular reporting unit. A qualitative assessment also includes analyzing the excess fair value of a reporting unit over its carrying value from impairment assessments performed in previous years. If the qualitative assessment indicates a stable or improved fair value, no further testing is required.

If a qualitative assessment indicates that a significant decline to fair value of a reporting unit is more likely than not, or if a reporting unit’s fair value has historically been closer to its carrying value, the Company will proceed to Step 1 testing where the Company calculates the fair value of a reporting unit. If Step 1 indicates that the carrying value of a reporting unit is in excess of its fair value, the Company will record an impairment equal to the amount by which a reporting unit’s carrying value exceeds its fair value.

Other Intangible Assets

The Company has other intangible assets that include customer relationships (definite-lived), trade names (definite-lived) and non-compete agreements (definite-lived). Definite-lived intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives, which range from 21 to 12 years. The Company evaluates the carrying value of its definite-lived intangible assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. A definite-lived intangible asset is considered to be impaired when the forecasted undiscounted cash flows of its asset group are estimated to be less than its carrying value.

The Company evaluates indefinite-lived intangible assets for possible impairment at least annually or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable. Similar to goodwill, the Company may first use a qualitative analysis to assess the realizability of its indefinite-lived intangible assets. The qualitative analysis will include a review of changes in economic, market and industry conditions, business strategy, cost factors, and financial performance, among others, to determine if there would be a significant decline to the fair value of an indefinite-lived intangible asset. If a quantitative analysis is completed, an indefinite-lived intangible asset (i.e. trade name) is evaluated for possible impairment by comparing the fair value of the asset with its carrying value. Fair value is estimated as the discounted value of future revenues arising from a trade name using a royalty rate that a market participant would pay for use of that trade name. An impairment charge is recorded if the intangible asset’s carrying value exceeds its estimated fair value.

F-12

Table of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Restructuring Liabilities

The Company routinely assesses the profitability and utilization of its customer engagement centers and existing markets. In some cases, the Company has chosen to close under-performing customer engagement centers and complete reductions in workforce to enhance future profitability. Severance payments that occur from reductions in workforce are in accordance with the Company’s postemployment plans and/or statutory requirements that are communicated to all employees upon hire date; therefore, severance liabilities are recognized when they are determined to be probable and reasonably estimable. Other liabilities for costs associated with an exit or disposal activity are recognized when the liability is incurred, rather than upon commitment to a plan.

Income Taxes

Accounting for income taxes requires recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future income tax consequences of transactions that have been included in the Consolidated Financial Statements or tax returns. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. Gross deferred tax assets may then be reduced by a valuation allowance for amounts that do not satisfy the realization criteria established by current accounting standards.

The Company accounts for uncertain tax positions using a two-step approach to recognizing and measuring uncertain tax positions. The first step is to determine if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on audit. The second step is to estimate and measure the tax benefit as the amount that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement with the tax authority. The Company evaluates these uncertain tax positions on a quarterly basis. This evaluation is based on the consideration of several factors including changes in facts or circumstances, changes in applicable tax law, and settlement of issues under audit. The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions as a part of the Provision for income taxes in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss).

Minimal changes inDuring the fourth quarter of 2023, the Company released its indefinite reinvestment assertion were made during 2020.assertion. The Company has completed its analysis in regard to the full tax impact related to priorof these changes in its indefinite reinvestment reassertion and any related taxes have been recorded. The Company generally intends to limit distributions from non-U.S. subsidiaries to cash balances available in foreign jurisdictions.

No additional income taxes have been provided for any remaining outside basis difference inherent in our foreign subsidiaries as these amounts continue to be indefinitely reinvested in foreign operations. Determination of any unrecognized deferred tax liability related to the outside basis difference in investments in foreign subsidiaries is not practicable due to the inherent complexity of the multi-national tax environment in which we operate.

The Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD), supported by 140 of their member countries, have agreed to implement a minimum 15% tax rate on certain multinational enterprises and have released model guidance. This global minimum tax, known as the Pillar Two framework, will become effective across various countries starting in 2024, as each country works to enact legislation influenced by the OECD Pillar 2 rules. While the Company does not expect the adoption of the Pillar Two framework to have a material impact on its effective tax rate, the Company continues to evaluate additional guidance released by the OECD, along with the pending and adopted legislation in each of the countries in which we operate.

F-13

Table of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes revenue from contracts and programs when control of the promised goods or services is transferred to the customers, in an amount that reflects the consideration it expects to be entitled to in exchange for those goods or services. Revenue is recognized when or as performance obligations are satisfied by transferring control of a promised good or service to a customer. A performance obligation is a promise in a contract to transfer a distinct good or service to the customer. Performance obligation is the unit of accounting for revenue recognition under the provisions of ASC Topic 606, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers” and all related amendments (“ASC 606”). A contract’s transaction price is allocated to each distinct performance obligation in recognizing revenue.

F-13

Table of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

The Business Process Outsourcing (“BPO”) inbound and outbound service fees are based on either a per minute, per hour, per FTE, per transaction or per call basis, which represents the majority of our contracts. These contracts have a single performance obligation as the promise to transfer the individual goods or services is not separately identifiable from other promises in the contracts and, therefore, not distinct. For example, services for the training of the Company’s agents (which are separately billable to the customer) are a separate promise in the BPO contracts, but they are not distinct from the primary service obligations to transfer services to the customers. The performance of the customer service by the agents is highly dependent on the initial, growth, and seasonal training services provided to the agents during the life of a program. The training itself is not considered to have value to the customer on a standalone basis, and therefore, training on a standalone basis cannot be considered a separate unit of accounting. The Company therefore defers revenue from certain training services that are rendered mainly upon commencement of a new client contract or program, including seasonal programs. Revenue is also deferred when there is significant growth training in an existing program. Accordingly, recognition of initial, growth, and seasonal training revenues and associated costs (consisting primarily of labor and related expenses) are deferred and amortized over the period of economic benefit. With the exception of training which is typically billed upfront and deferred, the remainder of revenue is invoiced on a monthly or quarterly basis as services are performed and does not create a contract asset or liability.

In addition to revenue from BPO services, revenue also consists of fees from services for program launch, professional consulting, fully-hosted or managed technology and learning innovation services. The contracts containing these service offerings may contain multiple performance obligations. For contracts with multiple performance obligations, the Company allocates the contract’s transaction price to each performance obligation using the best estimate of the standalone selling price of each distinct good or service in the contract. The primary method used to estimate standalone selling price is the expected cost plus a margin approach, under which the Company forecasts its expected costs of satisfying a performance obligation and then adds an appropriate margin for that distinct good or service. The Company forecasts its expected cost based on historical data, current prevailing wages, other direct and indirect costs incurred in recently completed contracts, market conditions, and other client specific cost considerations. For these services, the point at which the transfer of control occurs determines when revenue is recognized in a specific reporting period. Within ourthe TTEC Digital segment, where there are product sales, the attribution of revenue is recognized when the transfer of control is completed and the products are delivered to the client’s location. Where services are rendered to a customer, the attribution is aligned with the progress of work and is recognized over time (i.e. based on measuring the progress toward complete satisfaction of a performance obligation using an output method or an input method). Where an output method is used, revenue is recognized on the basis of direct measurements of the value to the customer of the goods or services transferred relative to the remaining goods or services promised under the contract. The majority of the Company’s services are recognized over time using the input method in which revenue is recognized on the basis of efforts or inputs toward satisfying a performance obligation (for example, resources consumed, labor hours expended, costs incurred, or time elapsed) relative to the total expected inputs to satisfy the performance obligation. The measures used provide faithful depiction of the transfer of goods or services to the customers. For example, revenue is recognized on certain consulting contracts based on labor hours expended as a measurement of progress where the consulting work involves input of consultants’ time. The progress is measured based on the hours expended over total number of estimated hours included in the contract multiplied by the total contract consideration. The contract consideration can be a fixed price or an hourly rate, and in either case, the use of labor hours expended as an input measure provides a faithful depiction of the transfer of services to the customers. Deferred revenues for

F-14

Table of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

these services represent amounts collected from, or invoiced to, customers in excess of revenues recognized. This results primarily from i) receipt of license fees that are deferred due to one or more of the revenue recognition criteria not being met, and ii) the billing of annual customer support agreements, annual managed service agreements, and billings for other professional services that have not yet been performed by the Company. The Company records amounts billed and received, but not earned, as deferred revenue. These amounts are recorded in either Deferred revenue or Other long-term liabilities, as applicable, in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets based on the period over which the Company expects to render services. Costs directly associated with revenue deferred, consisting primarily of labor and related expenses, are also deferred and recognized in proportion to the expected future revenue from the contract.

F-14

Table of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Variable consideration exists in contracts for certain client programs that provide for adjustments to monthly billings based upon whether the Company achieves, exceeds or fails certain performance criteria. Adjustments to monthly billings consist of contractual bonuses/penalties, holdbacks and other performance based conditions. Variable consideration is estimated at contract inception at its most likely value and updated at the end of each reporting period as additional performance data becomes available. Revenue related to such variable consideration is recognized only to the extent that a significant reversal of any incremental revenue is not considered probable.

Contract modifications are routine in the performance of the customer contracts. Contracts are often modified to account for customer mandated changes in the contract specifications or requirements, including service level changes. In most instances, contract modifications relate to goods or services that are incremental and distinctly identifiable, and, therefore, are accounted for prospectively.  

Incremental Costs to Obtain a Contract

Direct and incremental costs to obtain or fulfill a contract are capitalized, and the capitalized costs are amortized over the corresponding period of benefit, determined on a contract by contract basis. The Company recognizes an asset for the incremental costs of obtaining a contract with a customer if it expects to recover those costs. The incremental costs of obtaining a contract are those costs that the Company incurs to obtain a customer contract that it would not have incurred if the contract had not been obtained. Contract acquisition costs consist primarily of payment of commissions to sales personnel and are incurred when customer contracts are signed. The deferred sales commission amounts are amortized based on the expected period of economic benefit and are classified as current or non-current based on the timing of when they are expected to be recognized as an expense. Costs to obtain a contract that would have been incurred regardless of whether the contract was obtained are recognized as an expense when incurred, unless those costs are explicitly chargeable to the customer regardless of whether the contract is obtained. Sales commissions are paid for obtaining new clients only and are not paid for contract renewals or contract modifications. Capitalized costs of obtaining contracts are periodically reviewed for impairment. As of December 31, 2020,2023 and 2022, the Company has a deferred asset of $6.8$8.5 million and $6.6 million, respectively, related to sales commissions.

In certain cases, the Company negotiates an upfront payment to a customer in conjunction with the execution of a contract. Such upfront payments are critical to acquisition of new business and are often used as an incentive to negotiate favorable rates from the clients and are accounted for as upfront discounts for future services. Such payments are either made in cash at the time of execution of a contract or are netted against the Company’s service invoices. Payments to customers are capitalized as contract acquisition costs and are amortized in proportion to the expected future revenue from the contract, which in most cases results in straight-line amortization over the life of the contract. Such payments are considered a reduction of the selling prices of the Company’s products or services, and therefore, are accounted for as a reduction of revenue when amortized. Such capitalized contract acquisition costs are periodically reviewed for impairment taking into consideration ongoing future cash flows expected from the contract and estimated remaining useful life of the contract.

F-15

Table of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Practical Expedients and Exemptions

Some of the Company’s service contracts are short-term in nature with a contract term of one year or less. For those contracts, the Company has utilized the practical expedient in ASC 606-10-50-14 exempting the Company from disclosure of the transaction price allocated to remaining performance obligations if the performance obligation is part of a contract that has an original expected duration of one year or less. Also in alignment with ASC 606-10-50-14, the Company does not disclose the value of unsatisfied performance obligations for contracts for which it recognizes revenue at the amount to which it has the right to invoice for services performed. Additionally, the Company’s standard payment terms are less than one year from transfer of goods or services, as such, the election could apply.services. Given the foregoing, the Company has elected the practical expedient under ASC 606-10-32-18 to not assess whether a contract has a significant financing component. Pursuant to the Company’s election of the practical expedient under ASC 606-10-32-2A, sales, value add, and other taxes that are collected from customers concurrent with revenue-producing activities, which the Company has an obligation to remit to the governmental authorities, are excluded from revenue.

F-15

Table of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Lease Expense

The Company has negotiated certain rent holidays, landlord/tenant incentives and escalations in the base price of lease payments over the initial term of its operating leases. The initial term could include the “build-out” period of leases, where no lease payments are typically due. The Company recognizes rent holidays and rent escalations on a straight-line basis to lease expense over the lease term. The landlord/tenant incentives are recorded as a reduction to the right of use asset and depreciated on a straight line basis over the remaining lease term once the assets are placed in service.

Equity-Based Compensation Expense

Equity-based compensation expense for all share-based payment awards granted is determined based on the grant-date fair value net of an estimated forfeiture rate on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the award, which is typically the vesting term of the share-based payment award. The Company estimates the forfeiture rate annually based on its historical experience of forfeited awards.

Foreign Currency Translation

The assets and liabilities of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries, whose functional currency is not the U.S. Dollar, are translated at the exchange rates in effect on the last day of the period and income and expenses are translated using the monthly average exchange rates in effect for the period in which the items occur. Foreign currency translation gains and losses are recorded in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) within Stockholders’ Equity. Foreign currency transaction gains and losses are included in Other income (expense), net in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss).

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In February 2016,October 2021, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, “Leases”2021-08, Business Combinations (Topic 805), along“Accounting for Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities from Contracts with subsequent amendments, which amended the existing accounting standards for lease accounting, including requiring lessees to recognize most leases on their balance sheets related to the rights and obligations created by those leases. The Company adopted ASU 2016-02 as of January 1, 2019 and recorded a $0.8 million reduction to retained earnings as the cumulative effect of adoption. See Note 15 for additional disclosures.

In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, “Financial Instruments – Credit Losses” (ASC 326)Customers”, which amendsnow requires the methodology of howacquirer to account for revenue contracts in accordance with Topic 606 as if it had acquired the contract, versus recording these assets and when companies measure credit lossesliabilities at fair value on financial instruments. The objective of the ASU is to provide financial statement users more useful information regarding expected credit losses on financial instruments and other commitments. In November 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-19, “Codification Improvements to Topic 326, Financial Instruments – Credit Losses” which clarifies the scope of guidance in ASU 2016-13. In May 2019, the FASB issued ASU No. 2019-05, “Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326), Targeted Transition Relief”, which amended the transition guidance for the new credit losses standard.acquisition date. The ASU is effective for interim and annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 20192022 with early adoption permitted, using a modified retrospective approach.permitted. The Company adopted the new guidance effective January 1, 2020 andduring the fourth quarter of 2021 which required application to all acquisitions completed during the adoption did not have a material effect on the financial statements.year. See further discussion in Note 4 for additional disclosures.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-15 “Customer’s Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement That is a Service Contract” (“CCA”), which aligns the accounting for the costs of implementing CCA’s with the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred to develop or obtain hosting arrangement. The ASU is effective for interim and annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2019, using a prospective or retrospective transition approach. The Company adopted the new guidance effective January 1, 2020 using the prospective approach and the adoption did not have a material effect on the financial statements.

F-16

Table of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Other Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-12, “Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes” (ASU 740), which is intended to simplify various aspects related to income tax accounting. The ASU is effective for interim and annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2020 with early adoption permitted. The Company will adopt this guidance prospectively beginning January 1, 2021, and has determined the impact of adoption will not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.2.

In March 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-04, “Reference Rate Reform” (Topic 848), which provides optional expedients and exceptions for contracts, hedging relationships, and other transactions affected by reference rate reform due to the anticipated cessation of LIBOR on or before December 31, 2021.the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”). The ASU is effective from March 12, 2020, through December 31, 2022may be applied prospectively and could impact the accounting for LIBOR provisions in the Company’s credit facility agreement. In addition, in January 2021, the FASB issued ASU 2021-01, “Reference Rate Reform – Scope,” which clarified the scope of ASC 848 relating to contract modifications. The Company does not expect thatadopted the standard effective April 1, 2023 and the adoption of this guidance willdid not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

F-16

Table of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Other Accounting Pronouncements

In November 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-07, “Segment Reporting - Improvements to Reportable Segment Disclosures” related to disclosures regarding a public entity’s reportable segments and provides more detailed information about a reportable segment’s expenses. The ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023 and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2024, with retrospective application required. The Company is assessing the effect on its annual consolidated financial statement disclosures; however, adoption will not impact the Company’s consolidated balance sheets or income statements.

In December 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-09, “Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures” to enhance the transparency and decision usefulness of income tax disclosures. The ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2024, with retrospective application permitted. The Company is assessing the effect on its annual consolidated financial statement disclosures; however, adoption will not impact the Company’s consolidated balance sheets or income statements.

(2)ACQUISITIONS

Voice FoundrySerendebyte

On August 5, 2020,In connection with the acquisition by TTEC Digital, LLC of a 70% interest in Serendebyte Inc. (“Serendebyte”), Serendebyte’s founder exercised his put rights on December 8, 2023, which required TTEC to acquire the remaining 30% interest in Serendebyte. As part of the exercise, the Serendebyte founder failed to fulfill the agreed provisions of the sale and purchase agreement that parties executed on February 7, 2020. Pending completion of the put exercise formalities by Serendebyte’s founder, TTEC Digital is not able to determine the final purchase price for the remaining 30% buyout agreement.

In connection with triggering the option, on December 8, 2023, a $0.3 million accrual was reclassified from Redeemable noncontrolling interest to Accrued expenses and the remaining balance was reclassified to Additional paid in capital.

FCR

Pursuant to the Membership Interest Purchase Agreement of October 26, 2019 between Ortana Holdings, Inc. and TTEC Services Corporation for the acquisition by TTEC of a 70% interest in First Call Resolution, LLC (“FCR” and “FCR MIPA”, respectively), Ortana Holdings exercised its put rights in January 2023, which required TTEC to acquire Ortana Holdings’ remaining 30% interest in FCR. The purchase price for the remaining 30% interest was determined based on the express provisions of the FCR MIPA and was based on FCR’s performance during 2022. The buyout agreement was signed on April 4, 2023 and reflected a buyout purchase price of $22.4 million.

In connection with the triggering of the option, as of March 31, 2023, the $22.4 million purchase price was reclassified from Redeemable noncontrolling interest to Accrued expenses and the remaining balance of $20.5 million was reclassified to Additional paid in capital. In February 2023, a $9.2 million payment related to excess cash distribution was completed and in April 2023, the final payment of $22.4 million was completed.

Certain Assets of Faneuil

On April 1, 2022, the Company completed an asset acquisition through its subsidiary TTEC Government Solutions LLC, of certain public sector citizen experience contracts in the transportation infrastructure and healthcare exchange industries from Faneuil, Inc., a subsidiary of ALJ Regional Holdings, Inc., (“the Company, closed the first phaseFaneuil Transaction”). The acquired business is operated as part of the acquisition of the Voice Foundry business by acquiring 100% of the business’s net assets in the U.S. and U.K., (the “VF US Transaction”). Voice Foundry is a preferred Amazon Connect cloud contact center service and implementation partner with approximately 60 employees in the U.S. and U.K. The business has been integrated into the TTEC DigitalEngage segment and is beingwas fully consolidated into the financial statements of TTEC.

Total cash paid The Faneuil Transaction was recorded as a business combination under ASC 805, Business Combinations, with identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed recorded at acquisition was $34.3 million. The VF US Transaction is subject to customary representations and warranties, holdbacks, and working capital adjustments. The VF US Transaction includes two contingent payments over the next two years with each payment having a maximum value of $7.4 million based on VF US’s EBITDA performance for 2020 and 2021. The Company finalized the net working capital adjustment for $0.3 million which will be paid from TTEC Digital to Voice Foundry during the first quarter of 2021.

Thetheir estimated fair value of the contingent consideration has been estimated using a Monte Carlo model. The model was based on current expected EBITDA performance, a discount rate of 23.1%, a volatility rate of 47%, and an adjusted risk-free rate of 2.6%. Based on the model, a $10.9 million expected future payment was calculated and recordedvalues as of the acquisition date. During the fourth quarter of 2020, a $3.2 million expense was recorded related to a fair value adjustment of the estimated contingent consideration based on revised estimates of EBITDA performance for 2021. The expense was included in Other income (expense) in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss). As of December 31, 2020, the value of the accrual is $14.1 million, with $7.4 million included in Other accrued expenses and $6.7 million included in Other long-term liabilities in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets.

A multi-period excess earnings method under the income approach was used to estimate the fair value of the customer relationships intangible asset. The significant assumption utilized in calculating the fair value of the customer relationships intangible asset was the customer attrition rate.

F-17

Table of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

The following summarizes the estimated fair values of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the acquisition date (in thousands):

    

Preliminary

 

Estimate of

 

Acquisition Date

 

Fair Value

 

Accounts receivable, net

$

3,758

Prepaid and other expenses

 

345

Tradename

 

400

Non-compete

 

150

Customer relationships

 

6,550

Goodwill

35,891

$

47,094

Accounts payable

$

289

Accrued employee compensation

 

741

Deferred revenue

 

170

$

1,200

Total purchase price

$

45,894

The estimates of fair value of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed are preliminary, pending finalization of the valuation and tax returns, thus are subject to revisions that may result in adjustments to the values presented above.

The VF US customer relationships and tradename have been estimated based on the initial valuation and will be amortized over estimated useful lives of 4 and 2 years, respectively. The goodwill recognized from the VF US acquisition is estimated to be attributable, but not limited to, the acquired workforce and expected synergies with TTEC Digital segment. The tax basis of the acquired intangibles and goodwill will be deductible for income tax purposes. The acquired goodwill and intangibles and operating results of VF US are reported within the TTEC Digital segment from the date of acquisition.

Voice Foundry ASEAN

On November 4, 2020, TTEC Europe BV, a subsidiary of the Company, closed the final phase of the acquisition of the Voice Foundry business by acquiring 100% of the issued stock of Saasy Ventures Pty Ltd. (“Saasy”, “VF ASEAN”). The business has been integrated into the TTEC Digital segment and is being fully consolidated into the financial statements of TTEC.

Total cash paid at the time of acquisition was $15.2$142.4 million. In addition, Faneuil granted to TTEC Government Solutions LLC a three-year call right and right of first offer to purchase certain other assets of Faneuil in its utilities and commercial healthcare verticals as well as certain proprietary technology. The VF ASEAN Transaction is subject to customary representations and warranties, holdbacks, and working capital adjustments. The VF ASEANFaneuil Transaction includes two contingent payments over the next two years with each payment having a maximum value of $4.4 millionwhich were anticipated to be paid in early 2024 which are based on VF ASEAN’sthe revenue and EBITDA performance for 2020of one contract and 2021.one potential contract.

The fair value of the two contingent consideration has beenpayments was estimated using a Monte Carlo model. The model was based on current expected EBITDA performance for the two specific client programs, a discount rate of 18.4%,7.6% related to revenue and a discount rate of 19.3% related to EBITDA, a volatility rate of 50%20%, and an adjusted risk-free rate of 1.6%1.7%. The potential payments range from a minimum of zero to an unlimited maximum. Based on the model, a $2.8combined $8.8 million expected future payment was calculated and recorded as of the acquisition date. During 2022, a $2.9 million net gain was recorded related to fair value adjustments for the fourthestimated contingent payments based on changes in estimated EBITDA, the timing of cash flows and market interest rates which resulted in an updated discount factor for one contract and a complete reduction for the second contract as it was not awarded to the Company. During the second quarter of 2020,2023, an amendment to the agreement was signed which modified the contingent payment to a $1.2minimum payment of $7.4 million and a maximum payment of $10.4 million. An initial payment of $7.4 million was completed in May 2023. During 2023, a combined $3.0 million net expense was recorded related to a fair value adjustment ofadjustments for the estimated contingent considerationpayment based on estimateschanges in estimated EBITDA, the timing of EBITDA performance for 2020cash flows and 2021. The expense wasmarket interest rate changes. These benefits (expenses) were included in Other income (expense) in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss). As of December 31, 2020,2023, the value of the accrualcontingent payment is $3.9accrued at $1.5 million with $2.2 million included in Other accrued expenses and $1.7 millionis included in Other long-term liabilities in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets.

The Faneuil Transaction included a call option providing the right but not the obligation to purchase additional assets in the utilities and commercial healthcare verticals based on trailing twelve-month revenue plus an additional earn-out payment based on newly added contracts. A second call option provided the right to purchase a software intangible asset and related support functions based on trailing twelve-month revenue. These call options were valued based on information including the call right and the exclusivity period and a $270 thousand asset was recorded as of the acquisition date which is included in Other long-term assets in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets. During the fourth quarter of 2022 and the first quarter of 2023, reductions in fair value of $52 thousand and $140 thousand, respectively, were recorded due to changes in estimated revenue, which were included in Other income (expense) in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss). During the second quarter of 2023, an amendment to the agreement was signed which cancelled the option to purchase the additional assets in certain verticals, and, therefore, the remaining $78 thousand accrual was removed and included in Other income. As of December 31, 2023, the fair value is zero.

The Faneuil Transaction included an indemnity escrow which was disbursed as a holdback payment on the acquisition date. The indemnity payments relate to real estate and technology funds that will be spent post-close related to various IT upgrades and real estate expenses, and indemnity related to potential future employee wage increases. The indemnity payments were valued based on a weighted average of several current scenarios and a receivable of $10.4 million was recorded as of the acquisition date. During 2022, reductions in the fair value were calculated and a combined $4.6 million expense was recorded related to fair value adjustments for the receivable based on current information reflecting a better outcome with the contract negotiations and lower anticipated IT and facilities spending. During 2023, the payout value related to the IT and facilities reimbursement was finalized at $1.3 million, and an expense of $4.4 million was recorded. The payment was received by TTEC in May 2023 and as of June 30, 2023, the receivables were reduced to zero on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. The reductions in fair value related expenses were included in Other income (expense) in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss).

A multi-period excess earnings method under the income approach was used to estimate the fair value of the customer relationships intangible asset.assets. The significant assumptionassumptions utilized in calculating the fair value of the customer relationships intangible asset wasassets were the customer attrition rate, revenue growth rates, forecasted EBITDA, and the discount rate.

F-18

Table of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

The following summarizes the estimated fair values of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the acquisition date (in thousands):

    

Preliminary

 

Estimate of

 

Acquisition Date

 

Acquisition Date

 

Fair Value

 

Fair Value

 

Cash

$

1,300

$

Accounts receivable, net

937

 

704

Prepaid and other expenses

 

115

Income tax receivable

30

Property, plant and equipment

274

Tradename

 

300

Prepaid and other assets

 

8,420

Net fixed assets

5,622

Right of use lease assets

17,778

Other assets

2,572

Customer relationships

 

3,100

61,310

Goodwill

14,418

75,902

$

20,474

$

172,308

Accounts payable

$

960

Accrued employee compensation

 

113

$

202

Deferred revenue

236

Deferred tax liability

1,013

Other accrued liabilities

 

(78)

Accrued expenses

 

2,763

Right of use lease liability - current

3,129

Right of use lease liability - non-current

14,092

Deferred income

 

811

Other liabilities

 

8,891

$

2,244

$

29,888

Total purchase price

$

18,230

$

142,420

The estimatesIn the first quarter of fair value2023, the Company finalized the valuation of identifiableFaneuil for the acquisition date assets acquired and liabilities assumed are preliminary, pending finalizationand determined that no material adjustments to any of the valuation and tax returns, thus are subject to revisions that may result in adjustments to the values presented above.balances were required.

The VF ASEANFaneuil customer relationships and tradename have been estimated based on the initial valuation and will beare being amortized over estimateda useful liveslife of 4 and 210 years respectively.. The goodwill recognized from the VF ASEANFaneuil acquisition is estimated to be attributable, but not limited to, the acquired workforce and expected synergies with the TTEC DigitalEngage segment. The tax basis of the acquired intangibles and goodwill will be notmaterially deductible for income tax purposes. The acquired goodwill and intangibles and operating results of VF ASEANFaneuil are reported within the TTEC DigitalEngage segment from the date of acquisition.

SerendebyteAvtex

On February 7, 2020,April 8, 2021, the Company acquired, through its subsidiary TTEC Digital, LLC, 70%100% of the outstanding shares of capital stock of Serendebyte Inc., a Delaware corporationAvtex Solutions Holdings, LLC (“the Serendebyte Transaction”Avtex”). SerendebyteAvtex is an autonomousend-to-end customer experience and intelligent automationCXaaS solutions provider with 125 employees basedofferings in India, the United States,Genesys and Canada.Microsoft cloud solutions. The business has been integrated intois operated as part of the TTEC Digital segment and is being fully consolidated into the financial statements of TTEC.

Total cash paid at acquisition for 70% of the outstanding shares ofwas $499.946 million ($490.0 million base purchase price plus cash, less debt and working capital stock, was $9.0 million.estimate). The Serendebyte TransactionAvtex transaction is subject to customary representations and warranties, holdbacks, and a net working capital adjustment. The Company used cash from operations and drew down on its Credit Facility to fund the acquisition. The Company finalized the net working capital adjustment for $0.8$0.1 million during the secondthird quarter of 20202021 which was paid by SerendebyteAvtex to TTEC Digital LLCthe Company in the secondthird quarter of 2020.2021.

During the fourth quarter of 2021, TTEC implemented ASU 2021-08 which required an accounting modification to the deferred revenue balance as of the acquisition date (see discussion above in Note 1). The deferred revenue balance was evaluated as if TTEC had been the company securing the initial contract and accounted for these contracts in accordance with ASC 606. Based on this re-assessment, the $4.9 million reduction initially recorded to deferred revenue in connection with the purchase price accounting was eliminated and an offsetting increase to Goodwill was recorded as of the acquisition date. In connection with this modification, revenue of $3.4 million was recorded in the fourth quarter of 2021 related to deferred revenue from the second and third quarters of 2021.

F-19

Table of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

AsA multi-period excess earnings method under the income approach was used to estimate the fair value of the closingcustomer relationships intangible asset. The significant assumptions utilized in calculating the fair value of the Serendebyte Transaction, Serendebyte’s founder and certain members of its management continued to holdcustomer relationships intangible asset were the remaining 30% interest in Serendebyte, Inc. (“Remaining Interest”). Between January 31, 2023 and December 31, 2023, Serendebyte’s foundercustomer attrition rate, revenue growth rates, forecasted EBITDA, contributory asset charge, and the management team shall have an option to sell to TTEC Digital LLC and TTEC Digital LLC shall have an option to purchase the Remaining Interest at a purchase price equal to a multiple of Serendebyte’s adjusted trailing twelve month EBITDA for this particular acquisition. The noncontrolling interest was recorded at fair value on the date of acquisition. The fair value was based on significant inputs not observable in the market (Level 3 inputs) including forecasted earnings, discount rate of 35%, working capital requirements and applicable tax rates. The noncontrolling interest was valued at $3.8 million and is shown as Redeemable noncontrolling interest in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets.

As a condition to closing, Serendebyte’s founder and certain members of the management team agreed to continue their affiliation with Serendebyte at least through 2023, and the founder agreed not to compete with TTEC for a period of four years after the disposition of the Remaining Interest.rate.

The following summarizes the estimated fair values of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the acquisition date (in thousands):

Acquisition Date

 

Acquisition Date

 

Fair Value

 

Fair Value

 

Cash

$

3,123

$

18,638

Accounts receivable, net

 

1,243

 

22,214

Prepaid and other expenses

 

1,327

Property, plant and equipment

20

Deferred tax assets

14

Prepaid expenses

 

26,389

Current income tax receivables

93

Net fixed assets

3,162

Right of use lease assets

3,614

Other assets

480

Tradename

400

5,300

Intellectual property intangible

770

Customer relationships

1,920

128,200

Goodwill

9,033

378,882

$

17,080

$

587,742

Accounts payable

$

120

$

20,580

Accrued employee compensation and benefits

 

1,025

Accrued employee compensation

 

4,325

Accrued expenses

250

Right of use lease liability - current

678

Deferred revenue

 

56,765

Accrued income taxes

 

170

332

Accrued expenses

2,208

Deferred tax liabilities - long-term

 

629

Deferred tax liability

1,930

Right of use lease liability - noncurrent

 

2,936

$

4,152

$

87,796

Total purchase price

$

12,928

$

499,946

In the fourthfirst quarter of 2020,2022, the Company finalized the valuation of SerendebyteAvtex for the acquisition date assets acquired and liabilities assumed and determined that no material adjustments to any of the balances were required.

At the date of the purchase, an additional $2.2 million of cash was retained in the entity that was withdrawn by the holders of the Remaining Interest during the second quarter of 2020.

The SerendebyteAvtex customer relationships, intellectual property intangible, and tradename are being amortized over useful lives of 59, 3, and 31 years, respectively. The goodwill recognized from the SerendebyteAvtex acquisition is attributable, but not limited to, the acquired workforce and expected synergies with the TTEC Digital segment. The tax basis of the acquired intangibles and goodwill will not be materially deductible for income tax purposes. The acquired goodwill and intangibles and operating results of SerendebyteAvtex are reported within the TTEC Digital segment from the date of acquisition.

First Call Resolution

On October 26, 2019, the Company acquired, through its subsidiary TTEC Services Corporation (“TSC”), 70% of the outstanding membership interest in First Call Resolution, LLC (“FCR”), an Oregon limited liability company (“the FCR Transaction”). FCR is a customer care, social networking and business process solutions service provider with approximately 2,000 employees based in the U.S. The business has been integrated into the Engage segment and is being fully consolidated into the financial statements of TTEC.

F-20

Table of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Total cash paid at acquisition was $107.0 million, inclusive of $4.5 million related to cash balances, for the 70% membership interest in FCR. The FCR Transaction was subject to customary representations and warranties, holdbacks, and a net working capital adjustment. The FCR Transaction included a potential contingent payment with a maximum value of $10.9 million based on FCR’s 2020 EBITDA performance. The Company finalized the working capital adjustment for $0.7 million during the first quarter of 2020 which was paid by FCR to TSC in March 2020.

As of the closing of the FCR Transaction, Ortana Holdings, LLC, an Oregon limited liability company (“Ortana”), owned by the FCR founders, will continue to hold the remaining 30% membership interest in FCR (“Remaining Interest”). Between January 31, 2023 and December 31, 2023, Ortana shall have an option to sell to TSC and TSC shall have an option to purchase from Ortana the Remaining Interest at a purchase price equal to a multiple of FCR’s adjusted trailing twelve month EBITDA for this particular acquisition and not to compete with the Company for a period of four years after the disposition of the Remaining Interest. The noncontrolling interest was recorded at fair value on the date of acquisition. The fair value was based on significant inputs not observable in the market (Level 3 inputs) including forecasted earnings, discount rate of 19.6%, working capital requirements and applicable tax rates. The noncontrolling interest was valued at $48.3 million on the acquisition date and is shown as Redeemable noncontrolling interest in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets.

The fair value of the contingent consideration has been measured based on significant inputs not observable in the market (Level 3 inputs). Significant assumptions include a discount rate of 16.7% expected forecast volatility of 20%, an equivalent metric risk premium of 15.1%, risk-free rate of 1.6% and a credit spread of 1.8%. Based on these, a $6.5 million expected future payment was calculated. As of the acquisition date, the present value of the contingent consideration was $6.1 million. During the first, second and fourth quarters of 2020, $3.3 million, $1.1 million and $1.8 million of net benefits, respectively, were recorded related to fair value adjustment of the estimated contingent consideration based on revised actuals and estimates of EBITDA performance for 2020. The benefits were included in Other income (expense) in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss). As of December 31, 2020, the final value of the contingent consideration was calculated at 0 based on actual performance for 2020.

The following summarizes the fair values of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the acquisition date (in thousands):

Acquisition Date

 

Fair Value

 

Cash

$

5,225

Accounts receivable, net

 

10,659

Prepaid expenses

357

Property and equipment

6,006

Other assets

224

Operating lease assets

5,127

Tradename

 

8,600

Customer relationships

 

38,540

Goodwill

96,739

$

171,477

Accounts payable

$

388

Operating lease liability - short-term

1,160

Accrued employee compensation and benefits

 

4,049

Accrued expenses

 

72

Operating lease liability - long-term

 

3,967

$

9,636

Total purchase price

$

161,841

In the first quarter of 2020, the Company finalized its valuation of FCR for the acquisition date assets acquired and liabilities assumed and determined that no material adjustments to any of the balances were required.

F-21

Table of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

As part of the purchase, an additional net $0.7 million of cash was retained in the entity to pay for certain Ortana liabilities that had been recorded prior to the acquisition.

The FCR customer relationships and tradename are being amortized over a useful life of 10 and 4 years, respectively. The goodwill recognized from the FCR acquisition is attributable, but not limited to, the acquired workforce and expected synergies with Engage. The tax basis of the acquired intangibles and goodwill will be deductible for income tax purposes. The acquired goodwill and intangibles and operating results of FCR are reported within the Engage segment from the date of acquisition.

Financial Impact of Acquired Businesses

The acquired businesses purchased in 20202022 and 20192021 noted above contributed revenues of $122.1$422.8 million and $18.6$355.9 million, and a net income of $8.2$81.3 million and $1.4$22.2 million, inclusive of $7.4 million and $1.1 million of acquired intangible amortization, to the Company for the years ended December 31, 20202023 and 2019,2022, respectively.

The unaudited proforma financial results for the twelve months ended 2020 and 20192022 combines the consolidated results of the Company Voice Foundry US, Voice Foundry ASEAN, Serendebyte and FCR,Faneuil assuming the acquisitionsacquisition had been completed on January 1, 2019.2021, The reported revenue and net income of $1,643.7$2,443.7 million and $77.2$103.2 million would have been $1,741.3$2,485.7 million and $93.1 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2019, respectively, on an unaudited proforma basis.

For 2020, the reported revenue and net income of $1,949.2 million and $118.6 million would have been $1,965.6 million and $123.8$106.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2020,2022, respectively, on an unaudited proforma basis.

F-20

Table of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

The unaudited proforma financial results for the twelve months ended 2021 combines the consolidated results of the Company, Fanueil assuming the acquisition had been completed on January 1, 2021, and Avtex assuming the acquisition had been completed on January 1, 2020. The reported revenue and net income of $2,273.1 million and $141.0 million would have been $2,447.3 million and $156.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, respectively, on an unaudited proforma basis.

The Company did not have any material, nonrecurring proforma adjustments directly attributable to the business combinations included in the reported proforma revenue earnings. These proforma amounts have been calculated after applying the Company’s accounting policies and adjusting the respective acquired businesses’ results to reflect the additional depreciation and amortization that would have been charged assuming the fair value adjustments to property, plant and equipment, and intangible assets had been applied from the date indicated, with the consequential tax effects.

The unaudited pro formaproforma consolidated results are not to be considered indicative of the results if these acquisitions occurred in the periods mentioned above, or indicative of future operations or results. Additionally, the pro formaproforma consolidated results do not reflect any anticipated synergies expected as a result of the acquisition.

Investments

CaféX

Between 2015 and 2016, the Company invested $13.3 million in CaféX Communications, Inc. (“CaféX”), a provider of omni-channel web-based real time communication solutions. In 2018, the Company provided CaféX a $2.1 million bridge loan which was supposed to accrue interest at a rate of 12% per annum and to mature in the second quarter of 2020, more recently changed to November 30, 2021. As of December 31, 2020, the Company owns 17.8% of the total equity of CaféX. The investment is accounted for under the cost method of accounting. The Company evaluates its investments for possible other-than-temporary impairment at least annually or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable. As of March 31, 2018, the Company evaluated the investment in CaféX for impairment due to its failure to consummate a planned IP sale, a shift in the strategy, a default under a loan agreement with its bank, and a lack of potential additional funding options. Based on this evaluation, the Company determined that the fair value of its investment in CaféX was zero and thus the investment was impaired. The Company recorded a $15.6 million write-off of the equity investment and the bridge loan which was included in Other income (expense) in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss).

F-22

Table of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Dissolutions

In the ordinary course of business, the Company operates different legal entities around the globe that have functional currencies other than USD. From time-to-time, the Company liquidates some of the entities when they are no longer needed to operate its business, and also forms new entities to support the needs of the business. The liquidation proceedings may take different forms, take considerable amount of time, and may also result in losses or gains unrelated to operations. In the second quarter ended June 30, 2020, the Company exited a foreign subsidiary that resulted in a $2.5 million loss included in Other income (expense), net in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) from the realization of the Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss), which represents the Currency Translation Adjustment of the investment in the foreign subsidiary. Similarly, in the third quarter ended September 30, 2020, the Company exited two foreign subsidiaries that have ceased operations and therefore were removed from the consolidated financial statements as of the reporting period ended September 30, 2020. As a result of the deconsolidation, a $17.4 million loss was included in Other income (expense), net in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss). The majority of this loss related to the realization of the Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) balance which represents the Currency Translation Adjustment of the investment in the foreign subsidiaries. The operating income of these subsidiaries prior to dissolution was not material to the year-to-date consolidated results of the Company.

(3)SEGMENT INFORMATION

The Company reports the following two segments:

TTEC Digital provides and the CX Technology Services Industry

TTEC Digital buyers are seeking solutions in several areas including cost optimization, migration from outdated legacy platforms to more agile cloud environments, lack of CX talent and expertise and a need for a practical way forward with AI. TTEC Digital takes a technology servicesagnostic approach to these challenges and platformsfocuses on designing and delivering solutions specific to each client’s specifications. TTEC Digital has entered into strategic partnerships with the leading CX software vendors including Genesys, Microsoft, Cisco, AWS and Google which positions TTEC Digital to support the Company’s clients’ customer interaction delivery infrastructure. The segment designs, builds and operates the omnichannel ecosystem in a cloud, on premise, or hybrid environment, and fully integrates, orchestrates, and administers highly scalable, feature-richmajority of CX technology applications. Theseplatform requirements.

TTEC Digital’s solutions are criticalbuilt to enablingrespond to market needs for both enterprise and accelerating digital transformation for the Company’ssmall and medium-sized business clients. AI design and delivery capabilities are woven across all four pillars.

TechnologyManaged Services: the Company’s technology services design, integrateCloud application and operate highly scalable, digital omnichannel technology solutions in the cloud, on premise or hybrid environment, including journey orchestration, automation and AI, knowledge management, and workforce productivity.support
Professional Services: the Company’s management consulting practices deliver customer experienceCX Consulting: Transformation strategy analytics, process optimization, and learning and performance services.

TTEC Engage delivers the CX managed services to support the Company’s clients’ end-to-end customer interaction delivery, by providing the essential CX omnichannel and application technologies, human resources, recruiting, training and production, at-home or facility-based delivery infrastructure on a global scale, and engagement processes. This segment provides full-service digital, omnichannel customer engagement, supporting customer care, customer acquisition, growth and retention, and fraud detection and prevention services.

Customer Acquisition Services: the Company’s customer growth and acquisition services optimize the buying journeys for acquiring new customers by leveraging technology and analytics to deliver personal experiences that increase the quantity and quality of leads and customers.design
Customer Care Services: the Company’s customer care services provide turnkey contact center solutions, including digital omnichannel technologies, associate recruitingCX Analytics: Data science, engineering, and training, facilities, and operational expertise to create exceptional customer experiences across all touchpoints. visualization
Fraud Prevention Services: the Company’s digital fraud detectionIP & Software: Custom software engineering through TTEC Digital’s IP and prevention services proactively identify and prevent fraud and provide community content moderation and compliance.Software division

The Company allocatessegment has a three-pronged go to each segmentmarket strategy that includes growing existing client relationships, partner channel motions and general market development. In 2023, TTEC Digital expanded its portionHyderabad Innovation Studio in India with the goal of corporate operating expenses. All intercompany transactions betweencontinuing to expand its offshore delivery capabilities, and currently approximately 40% of the reported segmentsstaff are located in one of several offshore locations.

TTEC Engage and the CX BPO Services Industry

The TTEC Engage segment’s solutions are built to respond to the following market needs for the periods presented have been eliminated.clients.

Customer Support  
Tech Support
Revenue Generation and Growth Services
Trust & Safety
AI Operations, including data annotation and labeling
Back-office Support

F-23F-21

Table of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

TTEC Engage goes to market through a vertical approach with customized solutions that include industry specific talent, technology, certifications, and capabilities. For example, in the Banking, Financial Services and Insurance (BFSI) vertical, we support several lines of business with customized offerings for retail banking, online banking, credit card, property and casualty and loans. In healthcare, the segment supports care, technical support, revenue generation and back-office capabilities to meet the needs of payer, provider, clinical and pharma clients.

The Company allocates to each segment its portion of corporate operating expenses. All intercompany transactions between the reported segments for the periods presented have been eliminated.

The following tables present certain financial data by segment (in thousands):

Year Ended December 31, 20202023

    

    

    

    

Depreciation

    

Income

 

    

    

    

    

Depreciation

    

Income

 

Gross

Intersegment

Net

&

from

 

Gross

Intersegment

Net

&

from

 

Revenue

Sales

Revenue

Amortization

Operations

 

Revenue

Sales

Revenue

Amortization

Operations

 

TTEC Digital

$

307,278

$

(293)

$

306,985

$

14,029

$

45,315

$

486,882

$

$

486,882

$

27,232

$

29,846

TTEC Engage

 

1,642,263

 

0

 

1,642,263

 

64,833

 

159,377

 

1,975,935

 

 

1,975,935

 

74,040

 

88,175

Total

$

1,949,541

$

(293)

$

1,949,248

$

78,862

$

204,692

$

2,462,817

$

$

2,462,817

$

101,272

$

118,021

Year Ended December 31, 20192022

    

    

    

    

Depreciation

    

Income

 

    

    

    

    

Depreciation

    

Income

 

Gross

Intersegment

Net

&

from

 

Gross

Intersegment

Net

&

from

 

Revenue

Sales

Revenue

Amortization

Operations

 

Revenue

Sales

Revenue

Amortization

Operations

 

TTEC Digital

$

305,595

$

(249)

$

305,346

$

11,216

$

38,927

$

463,667

$

3

$

463,670

$

32,321

$

34,895

TTEC Engage

 

1,338,358

 

0

 

1,338,358

 

57,870

 

84,782

 

1,980,037

 

 

1,980,037

 

79,470

 

133,648

Total

$

1,643,953

$

(249)

$

1,643,704

$

69,086

$

123,709

$

2,443,704

$

3

$

2,443,707

$

111,791

$

168,543

Year Ended December 31, 20182021

    

    

    

    

Depreciation

    

Income

 

    

    

    

    

Depreciation

    

Income

 

Gross

Intersegment

Net

&

from

 

Gross

Intersegment

Net

&

from

 

Revenue

Sales

Revenue

Amortization

Operations

 

Revenue

Sales

Revenue

Amortization

Operations

 

TTEC Digital

$

239,144

$

(345)

$

238,799

$

8,814

$

33,054

$

414,148

$

(44)

$

414,104

$

30,468

$

35,437

TTEC Engage

 

1,270,372

 

0

 

1,270,372

 

60,365

 

59,000

 

1,858,965

 

(7)

 

1,858,958

 

66,238

 

181,755

Total

$

1,509,516

$

(345)

$

1,509,171

$

69,179

$

92,054

$

2,273,113

$

(51)

$

2,273,062

$

96,706

$

217,192

For the Year Ended December 31,

 

 

    

2023

    

2022

    

2021

 

Capital Expenditures

TTEC Digital

$

8,232

$

9,155

$

8,919

TTEC Engage

 

59,607

 

74,857

 

51,439

Total

$

67,839

$

84,012

$

60,358

For the Year Ended December 31,

 

 

    

2020

    

2019

    

2018

 

Capital Expenditures

TTEC Digital

$

7,881

$

14,397

$

4,833

TTEC Engage

 

51,891

 

46,379

 

38,617

Total

$

59,772

$

60,776

$

43,450

December 31,

December 31,

2020

    

2019

2018

2023

    

2022

2021

Total Assets

TTEC Digital

$

277,365

 

$

238,081

$

222,977

$

815,488

 

$

811,258

$

828,255

TTEC Engage

 

1,239,043

 

1,138,707

 

831,531

 

1,370,110

 

1,342,704

 

1,168,549

Total

$

1,516,408

 

$

1,376,788

$

1,054,508

$

2,185,598

 

$

2,153,962

$

1,996,804

December 31,

2020

    

2019

2018

Goodwill

TTEC Digital

$

128,211

 

$

66,275

$

66,158

TTEC Engage

 

235,291

 

235,419

 

138,475

Total

$

363,502

 

$

301,694

$

204,633

F-24F-22

Table of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

The following tables present certain financial data based upon the geographic location where the services are provided (in thousands):

As of and for the

 

As of and for the

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

    

2020

    

2019

    

2018

 

    

2023

    

2022

    

2021

 

Revenue

United States

$

1,338,267

$

1,002,524

$

862,026

Philippines

 

347,575

 

370,395

 

351,829

United States / Canada

$

1,710,716

$

1,738,053

$

1,570,791

Philippines / Asia Pacific / India

 

477,455

 

457,526

 

476,395

Europe / Middle East / Africa

 

142,665

 

131,575

 

110,909

Latin America

 

98,633

 

100,117

 

109,104

 

131,981

 

116,553

 

114,967

Europe / Middle East / Africa

 

78,478

 

70,613

 

67,163

Asia Pacific / India

 

59,750

 

55,554

 

57,978

Canada

 

26,545

 

44,501

 

61,071

Total

$

1,949,248

$

1,643,704

$

1,509,171

$

2,462,817

$

2,443,707

$

2,273,062

Property, plant and equipment, gross

United States

$

576,803

$

559,326

$

508,202

Philippines

 

162,391

 

144,213

 

130,176

United States / Canada

$

506,092

$

631,459

$

620,407

Philippines / Asia Pacific / India

 

170,403

 

162,857

 

173,075

Europe / Middle East / Africa

 

30,290

 

21,435

 

19,594

Latin America

 

46,307

 

45,743

 

44,065

 

45,731

 

41,892

 

47,540

Europe / Middle East / Africa

 

23,043

 

14,823

 

10,499

Asia Pacific / India

 

15,918

 

21,562

 

19,874

Canada

 

13,844

 

15,516

 

15,193

Total

$

838,306

$

801,183

$

728,009

$

752,516

$

857,643

$

860,616

Other long-term assets

United States

$

55,548

$

57,417

$

56,459

Philippines

 

8,756

 

7,892

 

5,188

United States / Canada

$

90,810

$

56,372

$

68,052

Philippines / Asia Pacific / India

 

7,752

 

8,826

 

6,622

Europe / Middle East / Africa

 

2,021

 

1,306

 

1,735

Latin America

 

912

 

993

 

1,329

 

990

 

1,230

 

864

Europe / Middle East / Africa

 

2,328

 

993

 

544

Asia Pacific / India

 

1,726

 

1,422

 

1,680

Canada

 

168

 

252

 

241

Total

$

69,438

$

68,969

$

65,441

$

101,573

$

67,734

$

77,273

(4)ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE AND SIGNIFICANT CLIENTS

Accounts receivable, net in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets consists of the following (in thousands):

December 31,

 

December 31,

 

    

2020

    

2019

 

    

2023

    

2022

 

Accounts receivable

$

383,464

$

336,548

$

397,116

$

421,161

Less: Allowance for credit losses

 

(5,067)

 

(5,452)

 

(2,248)

 

(3,524)

Accounts receivable, net

$

378,397

$

331,096

$

394,868

$

417,637

In connection with the implementation of ASC 326 as of January 1, 2020, the Company analyzed the prior history of credit losses on revenue for TTEC as a whole and separately for each of the two segments. Based on this evaluation, no modification to the allowance for credit losses balance was necessary as of the implementation date. At the end of each quarter, beginning with March 31, 2020, an allowance for credit losses has been calculated based on the current quarterly revenue multiplied by the historical loss percentage of the prior three yearthree-year period and recorded in the income statement. In addition to the evaluation of historical losses, the Company considers current and future economic conditions and events such as changes in customer credit quality and liquidity. The Company will write-off accounts receivable against this allowance when the Company determines a balance is uncollectible.

Activity in the Company’s Allowance for credit losses consists of the following (in thousands):

December 31,

 

    

2023

    

2022

    

2021

 

Balance, beginning of year

$

3,524

$

5,409

$

5,067

Provision for credit losses

 

2,009

 

9,391

 

(350)

Uncollectible receivables written-off

 

(3,641)

 

(11,278)

 

(281)

Effect of foreign currency and other

356

2

(15)

Acquisition

 

 

 

988

Balance, end of year

$

2,248

$

3,524

$

5,409

F-25F-23

Table of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Activity in the Company’s Allowance for credit losses consists of the following (in thousands):

December 31,

 

    

2020

    

2019

    

2018

 

Balance, beginning of year

$

5,452

$

5,592

$

921

Provision for credit losses

 

494

 

1,711

 

3,679

Uncollectible receivables written-off

 

(880)

 

(1,311)

 

(429)

Effect of foreign currency and other

 

1

 

(540)

 

1,421

Balance, end of year

$

5,067

$

5,452

$

5,592

On October 15, 2018, Sears Holding Corporation (“Sears”) announced that it had filed a petition for bankruptcy protection in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York. As of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, TTEC had approximately $2.7 million in pre-petition accounts receivables outstanding related to Sears; during the fourth quarter of 2018 a $2.7 million allowance for uncollectible accounts was recorded and included in Selling, general and administrative expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss). TTEC continues to provide post-petition services to Sears and has assessed these receivables for collection risk and has determined that these will be collectible.

Significant Clients

The Company had one client that contributed in excess of 10% of total revenue for each of the yearyears ended December 31, 2020; this2023, 2022 and 2021. The 2023 and 2022 client operates in the financial servicesautomotive industry and is included in the TTEC Engage segment. The Company had no clients that contributed in excess of 10% of total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2019. The Company had one client that contributed in excess of 10% of total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2018; this2021 client operates in the healthcare industryfinancial services sector and is included in the TTEC Engage segment. The revenue from these clients as a percentage of total revenue is as follows:

Year Ended December 31,

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

    

2020

    

2019

    

2018

 

    

2023

2022

2021

 

Automotive client

10

%  

10

%  

9

%

Financial services client

 

13

%  

3

%  

4

%

 

8

%  

7

%  

12

%

Healthcare client

6

%  

8

%  

10

%

Accounts receivable from this clientthese clients was as follows (in thousands):

Year Ended December 31,

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

    

2020

    

2019

    

2018

 

    

2023

    

2022

    

2021

 

Automotive client

$

35,514

$

38,539

$

36,466

Financial services client

$

58,960

$

4,321

$

9,812

$

11,656

$

14,019

$

15,483

Healthcare client

$

17,453

$

18,385

$

49,245

The Company does have clients with aggregate revenue exceeding $100 million annually and the loss of one or more of these clients could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, operating results, or financial condition. To mitigate this risk, the Company has multiple contractsCompany’s business arrangements with these larger clients whereare structured as multiple contracts with different statements of work that are specific to a different line of business service; each individual contract is for an amountof these contracts have different durations and renewal dates and a revenue opportunity below the $100 million aggregate. In early 2024, one of our larger financial services clients notified us that it is exiting one of the lines of business that we support.

To limit the Company’s credit risk with its clients, management performs periodic credit evaluations, maintains allowances for credit losses and may require pre-payment for services from certain clients.clients whose financial stability practices raise concerns. Based on currently available information, management does not believe significant credit risk exists as of December 31, 2020.2023.

F-26

Table of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Accounts Receivable Factoring Agreement

On March 5, 2019, theThe Company entered intois party to an Uncommitted Receivables Purchase Agreement (“Agreement”) with BMO Bank, of the WestN.A. (“Bank”, “BMO”), whereby from time-to-time the Company may elect to sell, on a revolving basis, U.S. accounts receivables of certain clients at a discount to the bankBank for cash on a limited recourse basis. The maximum amount of receivables that the Company may sell to the Bank at any given time shall not exceed $75$100 million. The sales of accounts receivable in accordance with the Agreement are reflected as a reduction of Accounts Receivable, net on the Consolidated Balance sheets.Sheets. The Company has retained no interest in the sold receivables but retains all collection responsibilities on behalf of the Bank. The discount on the accounts receivable sold will be recorded within Other expense, net in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss). The cash proceeds from this Agreement are included in the change in accounts receivable within the operating activities section of the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.

As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company had factored $71.0 million and $52.0 million, respectively, of accounts receivable; under the Agreement discounts on these receivables were not material during the year. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company had collected $26.1 million and $23.2 million, respectively, of cash from customers which had not been remittedThe balances related to the Bank. Factoring agreement are as follows (in thousands):

December 31,

 

    

2023

    

2022

 

Total accounts receivable factored

$

99,994

$

99,503

 

 

Total amounts collected from clients not yet remitted to Bank

$

1,158

$

13,602

F-24

Table of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

The unremitted cash is Restricted Cashrestricted cash and is included within Prepaid and Other Current Assets with the corresponding liability included in Accrued Expenses on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. The Company has not recorded any servicing assets or liabilities as of December 31, 20202023 and 20192022 as the fair value of the servicing arrangement as well as the fees earned were not material to the financial statements.

Effective November 1, 2022, the Company amended the arrangement to modify the list of eligible clients whose accounts receivable may be sold pursuant to the Agreement, and to memorialize the transition from LIBOR to SOFR for discount calculation purposes.

On July 21, 2023, BMO Financial Group completed its acquisition of the Bank of the West from PNB Bank Paribas. The Agreement transitioned with the acquisition and TTEC has no reason to believe that BMO would not wish to continue its business arrangements with the Company.

On January 2, 2024, the Company amended the arrangement to adjust the discount rate to reflect BMO’s updated market pricing levels and other minor items.

(5)PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

Property, plant and equipment consisted of the following (in thousands):

December 31,

 

December 31,

 

    

2020

    

2019

 

    

2023

    

2022

 

Land and buildings

$

32,944

$

32,942

$

31,972

$

32,070

Computer equipment and software

 

474,415

 

447,260

 

428,164

 

527,096

Telephone equipment

 

51,717

 

49,447

 

40,955

 

46,235

Furniture and fixtures

 

85,149

 

85,191

 

75,338

 

80,843

Leasehold improvements

 

193,823

 

186,083

 

175,964

 

171,141

Motor vehicles

 

258

 

260

 

123

 

258

Construction-in-progress and other

 

 

Property, plant and equipment, gross

 

838,306

 

801,183

 

752,516

 

857,643

Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization

 

(659,600)

 

(624,550)

 

(561,513)

 

(674,283)

Property, plant and equipment, net

$

178,706

$

176,633

$

191,003

$

183,360

Depreciation and amortization expense for property, plant and equipment was $62.7$64.2 million, $57.5$64.5 million and $58.4$63.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2020, 20192023, 2022 and 2018,2021, respectively.

Included in the computer equipment and software is internally developed software of $16.2$48.4 million net and $15.3$26.8 million net as of December 31, 20202023 and 2019,2022, respectively. During 2023, 2022 and 2021, impairments of internally developed software of $0.1 million, $6.0 million and $3.2 million, respectively, were expensed and included in Impairment losses in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss).

F-27

Table of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(6)GOODWILL

Goodwill consisted of the following (in thousands):

    

    

    

    

Effect of

    

 

    

    

    

    

Effect of

    

 

December 31,

Acquisitions /

Foreign

December 31,

 

December 31,

Acquisitions /

Foreign

December 31,

 

2019

Adjustments

Impairments

Currency

2020

 

2022

Adjustments

Impairments

Currency

2023

 

TTEC Digital

$

66,275

$

59,341

$

$

2,595

$

128,211

$

502,806

$

(2,763)

$

$

533

$

500,576

TTEC Engage

 

235,419

 

(254)

 

 

126

 

235,291

 

305,039

 

2,763

 

 

610

 

308,412

Total

$

301,694

$

59,087

$

$

2,721

$

363,502

$

807,845

$

$

$

1,143

$

808,988

    

    

    

    

Effect of

    

 

December 31,

Acquisitions /

Foreign

December 31,

 

2018

Adjustments

Impairments

Currency

2019

 

TTEC Digital

$

66,158

$

0

$

$

117

$

66,275

TTEC Engage

 

138,475

 

96,993

 

 

(49)

 

235,419

Total

$

204,633

$

96,993

$

$

68

$

301,694

F-25

Table of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

    

    

    

    

Effect of

    

 

December 31,

Acquisitions /

Foreign

December 31,

 

2021

Adjustments

Impairments

Currency

2022

 

TTEC Digital

$

505,222

$

$

$

(2,416)

$

502,806

TTEC Engage

 

234,259

 

75,896

 

 

(5,116)

 

305,039

Total

$

739,481

$

75,896

$

$

(7,532)

$

807,845

Impairment

The Company has three reporting units with goodwill and performs a goodwill impairment test on at least an annual basis. The Company conducts its annual goodwill impairment test during the fourth quarter, or more frequently, if indicators of impairment exist.

During the third quarter 2020, the Company reassessed the reporting units within the TTEC Digital segment based on a reorganization of the reporting structure within this segment. The Company has changed how it views and assesses performance of the components within the segment as the business has evolved and multiple recent acquisitions have been incorporated. After evaluation, The Company will maintain two reporting units within TTEC Digital but these include different components than previously included. Given the change in reporting units, the Company conducted an impairment test before and after the change, and it was concluded that the fair value of the reporting units exceeded the carrying value on both testing dates. With the change in reporting units, the Company performed a relative fair value valuation calculation to allocate the Company’s historical goodwill between the two reporting units based on the shift in components. The resulting reallocation of goodwill was not material.

For the annual goodwill impairment analysis, the Company qualitatively assessed each of the three reporting units  to determine whether it was necessaryelected to perform a Step 1 evaluation for all of its reporting units, which includes comparing a reporting unit’s estimated fair value to its carrying value. The determination of fair value requires significant judgments including estimation of future cash flows, which is dependent on internal forecasts, estimation of the long-term growth rates for the businesses, the useful lives over which the cash flows will occur and determination of appropriate discount rates (based in part on the Company’s weighted average cost of capital). Changes in these estimates and assumptions could materially affect the determination of fair value and/or conclusions on goodwill impairment test. In evaluating whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting units are less than their carrying amounts, the entity assessed the following relevant events and circumstances for each of the three reporting units; macroeconomic conditions, industry and market considerations, cost factors, changes in management or key personnel, changes in strategy, changes to the composition of each reporting unit, and the Company’s share price relative to the industry and their peers. In addition, the Company identified the relevant assumptions in the most recent fair value analysis for each of the reporting units and then evaluated whether those assumptions had been affected by events or circumstances that were positive, negative or neutral.unit. As of December 1, 2020,2023, the date of the annual impairment test,testing, the Company concluded that for all three of the reporting units the qualitative analysis concluded thatfair values were in excess of their respective carrying values and the events and circumstances evaluated were primarily positive in nature thus it isgoodwill for those reporting units was not more likely thanimpaired.

During the Company’s annual impairment testing as of December 1, 2023, the Company identified one reporting unit, Engage, being at risk for future impairment if projected operating results are not that eachmet or other inputs into the fair value measurement change. The carrying value of Engage was $1,092.1 million at December 1, 2023, including approximately $308.4 million of goodwill. Based on the Company’s assessment, the estimated fair value of the threeEngage reporting unit exceeded its carrying value by approximately 13.0%. If all assumptions are held constant, either a 1.7% increase in the discount rate or a 2.0% annual decrease in the projected revenue over the forecast period, would result in approximately $138.0 million decrease in the estimated fair value of the Engage reporting unit. Such a change in either of these assumptions individually would have resulted in the Engage reporting unit failing Step 1 of the goodwill impairment analysis on December 1, 2023. As an international outsourcing agent, Engage’s revenue and cash flows are susceptible to global economic conditions and client business volumes. In performing the Step 1 evaluation, the reporting unit’s current backlog and pipeline of customer business were considered, as well as inflation rates, gross domestic product rates, historical revenue growth and profitability, and state of the CX industry. The estimate of fair values respectively are less than their carrying amounts.value was based on generally accepted valuation techniques and information available at the date of the assessment, which incorporated management’s assumptions about expected revenues, future cash flows and available market information for comparable companies.

The process of evaluating the fair value of the reporting units is highly subjective and requires significant judgment and estimates as the reporting units operate in a number of markets and geographical regions. The Company used a market approach and an income approach to determine our best estimates of fair value which incorporated the following significant assumptions:

Revenue projections, including revenue growth during the forecast periods ranging from (4.0)% to 16.5%;
EBITDA margin projections held relatively flat over the forecast periods ranging from 10.0% to 18.0%;
Estimated income tax rates of 26.4% to 26.6%;
Estimated capital expenditures ranging from $0.1 million to $57.8 million; and
Discount rates ranging from 12.0% to 15.8% based on various inputs, including the risks associated with the specific reporting units, the country of operations as well as their revenue growth and EBITDA margin assumptions.

F-28F-26

Table of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(7)OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Other intangible assets which are included in Other long-term assets in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets consisted of the following (in thousands):

    

    

    

    

Acquisitions

    

Effect of

    

 

    

    

    

    

Acquisitions

    

Effect of

    

 

December 31,

and

Foreign

December 31,

 

December 31,

and

Foreign

December 31,

 

2019

Amortization

Impairments

Adjustments

Currency

2020

 

2022

Amortization

Impairments

Adjustments

Currency

2023

 

Customer relationships, gross

$

161,756

$

0

$

 

$

11,570

 

$

275

$

173,601

$

355,717

$

$

 

$

 

$

(967)

$

354,750

Customer relationships - accumulated amortization

 

(54,653)

 

(13,640)

 

 

 

(476)

 

(68,769)

 

(123,882)

 

(33,768)

 

 

 

426

 

(157,224)

Other intangible assets, gross

 

13,162

 

0

 

 

1,250

 

38

 

14,450

 

19,712

 

 

 

 

659

 

20,371

Other intangible assets - accumulated amortization

 

(4,669)

 

(2,546)

 

 

 

(8)

 

(7,223)

 

(17,638)

 

(1,810)

 

 

 

(16)

 

(19,464)

Other intangible assets, net

$

115,596

$

(16,186)

$

$

12,820

$

(171)

$

112,059

$

233,909

$

(35,578)

$

$

$

102

$

198,433

    

    

    

    

Acquisitions

    

Effect of

    

 

    

    

    

    

Acquisitions

    

Effect of

    

 

December 31,

and

Foreign

December 31,

 

December 31,

and

Foreign

December 31,

 

2018

Amortization

Impairments

Adjustments

Currency

2019

 

2021

Amortization

Impairments

Adjustments

Currency

2022

 

Customer relationships, gross

$

123,527

$

$

$

38,540

$

(311)

$

161,756

$

299,948

$

$

$

61,310

$

(5,541)

$

355,717

Customer relationships - accumulated amortization

 

(43,223)

 

(11,055)

 

(423)

 

 

48

 

(54,653)

 

(93,582)

 

(33,244)

 

 

 

2,944

 

(123,882)

Other intangible assets, gross

 

4,575

 

 

 

8,600

 

(13)

 

13,162

 

19,731

 

 

 

 

(19)

 

19,712

Other intangible assets - accumulated amortization

 

(3,968)

 

(541)

 

(170)

 

 

10

 

(4,669)

 

(13,748)

 

(3,899)

 

 

 

9

 

(17,638)

Other intangible assets, net

$

80,911

$

(11,596)

$

(593)

$

47,140

$

(266)

$

115,596

$

212,349

$

(37,143)

$

$

61,310

$

(2,607)

$

233,909

The acquisitionsacquisition recorded during 2020 relate2022 relates to the purchasespurchase of Serendebyte and Voice FoundryFaneuil (see Note 2 for further information).

The acquisitions recorded during 2019 relate to the purchase of FCR (see Note 2 for further information). The impairments recorded during 2019 relate to rogenSi intangible assets (see below).

Digital - rogenSi

In connection with reduced profitability of the rogenSi component of the TTEC Digital segment, an interim impairment analysis was completed during the second quarter of 2019. The long-lived assets reviewed for impairment consisted of the customer relationship intangible, intellectual property, and right of use assets. The Company completed an asset group recoverability evaluation based on the current estimated cash flow based on forecasted revenues and operating income using significant inputs not observable in the market (Level 3 inputs). Based on this calculation, the Company recorded an impairment expense of $2.0 million in the three months ended June 30, 2019, which was included in Impairment losses in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss). As part of the $2.0 million impairment $0.4 million was assigned to the customer relationship intangible asset and $0.2 million to the IP intangible asset. At December 31, 2020, the Company reviewed the evaluation completed as of June 30, 2019, and noted no material changes, thus no additional impairment is required.

Customer relationships are being amortized over the remaining weighted average useful life of 7.16.1 years and other intangible assets are being amortized over the remaining weighted average useful life of 2.91.6 years. Amortization expense related to intangible assets was $16.2$35.6 million, $10.5$37.1 million and $10.8$32.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2020, 20192023, 2022 and 2018,2021, respectively.

Expected future amortization of other intangible assets as of December 31, 2023 is as follows (in thousands):

2024

    

$

33,042

2025

 

31,092

2026

 

31,033

2027

 

31,033

2028

 

30,261

Thereafter

 

41,972

Total

$

198,433

F-29F-27

Table of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Expected future amortization of other intangible assets as of December 31, 2020 is as follows (in thousands):

2021

    

$

18,041

2022

 

17,313

2023

 

16,072

2024

 

13,174

2025

 

11,140

Thereafter

 

36,319

Total

$

112,059

(8)DERIVATIVES

Cash Flow Hedges

The Company enters into foreign exchange related derivatives. Foreign exchange derivatives entered into consist of forward and option contracts to reduce the Company’s exposure to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations that are associated with forecasted revenue earned in foreign locations. Upon proper qualification, these contracts are designated as cash flow hedges. It is the Company’s policy to only enter into derivative contracts with investment grade counterparty financial institutions, and correspondingly, the fair value of derivative assets considers, among other factors, the creditworthiness of these counterparties. Conversely, the fair value of derivative liabilities reflects the Company’s creditworthiness. As of December 31, 2020,2023, the Company had not experienced, nor does it anticipate, any issues related to derivative counterparty defaults. The following table summarizes the aggregate unrealized net gain or loss in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) for the years ended December 31, 2020, 20192023, 2022 and 20182021 (in thousands and net of tax):

Year Ended December 31,

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

2020

    

2019

    

2018

 

2023

    

2022

    

2021

 

Aggregate unrealized net gain/(loss) at beginning of period

$

4,182

$

(8,278)

$

(15,746)

$

89

$

(40)

$

8,431

Add: Net gain/(loss) from change in fair value of cash flow hedges

 

2,321

 

15,545

 

20,278

 

3,292

 

2,281

 

(12,126)

Less: Net (gain)/loss reclassified to earnings from effective hedges

 

1,928

 

(3,085)

 

(12,810)

 

2,934

 

(2,152)

 

3,655

Aggregate unrealized net gain/(loss) at end of period

$

8,431

$

4,182

$

(8,278)

$

6,315

$

89

$

(40)

The Company’s foreign exchange cash flow hedging instruments as of December 31, 20202023 and 20192022 are summarized as follows (in thousands). All hedging instruments are forward contracts.

    

Local

    

    

    

 

    

Local

    

    

    

 

Currency

U.S. Dollar

% Maturing

Contracts

 

Currency

U.S. Dollar

% Maturing

Contracts

 

Notional

Notional

in the next

Maturing

 

Notional

Notional

in the next

Maturing

 

As of December 31, 2020

Amount

Amount

12 months

Through

 

As of December 31, 2023

Amount

Amount

12 months

Through

 

Canadian Dollar

 

2,450

$

1,853

100.0

%  

July 2021

 

2,250

$

1,670

100.0

%  

September 2024

Philippine Peso

 

6,725,000

 

130,468

(1)  

54.9

%  

December 2023

 

9,324,000

 

165,842

(1)  

58.7

%  

December 2026

Mexican Peso

 

1,159,500

 

52,398

51.1

%  

December 2023

 

938,000

 

44,155

60.8

%  

December 2026

$

184,719

$

211,667

    

Local

    

    

    

    

Local

    

    

    

Currency

U.S. Dollar

     

Currency

U.S. Dollar

     

Notional

Notional

 

      

 

Notional

Notional

 

      

 

As of December 31, 2019

Amount

Amount

 

As of December 31, 2022

Amount

Amount

 

Canadian Dollar

 

12,000

$

9,177

Philippine Peso

 

7,715,000

 

147,654

(1)  

 

8,617,000

 

157,855

(1)

Mexican Peso

 

1,299,500

 

61,529

 

1,024,500

 

44,690

$

209,183

$

211,722

(1)Includes contracts to purchase Philippine pesos in exchange for New Zealand dollars and Australian dollars, which are translated into equivalent U.S. dollars on December 31, 20202023 and December 31, 2019.2022.

F-30

Table of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Fair Value Hedges

The Company enters into foreign exchange forward contracts to economically hedge against foreign currency exchange gains and losses on certain receivables and payables of the Company’s foreign operations. Changes in the fair value of derivative instruments designated as fair value hedges are recognized in earnings in Other income (expense), net. As of December 31, 20202023 and 2019,2022, the total notional amount of the Company’s forward contracts used as fair value hedges was $35.5$73.3 million and $64.5$80.8 million, respectively.

Derivative Valuation and Settlements

The Company’s derivatives as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 were as follows (in thousands):

December 31, 2020

 

Designated

Not Designated

 

as Hedging

as Hedging

Designation:

Instruments

Instruments

 

    

Foreign

    

Foreign

 

Derivative contract type:

Exchange

Exchange

 

Derivative classification:

Cash Flow

Fair Value

Fair value and location of derivative in the Consolidated Balance Sheet:

Prepaids and other current assets

$

6,939

$

103

Other long-term assets

 

4,528

 

Other current liabilities

 

(73)

 

(118)

Other long-term liabilities

 

(4)

 

Total fair value of derivatives, net

$

11,390

$

(15)

December 31, 2019

 

Designated

Not Designated

 

as Hedging

as Hedging

Designation:

Instruments

Instruments

 

    

Foreign

    

Foreign

 

Derivative contract type:

Exchange

Exchange

 

Derivative classification:

Cash Flow

Fair Value

Fair value and location of derivative in the Consolidated Balance Sheet:

Prepaids and other current assets

$

3,467

$

205

Other long-term assets

 

3,525

 

Other current liabilities

 

(1,223)

 

(107)

Other long-term liabilities

 

(95)

 

Total fair value of derivatives, net

$

5,674

$

98

F-31F-28

Table of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Derivative Valuation and Settlements

The Company’s derivatives as of December 31, 2023 and 2022 were as follows (in thousands):

December 31, 2023

 

Designated

Not Designated

 

as Hedging

as Hedging

Designation:

Instruments

Instruments

 

    

Foreign

    

Foreign

 

Derivative contract type:

Exchange

Exchange

 

Derivative classification:

Cash Flow

Fair Value

Fair value and location of derivative in the Consolidated Balance Sheet:

Prepaids and other current assets

$

7,527

$

327

Other long-term assets

 

2,415

 

Other current liabilities

 

(1,214)

 

(120)

Other long-term liabilities

 

(197)

 

Total fair value of derivatives, net

$

8,531

$

207

December 31, 2022

 

Designated

Not Designated

 

as Hedging

as Hedging

Designation:

Instruments

Instruments

 

    

Foreign

    

Foreign

 

Derivative contract type:

Exchange

Exchange

 

Derivative classification:

Cash Flow

Fair Value

Fair value and location of derivative in the Consolidated Balance Sheet:

Prepaids and other current assets

$

4,001

$

281

Other long-term assets

 

3,019

 

Other current liabilities

 

(5,157)

 

(76)

Other long-term liabilities

 

(1,748)

 

Total fair value of derivatives, net

$

115

$

205

The effect of derivative instruments on the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the years ended December 31, 20202023 and 20192022 were as follows (in thousands):

Year Ended December 31,

Year Ended December 31,

2020

2019

2023

2022

Designated as Hedging

Designated as Hedging

Designation:

Instruments

Instruments

Derivative contract type:

Foreign Exchange

Foreign Exchange

Derivative classification:

 

Cash Flow

 

Cash Flow

Amount of gain or (loss) recognized in Other comprehensive income (loss) - effective portion, net of tax

$

1,928

$

(3,085)

$

2,934

$

(2,152)

Amount and location of net gain or (loss) reclassified from Accumulated OCI to income - effective portion:

Revenue

$

2,618

$

(4,228)

$

3,964

$

(2,906)

Year Ended December 31,

2020

2019

Designation:

 

Not Designated as 
Hedging Instruments

Derivative contract type:

 

Foreign Exchange

Derivative classification:

 

Fair Value

Amount and location of net gain or (loss) recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income (Loss):

Other income (expense), net

 

$

205

 

$

1,773

F-29

Table of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Year Ended December 31,

2023

2022

Designation:

 

Not Designated as Hedging Instruments

Derivative contract type:

 

Foreign Exchange

Derivative classification:

 

Fair Value

Amount and location of net gain or (loss) recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income (Loss):

Other income (expense), net

 

$

1,882

 

$

827

(9)FAIR VALUE

The authoritative guidance for fair value measurements establishes a three-level fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value. This hierarchy requires that the Company maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. The three levels of inputs used to measure fair value are as follows:

Level 1 —

Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2 —

Observable inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1, such as quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, similar assets and liabilities in markets that are not active or can be corroborated by observable market data.

Level 3 —

Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities. This includes certain pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies and similar techniques that use significant unobservable inputs.

The following presents information as of December 31, 20202023 and 20192022 of the Company’s assets and liabilities required to be measured at fair value on a recurring basis, as well as the fair value hierarchy used to determine their fair value.

Accounts Receivable and Payable - The amounts recorded in the accompanying balance sheets approximate fair value because of their short-term nature.

F-32

Table of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Investments – The Company measures investments, including cost and equity method investments, at fair value on a nonrecurring basis when they are deemed to be other-than-temporarily impaired. The fair values of these investments are determined based on valuation techniques using the best information available and may include market observable inputs and discounted cash flow projections. An impairment charge is recorded when the cost of the investment exceeds its fair value and this condition is determined to be other-than-temporary. As of December 31, 2020, the investment in CaféX Communications, Inc., which consists of the Company’s total $15.6 million investment, was fully impaired to zero (see Note 2).

Debt - The Company’s debt consists primarily of the Company’s Credit Agreement, which permits floating-rate borrowings based upon the current Prime Rate or LIBORSOFR plus a credit spread as determined by the Company’s leverage ratio calculation (as defined in the Credit Agreement). As of December 31, 20202023 and 2019,2022, the Company had $385.0$995.0 million and $290.0$960.0 million, respectively, of borrowings outstanding under the Credit Agreement. During 20202023 and 2019,2022, borrowings accrued interest at an average rate of 1.6%6.7% and 3.4%3.1% per annum, respectively, excluding unused commitment fees. The amounts recorded in the accompanying Balance Sheets approximate fair value due to the variable nature of the debt based on level 2 inputs.

Derivatives - Net derivative assets (liabilities) are measured at fair value on a recurring basis. The portfolio is valued using models based on market observable inputs, including both forward and spot foreign exchange rates, interest rates, implied volatility, and counterparty credit risk, including the ability of each party to execute its obligations under the contract. As of December 31, 2020,2023, credit risk did not materially change the fair value of the Company’s derivative contracts.

The following is a summary of the Company’s fair value measurements for its net derivative assets (liabilities) as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 (in thousands):

As of December 31, 2020

Fair Value Measurements Using

 

    

Quoted Prices in

    

Significant

    

    

    

 

Active Markets

Other

Significant

 

for Identical

Observable

Unobservable

 

Assets

Inputs

Inputs

 

(Level 1)

(Level 2)

(Level 3)

At Fair Value

 

Cash flow hedges

$

$

11,390

$

$

11,390

Fair value hedges

 

 

(15)

 

 

(15)

Total net derivative asset (liability)

$

$

11,375

$

$

11,375

As of December 31, 2019

Fair Value Measurements Using

 

    

Quoted Prices in

    

Significant

    

    

    

 

Active Markets

Other

Significant

 

for Identical

Observable

Unobservable

 

Assets

Inputs

Inputs

 

(Level 1)

(Level 2)

(Level 3)

At Fair Value

 

Cash flow hedges

$

$

5,674

$

$

5,674

Fair value hedges

 

 

98

 

 

98

Total net derivative asset (liability)

$

$

5,772

$

$

5,772

F-33F-30

Table of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

The following is a summary of the Company’s fair value measurements for its net derivative assets (liabilities) as of December 31, 2023 and 2022 (in thousands):

As of December 31, 2023

Fair Value Measurements Using

 

    

Quoted Prices in

    

Significant

    

    

    

 

Active Markets

Other

Significant

 

for Identical

Observable

Unobservable

 

Assets

Inputs

Inputs

 

(Level 1)

(Level 2)

(Level 3)

At Fair Value

 

Cash flow hedges

$

$

8,531

$

$

8,531

Fair value hedges

 

 

207

 

 

207

Total net derivative asset (liability)

$

$

8,738

$

$

8,738

As of December 31, 2022

Fair Value Measurements Using

 

    

Quoted Prices in

    

Significant

    

    

    

 

Active Markets

Other

Significant

 

for Identical

Observable

Unobservable

 

Assets

Inputs

Inputs

 

(Level 1)

(Level 2)

(Level 3)

At Fair Value

 

Cash flow hedges

$

$

115

$

$

115

Fair value hedges

 

 

205

 

 

205

Total net derivative asset (liability)

$

$

320

$

$

320

The following is a summary of the Company’s fair value measurements as of December 31, 20202023 and 20192022 (in thousands):

As of December 31, 20202023

Fair Value Measurements Using

 

Fair Value Measurements Using

 

    

Quoted Prices in

    

    

Significant

 

    

Quoted Prices in

    

    

Significant

 

Active Markets for

Significant Other

Unobservable

 

Active Markets for

Significant Other

Unobservable

 

Identical Assets

Observable Inputs

Inputs

 

Identical Assets

Observable Inputs

Inputs

 

(Level 1)

(Level 2)

(Level 3)

 

(Level 1)

(Level 2)

(Level 3)

 

Assets

Derivative instruments, net

$

$

11,375

$

$

$

8,738

$

Deferred compensation plan asset

31,082

Total assets

$

$

11,375

$

$

31,082

$

8,738

$

Liabilities

Deferred compensation plan liability

$

$

(23,858)

$

Derivative instruments, net

0

$

$

$

Contingent consideration

 

 

 

(18,032)

 

 

 

(1,496)

Total liabilities

$

$

(23,858)

$

(18,032)

$

$

$

(1,496)

Redeemable noncontrolling interest

$

$

0

$

(52,976)

$

$

$

F-31

Table of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

As of December 31, 20192022

Fair Value Measurements Using

 

Fair Value Measurements Using

 

    

Quoted Prices in

    

    

Significant

 

    

Quoted Prices in

    

    

Significant

 

Active Markets for

Significant Other

Unobservable

 

Active Markets for

Significant Other

Unobservable

 

Identical Assets

Observable Inputs

Inputs

 

Identical Assets

Observable Inputs

Inputs

 

(Level 1)

(Level 2)

(Level 3)

 

(Level 1)

(Level 2)

(Level 3)

 

Assets

Derivative instruments, net

$

$

5,772

$

$

$

320

$

Deferred compensation plan asset

25,046

Contingent consideration

5,724

Total assets

$

$

5,772

$

$

25,046

$

320

$

5,724

Liabilities

Deferred compensation plan liability

$

$

(20,370)

$

Derivative instruments, net

 

 

 

$

$

$

Contingent consideration

 

 

 

(6,134)

 

 

 

(5,916)

Total liabilities

$

$

(20,370)

$

(6,134)

$

$

$

(5,916)

Redeemable noncontrolling interest

$

$

$

(48,923)

$

$

$

(55,645)

Deferred Compensation Plan - The Company maintains a non-qualified deferred compensation plan structured as a Rabbi trust for certain eligible employees. ParticipantsThe plan assets are invested in the deferred compensation plan select from a menuvariety of phantom investment options for their deferral dollars offered by the Company each year, which are based upon changes in value of complementary, defined market investments.equity and bond mutual funds. The deferred compensation liabilityasset represents the combined fair value of all the funds based on quoted values ofand market investments against which participant accounts are tracked.observable inputs.

Contingent Consideration — The Company recorded contingent consideration related to the acquisitions of FCRthe U.S. and VF. The contingent payable for FCR was recognized at fair value using a discounted cash flow approachU.K. assets of VoiceFoundry (“VF US”) and a discount rate of 16.7%.the remaining VoiceFoundry business (“VF ASEAN”) that closed during 2020, and Faneuil that closed in 2022. The contingent payable for VF US was calculated using a Monte Carlo simulation including a discount rate of 23.1%. The contingent payable for VF AseanASEAN was calculated using a Monte Carlo simulation including a discount rate of 18.4% The contingent payables for Faneuil were calculated using a Monte Carlo simulation including a discount rate of 19.3%. The measurements were based on significant inputs not observable in the market. The Company records interest expense each period using the effective interest method until the future value of these contingent payables reaches their expected future value. Interest

During 2020 and 2021, the Company recorded fair value adjustments to the contingent consideration associated with the VF US and VF ASEAN acquisitions based on increased actual results and estimates of EBITDA for 2021 which caused the payables to increase. Accordingly, a combined $4.3 million increase, and a combined $1.2 million increase to the payables were recorded, respectively, and were included in Other income (expense), net in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss). The future contingent consideration for the VF US and VF ASEAN acquisitions were finalized at $9.6 million and were paid in March 2022.

During 2022 and 2023, fair value adjustments of a combined $2.9 million benefit and a combined $3.0 million expense, respectively, were recorded related to all recordedfair value adjustments of the estimated contingent payables ispayments associated with the Faneuil acquisition based on updated discount factors, the passage of time, updated EBITDA estimates and a modification to the agreement (see Note 2) for one contract and a complete reduction for the second contract as it was not awarded to the Company. The fair value adjustment benefits(expenses) were included in InterestOther income (expense) in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss).

Contingent Receivables – The Company recorded a contingent receivable related to the Faneuil acquisition that closed in 2022. During 2022 and 2023, the Company recorded fair value adjustments for the receivable based on current information which caused the receivable to decrease, and $4.6 million expense, and $4.4 million expense, respectively, were included in Other income (expense), net in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss).

F-34F-32

Table of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

DuringA rollforward of the first, second and fourth quarters of 2020,activity in the Company recordedCompany’s fair value adjustments toof the contingent consideration associated with the FCR acquisition based on decreased estimates of EBITDA which caused the estimated payable to decrease. Accordingly, a $3.3 million decrease, a $1.1 million decrease and a $1.8 million decrease to the payable were recordedis as of March 31, 2020, June 30, 2020 and December 31, 2020, respectively, and were included in Other income (expense), net in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss). As of December 31, 2020, the final calculated contingent consideration for FCR is 0.follows (in thousands):

    

    

    

    

Imputed

    

 

December 31,

Interest /

December 31,

 

2022

Acquisitions

Payments

Adjustments

2023

 

Faneuil

$

(5,916)

$

$

7,400

$

(2,980)

$

(1,496)

Total

$

(5,916)

$

$

7,400

$

(2,980)

$

(1,496)

During the fourth quarter of 2020, the Company recorded fair value adjustments to the contingent consideration associated with the VF acquisitions based on increased actual results and estimates of EBITDA for 2021 which caused the payables to increase. Accordingly, a combined $4.3 million increase to the payables was recorded as of December 31, 2020, and was included in Other income (expense), net in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss).

    

    

    

    

Imputed

     

 

December 31,

Interest /

December 31,

 

2021

Acquisitions

Payments

Adjustments

2022

 

VF US

$

(7,414)

$

$

7,414

$

$

VF ASEAN

(2,186)

2,186

Faneuil

 

 

(8,816)

 

 

2,900

 

(5,916)

Total

$

(9,600)

$

(8,816)

$

9,600

$

2,900

$

(5,916)

During the fourth quarter of 2018 and the second quarter of 2019, the Company recorded fair value adjustments to the contingent consideration associated with the SCS acquisition based on decreased estimates of EBITDA which caused the estimated payable to be zero for both future payments. Accordingly, a $0.3 million and a $2.5 million decrease to the payable were recorded as of December 31, 2018 and June 30, 2019, respectively, and were included in Other income (expense), net in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss). As of December 31, 2019, the EBITDA was below the target, thus the contingent consideration was finalized with a 0 value.

A rollforward of the activity in the Company’s fair value of the contingent consideration receivable is as follows (in thousands):

    

    

    

    

Imputed

    

 

    

    

    

    

Imputed

    

 

December 31,

Interest /

December 31,

 

December 31,

Interest /

December 31,

 

2019

Acquisitions

Payments

Adjustments

2020

 

2022

Acquisitions

Payments

Adjustments

2023

 

FCR

$

6,134

$

$

$

(6,134)

$

0

VF US

0

10,943

3,142

14,085

VF ASEAN

0

2,778

1,169

3,947

Faneuil

$

5,724

$

$

(1,343)

$

(4,381)

$

Total

$

6,134

$

13,721

$

$

(1,823)

$

18,032

$

5,724

$

$

(1,343)

$

(4,381)

$

    

    

    

    

Imputed

     

 

December 31,

Interest /

December 31,

 

2021

Acquisitions

Payments

Adjustments

2022

 

Faneuil

$

$

10,370

$

$

(4,646)

$

5,724

Total

$

$

10,370

$

$

(4,646)

$

5,724

    

    

    

    

Imputed

     

 

December 31,

Interest /

December 31,

 

2018

Acquisitions

Payments

Adjustments

2019

 

SCS

$

2,363

$

$

$

(2,363)

$

0

FCR

 

0

 

6,134

 

 

 

6,134

Total

$

2,363

$

6,134

$

$

(2,363)

$

6,134

(10)INCOME TAXES

The sources of pre-tax operating income are as follows (in thousands):

Year Ended December 31,

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

    

2020

    

2019

    

2018

 

    

2023

    

2022

    

2021

 

Domestic

$

129,620

$

39,864

$

(13,926)

$

(39,871)

$

52,887

$

108,160

Foreign

 

40,648

 

70,547

 

70,164

 

80,595

 

91,561

 

99,724

Total

$

170,268

$

110,411

$

56,238

$

40,724

$

144,448

$

207,884

The Company’s selection of an accounting policy with respect to both the GILTI and BEAT rules is to compute the related taxes in the period the entity becomes subject to either. A reasonable estimate of the effects of these provisions has been included in the 20202023 annual financial statements.

During the fourth quarter of 2023, the Company released its indefinite reinvestment assertion related to earnings for all foreign operations. The Company has completed its analysis in regard to the full tax impact of these changes in indefinite reinvestment reassertion and any related taxes have been recorded. The Company generally intends to limit distributions from non-U.S. subsidiaries to cash balances available in foreign jurisdictions.

F-35F-33

Table of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Minimal changes in indefinite reinvestment assertion were made during the year. The Company has completed its analysis in regard to the full tax impact related to prior changes in indefinite reinvestment reassertion and any related taxes have been recorded. No additional income taxes have been provided for any remaining outside basis difference inherent in the Company’s foreign subsidiaries as these amounts continue to be indefinitely reinvested in foreign operations. The Company has an estimated $176 million of outside basis differences as of December 31, 2023. Determination of any unrecognized deferred tax liability related to the outside basis difference in investments in foreign subsidiaries is not practicable due to the inherent complexity of the multi-national tax environment in which the Company operates.

On March 27, 2020,The Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD), supported by 140 of their member countries, have agreed to implement a minimum 15% tax rate on certain multinational enterprises and have released model guidance. This global minimum tax, known as the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (the “CARES Act”) was enacted and signed into law. The CARES Act did not materially affect our fourth quarter income tax provision, deferred tax assets and liabilities, or related taxes payable. We are continuingPillar 2 framework, will become effective across various countries starting in 2024, as each country works to assessenact legislation influenced by the future implications of these provisions withinOECD Pillar 2 rules. While the CARES Act but doCompany does not expect therethe adoption of the Pillar Two framework to behave a material impact on our financial statements at this time.effective tax rate, the Company continues to evaluate additional guidance released by the OECD, along with the pending and adopted legislation in each of the countries in which we operate.

The components of the Company’s Provision for (benefit from) income taxes are as follows (in thousands):

Year Ended December 31,

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

    

2020

    

2019

    

2018

 

    

2023

    

2022

    

2021

 

Current provision for (benefit from)

Federal

$

22,763

$

5,289

$

2,771

$

3,625

$

10,816

$

20,697

State

 

9,871

 

2,826

 

2,754

 

1,893

 

5,245

 

8,006

Foreign

 

13,496

 

18,938

 

18,933

 

24,470

 

22,055

 

20,161

Total current provision for (benefit from)

 

46,130

 

27,053

 

24,458

 

29,988

 

38,116

 

48,864

Deferred provision for (benefit from)

Federal

 

(2,390)

 

2,515

 

(943)

 

(14,357)

 

(3,128)

 

(7,017)

State

 

(254)

 

118

 

(138)

 

(848)

 

(192)

 

(402)

Foreign

 

(2,549)

 

(4,009)

 

(6,894)

 

7,677

 

(7,681)

 

8,250

Total deferred provision for (benefit from)

 

(5,193)

 

(1,376)

 

(7,975)

 

(7,528)

 

(11,001)

 

831

Total provision for (benefit from) income taxes

$

40,937

$

25,677

$

16,483

$

22,460

$

27,115

$

49,695

The following reconciles the Company’s effective tax rate to the federal statutory rate (in thousands):

Year Ended December 31,

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

    

2020

    

2019

    

2018

 

    

2023

    

2022

    

2021

 

Income tax per U.S. federal statutory rate (21%, 21%, 21%)

$

35,756

$

23,186

$

11,810

$

8,552

$

30,334

$

43,655

State income taxes, net of federal deduction

 

6,923

 

3,144

 

2,003

 

(1,355)

 

2,717

 

4,588

Change in valuation allowances

 

3,903

 

9,832

 

2,191

 

14,917

 

(3,278)

 

12,567

Foreign income taxes at different rates than the U.S.

 

(783)

 

(3,356)

 

(3,758)

 

208

 

1,202

 

(1,416)

Foreign withholding taxes

 

106

 

600

 

785

Losses in international markets without tax benefits

 

(1,656)

 

(2,651)

 

(68)

Nondeductible compensation under Section 162(m)

 

656

 

668

 

615

Taxes related to compensation

1,542

(66)

(2,788)

Liabilities for uncertain tax positions

 

2,882

 

661

 

1,105

 

1,759

 

(1,435)

 

(790)

Permanent difference related to foreign exchange gains

 

(71)

 

36

 

136

(Income) losses of foreign branch operations

 

(10)

 

55

 

475

Impacts of foreign branch operations

(283)

2,315

(187)

Non-taxable earnings of noncontrolling interest

 

(1,964)

 

(1,294)

 

(594)

 

(1,508)

 

(2,638)

 

(3,085)

��

Foreign dividend less foreign tax credits

 

(1,723)

 

(1,681)

 

(1,748)

 

(1,294)

 

(1,616)

 

(1,142)

Decrease (increase) to deferred tax asset - change in tax rate

 

(48)

 

(2,848)

 

(1,944)

State and Federal income tax credits and NOL's

 

(3,918)

 

(1,176)

 

19

 

(4,611)

 

(4,604)

 

(4,531)

Foreign earnings taxed currently in U.S.

 

1,936

 

2,172

 

3,976

 

2,409

 

2,978

 

1,930

Taxes related to prior year filings

(1,718)

(1,643)

(1,659)

 

675

 

(432)

(1,192)

Taxes related to acquisition accounting

1,317

978

2,110

Other

 

(651)

 

(1,006)

 

1,029

 

1,449

 

1,638

 

2,086

Income tax per effective tax rate

$

40,937

$

25,677

$

16,483

$

22,460

$

27,115

$

49,695

Effective tax rate percentage

24.0%

23.3%

29.3%

55.2%

18.8%

23.9%

F-36

Table of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

The Company’s deferred income tax assets and liabilities are summarized as follows (in thousands):

Year Ended December 31,

 

    

2020

    

2019

 

Deferred tax assets, gross

Accrued workers compensation, deferred compensation and employee benefits

$

8,574

$

7,999

Allowance for credit losses, insurance and other accruals

 

4,463

 

3,393

Amortization of deferred lease liabilities

 

20,352

 

25,757

Net operating losses

 

20,508

 

19,222

Equity compensation

 

1,660

 

1,442

Customer acquisition and deferred revenue accruals

 

6,868

 

9,047

Federal and state tax credits, net

 

2,383

 

1,263

Unrealized losses on derivatives

 

1,187

 

1,421

Impairment of equity investment

4,064

4,142

Partnership Investment

526

2,435

Other

 

5,444

 

1,322

Total deferred tax assets, gross

 

76,029

 

77,443

Valuation allowances

 

(18,697)

 

(17,051)

Total deferred tax assets, net

 

57,332

 

60,392

Deferred tax liabilities

Depreciation and amortization

 

(10,734)

 

(6,095)

Unrealized gain on derivatives

(2,959)

(1,491)

Contract acquisition costs

 

(3,182)

 

(5,740)

Intangible assets

 

(15,880)

 

(22,585)

Operating lease assets

 

(16,763)

 

(21,413)

Other

 

(480)

 

(407)

Total deferred tax liabilities

 

(49,998)

 

(57,731)

Net deferred tax assets

$

7,334

$

2,661

Quarterly, the Company assesses the likelihood by jurisdiction that its net deferred tax assets will be recovered. Based on the weight of all available evidence, both positive and negative, the Company records a valuation allowance against deferred tax assets when it is more-likely-than-not that a future tax benefit will not be realized.

As of December 31, 2020 the Company had approximately $1.2 million of net deferred tax liabilities in the U.S. and $8.5 million of net deferred tax assets related to certain international locations whose recoverability is dependent upon their future profitability. As of December 31, 2020 the deferred tax valuation allowance was $18.7 million and related primarily to tax losses in foreign jurisdictions which do not meet the “more-likely-than-not” standard under current accounting guidance.

When there is a change in judgment concerning the recovery of deferred tax assets in future periods, a valuation allowance is recorded into earnings during the quarter in which the change in judgment occurred. In 2020, the Company made adjustments to its deferred tax assets and corresponding valuation allowances. The net change to the valuation allowance consisted of the following: a $1.1 million increase related to capital loss carry forwards and other credit carry forwards not expected to be utilized in New Zealand and the United Kingdom, a $3.6 million increase in valuation allowance in the United Kingdom, Ireland, Canada, Luxembourg, Turkey, the United States and Australia for deferred tax assets that do not meet the “more-likely-than-not” standard, a $1.1 million release of valuation allowance in the U.S. related to capital loss carry forwards not expected to be utilized, and a $1.9 million release of valuation allowance in Luxembourg, Ireland, and various other jurisdictions related to the utilization or write-off of deferred tax assets.

F-37F-34

Table of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

The Company’s deferred income tax assets and liabilities are summarized as follows (in thousands):

Year Ended December 31,

 

    

2023

    

2022

 

Deferred tax assets, gross

Accrued compensation and employee benefits

$

12,687

$

11,627

Allowance for credit losses, insurance and other accruals

 

7,855

 

4,109

Amortization of deferred lease liabilities

 

21,683

 

18,475

Net operating losses

 

22,241

 

18,312

Customer acquisition and deferred revenue accruals

 

15,991

 

18,749

Federal and state tax credits, net

 

3,456

 

3,247

Investments

7,626

1,149

Depreciation and amortization

19,570

7,896

Unremitted foreign earnings

13,412

Interest expense

14,957

Other

 

630

 

3,931

Total deferred tax assets, gross

 

140,108

 

87,495

Valuation allowances

 

(39,902)

 

(24,944)

Total deferred tax assets, net

 

100,206

 

62,551

Deferred tax liabilities

Intangible assets

 

(41,447)

 

(28,848)

Operating lease assets

 

(18,362)

 

(15,594)

Other

 

(5,383)

 

(3,254)

Total deferred tax liabilities

 

(65,192)

 

(47,696)

Net deferred tax assets

$

35,014

$

14,855

Quarterly, the Company assesses the likelihood by jurisdiction that its net deferred tax assets will be recovered. Based on the weight of all available evidence, both positive and negative, the Company records a valuation allowance against deferred tax assets when it is more-likely-than-not that a future tax benefit will not be realized.

As of December 31, 2023 the Company had approximately $38.2 million of net deferred tax assets in the U.S. and $3.1 million deferred tax liability across their foreign operations. As of December 31, 2023 the deferred tax valuation allowance was $39.9 million and related primarily to interest expense limitations and tax losses in foreign jurisdictions which do not meet the “more-likely-than-not” standard under current accounting guidance.

When there is a change in judgment concerning the recovery of deferred tax assets in future periods, a valuation allowance is recorded into earnings during the quarter in which the change in judgment occurred. In 2023, the Company made adjustments to its deferred tax assets and corresponding valuation allowances. The net change to the valuation allowance consisted of the following: a $15.3 million increase related to interest expense limitation carry forwards, state net operating losses and foreign tax credits not expected to be utilized in the United States; a $3.1 million increase in valuation allowance in Australia, Mexico, Brazil, the United Kingdom and various other jurisdictions for deferred tax assets that do not meet the “more-likely-than-not” standard; and a $3.5 million release of valuation allowance in Canada, the United Kingdom, the Netherlands, and various other jurisdictions related to the utilization or write-off of deferred tax assets.

Activity in the Company’s valuation allowance accounts consists of the following (in thousands):

Year Ended December 31,

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

    

2020

    

2019

    

2018

 

    

2023

    

2022

    

2021

 

Beginning balance

$

17,051

$

10,867

$

9,526

$

24,944

$

29,620

$

18,697

Additions of deferred income tax expense

 

4,650

 

7,373

 

2,913

 

18,410

 

2,248

 

14,660

Reductions of deferred income tax expense

 

(3,004)

 

(1,189)

 

(1,572)

 

(3,452)

 

(6,924)

 

(3,737)

Ending balance

$

18,697

$

17,051

$

10,867

$

39,902

$

24,944

$

29,620

F-35

Table of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

As of December 31, 2020,2023, after consideration of all tax loss and tax credit carry back opportunities, the Company had tax affected tax loss carry forwards worldwide expiring as follows (in thousands):

2021

    

$

2

2022

 

3

2023

 

183

2024

 

4

    

$

10

After 2024

 

11,229

2025

 

245

2026

 

971

2027

 

375

After 2027

 

9,621

No expiration

 

9,087

 

11,024

Total

$

20,508

$

22,246

The Company has been granted “Tax Holidays” as an incentive to attract foreign investment by the governments of the Philippines and Costa Rica. Generally, a Tax Holiday is an agreement between the Company and a foreign government under which the Company receives certain tax benefits in that country, such as exemption from taxation on profits derived from export-related activities. In the Philippines, the Company has been granted multiple agreements withunder local laws which result in an initial period of four yearsoverall reduced tax rate. These incentives have varying benefit year over year and additional periods for varying years, expiringexpire at various times between 2020 and 2022.beginning in 2031. The aggregate benefit to income tax expense for the years ended December 31, 2020, 20192023, 2022 and 20182021 was approximately $4.4$2.3 million, $8.4$1.6 million and $8.2$6.3 million, respectively, which had a favorable impact on diluted net income per share of $0.09, $0.18$0.05, $0.04 and $0.18,$0.13, respectively.

Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes

In accordance with ASC 740, the Company has recorded a reserve for uncertain tax positions. The total amount of interest and penalties recognized in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets and Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) as of December 31, 2020, 20192023, 2022 and 20182021 was approximately $3.0$2.7 million, $2.1$1.8 million and $1.4$2.8 million, respectively.

The Company had a reserve for uncertain tax benefits, on a net basis, of $7.5$6.6 million and $4.8$6.6 million for the years ended December 31, 20202023 and 2019,2022, respectively.

The tabular reconciliation of the reserve for uncertain tax benefits on a gross basis without interest for the three years ended December 31, 20202023 is presented below (in thousands):

Balance as of December 31, 2017

    

$

3,298

Balance as of December 31, 2020

    

$

7,509

Additions for current year tax positions

 

3,600

 

220

Reductions in prior year tax positions

 

(2,114)

 

(826)

Balance as of December 31, 2018

 

4,784

Balance as of December 31, 2021

 

6,903

Additions for current year tax positions

 

0

 

143

Reductions in prior year tax positions

 

0

 

(479)

Balance as of December 31, 2019

 

4,784

Balance as of December 31, 2022

 

6,567

Additions for current year tax positions

 

2,725

 

212

Reductions in prior year tax positions

 

0

 

(203)

Balance as of December 31, 2020

$

7,509

Balance as of December 31, 2023

$

6,576

At December 31, 2020,2023, the amount of uncertain tax benefits including interest, that, if recognized, would reduce tax expense was $10.5$9.3 million. Within the next 12 months, it is expected that the amount of unrecognized tax benefits may be reduced by $3.9$0.3 million as a result of the expiration of various statutes of limitation or other confirmations of tax positions.

F-38F-36

Table of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

The Company and its domestic and foreign subsidiaries (including Percepta LLC and its domestic and foreign subsidiaries) file income tax returns as required in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and various state and foreign jurisdictions. The following table presents the major tax jurisdictions and tax years that are open as of December 31, 20202023 and subject to examination by the respective tax authorities:

Tax Jurisdiction

    

Tax Year Ended

United States

 

2017 to present- Present

Australia

 

2016 to present2019 - Present

India

 

2015 to present2017 - Present

Canada

 

2016 to present2019 - Present

Mexico

 

2015 to present2018 - Present

Philippines

 

2017 to present2019 - Present

The Company’s U.S. income tax returns filed for the tax years ending December 31, 2017 to present, remain open tax years. The Company has been notified of the intent to audit, or is currently under audit of, income taxes for the United States for tax year 2017 and 2018, and the Philippines for tax year 2020, the state of California in the United States for tax years 2017 and 2018. During 2020,2018, the Company confirmedstate of Wisconsin in the closure of the Canadian auditU.S. for tax years 20092019 through 2021, and 2010, and the state of New YorkIndia for tax years 20152017 through 2017 with no material changes to the financial statements.2022. Although the outcome of examinations by taxing authorities are always uncertain, it is the opinion of management that the resolution of these audits will not have a material effect on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

(11)RESTRUCTURING CHARGES AND IMPAIRMENT LOSSESOF ASSETS

Restructuring Charges

During the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, the Company continued restructuring activities primarily associated with reductions in the Company’s capacity, workforce and related management in both segments to better align the capacity and workforce with current business needs.

During 2020 and 2018, TTEC determined it would close several delivery centers in the Engage segment and a $2.2 million and a net $4.8 million, respectively, was expensed related to early termination fees and cease use lease accruals. These expenses are included in the Restructuring charges, net in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss).

A summary of the expenses recorded for restructuring and included in Restructuring charges, net in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively, is as follows (in thousands):

Year Ended December 31,

 

    

2020

    

2019

    

2018

 

Reduction in force

TTEC Digital

$

668

$

141

$

133

TTEC Engage

 

396

 

894

 

694

Total

$

1,064

$

1,035

$

827

Year Ended December 31,

 

    

2020

    

2019

    

2018

 

Facility exit and other charges

TTEC Digital

$

90

$

41

$

0

TTEC Engage

 

2,110

 

671

 

5,304

Total

$

2,200

$

712

$

5,304

F-39

Table of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

A rollforward of the activity in the Company’s restructuring accruals for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively, is as follows (in thousands):

Reduction

Facility Exit and

 

in Force

Other Charges

Total

 

Balance as of December 31, 2018

$

416

$

3,226

$

3,642

Expense

 

1,039

 

712

 

1,751

Payments

 

(1,145)

 

(962)

 

(2,107)

Changes due to foreign currency

(55)

15

(40)

Changes in estimates

(4)

(4)

Reclassifications due to ASU 842 implementation

 

 

(2,917)

 

(2,917)

Balance as of December 31, 2019

 

251

 

74

 

325

Expense

 

1,064

2,200

 

3,264

Payments

 

(1,067)

(1,729)

 

(2,796)

Changes due to foreign currency

(14)

(2)

(16)

Changes in estimates

(78)

(78)

Balance as of December 31, 2020

$

156

$

543

$

699

The remaining restructuring and other accruals are expected to be paid or extinguished during 2021 and are all classified as current liabilities within Other accrued expenses in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Severance Charges

In the normal course of business, the Company will pay severance to terminated employees related to programs that are ending who are no longer needed and cannot be repurposed to a new program.

During the second quarter of 2020, a $3.0 million accrual was recorded with the expense included in Cost of services during the quarter ended June 30, 2020. During the third and fourth quarters, a total of $1.6 million was paid and a $0.3 million reduction in expense was recorded. The accrual is expected to be paid or extinguished during the next six months and thus is classified as current liabilities within Other accrued expenses in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Impairment Losses

During each of the periods presented, the Company evaluated the recoverability of its leasehold improvement assets at certain customer engagement centers.centers as well as all internally developed software projects. An asset group is considered to be impaired when the anticipated undiscounted future cash flows of its asset group areis estimated to be less than the asset group’s carrying value. The amount of impairment recognized is the difference between the carrying value of the asset group and its fair value. To determine fair value, the Company used Level 3 inputs in its discounted cash flows analysis. Assumptions included the amount and timing of estimated future cash flows and assumed discount rates. During 2020, 20192023, 2022 and 2018,2021, the Company recognized impairment losses, net related to leasehold improvement assets, and right of use lease assets, internally developed software and certain computer equipment of $5.8$11.7 million, $2.7$13.7 million and $1.1$11.3 million, respectively, across the TTEC Digital and TTEC Engage segments.

(12)INDEBTEDNESS

Credit Facility

On February 14, 2019,November 23, 2021, the Company entered into a FourthSixth Amendment to itsthe Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and Amended and Restated Security Agreement(“the Credit Agreement”) originally dated as of June 3, 2013, (collectively, the “Credit Agreement”Facility”) forto convert the $300 million term loan included in the total Credit Facility commitments, that was previously agreed on March 25, 2021 as part of the Fifth Amendment to the Credit Agreement, into a $1.5 billion senior secured revolving credit facilityCredit Facility with a syndicate of lenders led by Wells Fargo, Bank, National Association, as agent, swing lineswingline and fronting lender whichlender. The Credit Facility matures on November 23, 2026. The Company primarily uses the Credit Facility to fund working capital, general operations, dividends, acquisitions and other strategic activities.

On April 3, 2023, the Company entered into a Seventh Amendment to the Credit Agreement which replaces the use of LIBOR with SOFR as of the date of the amendment, and, therefore, will affect the interest rates paid for a portion of the Credit Facility starting in the second quarter of 2023.

The Company’s Credit Agreement includes a number of financial covenants and operating restrictions of which failure to comply could result in a default under the Credit Agreement. On February 14,26, 2024, (the “Credit Facility”).the Company entered into an Eighth Amendment to the Credit Agreement to increase the net leverage ratio covenant, for a period starting with the quarter ending March 31, 2024 through quarter ending March 31, 2025, from the current 3.5 to 1 to between 4.0 to 1 and 4.5 to 1, as may be applicable in different quarters; and reduced the total lenders’ commitment from $1.5 billion to $1.3 billion.

F-40F-37

Table of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

The Company's ability to comply with the covenants will depend on, among other things, financial, business, market, competitive and other conditions, many of which are beyond its control. As of the issuance of these financial statements, the Company believes it has sufficient cash on hand, positive working capital, and availability to access additional cash under the Credit Facility to meet its business operating requirements, its capital expenditures and to continue to comply with the amended debt covenants. In the event that the Company does not remain in compliance with the financial covenants under the Credit Facility, it may need to negotiate additional amendments to or waivers of the terms of such credit facilities, refinance its debt, or raise additional capital. The Company could also reduce discretionary spending which could include a reduction to capital expenditures or the dividends paid.

The maximum commitment under the Credit Facility is $900.0 million with an accordion feature of up to $1.2$1.3 billion in the aggregate, if certain conditions are satisfied. The Credit Facility commitment fees are payable to the lenders in an amount equal to the unused portion of the Credit Facility multiplied by a rate per annum as determined by reference to the Company’s net leverage ratio. The Credit Agreement contains customary affirmative, negative, and financial covenants, which remained unchanged from the 2016 Credit Facility, except that the Company is now obligated to maintain a maximum net leverage ratio of 3.50 to 1.00, and a minimum Interest Coverage Ratio of 2.50 to 1.00.covenants. The Credit Agreement permits accounts receivable factoring up to the greater of $75$100 million or 25 percent of the average book value of all accounts receivable over the most recent twelve monthtwelve-month period. The Credit Agreement also permits the utilization of up to $100 million of limits within the Credit Facility for letters of credit to be used in the business.

BaseAs defined in the Credit Agreement, base rate loans bear interest at a rate equal to the greatesthighest of (i) Wells Fargo’s(a) the prime rate, (ii) one half of 1% in excess of(b) the federal funds effective rate and (iii) 1.25%plus 0.50%, or (c) SOFR in excess ofeffect on such day plus 1.0%. Base rate loans shall be based on the one month London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”);base rate, plus in each case athe applicable credit margin ofwhich ranges from 0% to 0.75%1% based on the Company’s net leverage ratio. EurodollarSOFR loans bear interest at LIBORa rate equal to the applicable spread adjusted SOFR plus aapplicable credit margin of 1.0%which ranges from 1% to 1.75%2% based on the Company’s net leverage ratio. AlternateAlternative currency loans (not denominated in U.S. Dollars) bear interest at rates applicable to their respective currencies.

Letter of credit fees are one eighth of 1% of the stated amount of the letter of credit on the date of issuance, renewal or amendment, plus an annual fee equal to the borrowing margin for EurodollarSOFR loans.

The Company primarily utilizes its Credit Agreement to fund working capital, general operations, dividends, acquisitions, and other strategic activities. As of December 31, 2020,2023, and 2019,2022, the Company had borrowings of $385.0$995.0 million and $290.0$960.0 million, respectively, under its Credit Agreement and its average daily utilization was $550.9$1,072.4 million and $331.8$1,037.4 million for the years ended December 31, 20202023 and 2019,2022, respectively. The Company had increased borrowings under the Credit Agreement from late March 2020 through late September 2020, related to precautionary measures taken to proactively strengthen the Company’s cash reserves and financial flexibility in response to COVID-19 related uncertainties. As of September 30, 2020, those additional borrowings had been repaid. Based on the current level of availability based on the covenant calculations, the Company’s remaining borrowing capacity was approximately $510.0$90 million as of December 31, 2020.2023. As of December 31, 2020,2023, the Company was in compliance with all covenants and conditions under its Credit Agreement.

(13)COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Letters of Credit

As of December 31, 2020,2023, outstanding letters of credit under the Credit Agreement totaled $2.8$0.2 million and primarily guaranteed workers’ compensation and other insurance related obligations. As of December 31, 2020,2023, letters of credit and contract performance guarantees issued outside of the Credit Agreement totaled $0.8$0.3 million.

Guarantees

Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement is guaranteed by certain of the Company’s present and future domestic subsidiaries.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, the Company has been involved in legal actions, both as plaintiff and defendant, which arise in the ordinary course of business. The Company accrues for exposures associated with such legal actions to the extent that losses are deemed both probable and reasonably estimable. To the extent specific reserves have not been made for certain legal proceedings, their ultimate outcome, and consequently, an estimate of possible loss, if any, cannot reasonably be determined at this time.

F-38

Table of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Based on currently available information and advice received from counsel, the Company believes that the disposition or ultimate resolution of any current legal proceedings, except as otherwise specifically reserved for in its financial statements, will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, cash flows or results of operations.

(14)DEFERRED REVENUE AND REMAINING PERFORMANCE OBLIGATIONS

Deferred revenue in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets consist of the following (in thousands):

December 31,

 

    

2023

    

2022

 

Deferred Revenue - Current

$

81,171

$

87,846

Deferred Revenue - Long-term (included in Other long-term liabilities)

 

4,814

 

5,760

Total Deferred Revenue

$

85,985

$

93,606

Deferred costs in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets consist of the following (in thousands):

December 31,

 

    

2023

    

2022

 

Deferred Costs - Current (included in Prepaids and other current assets)

$

32,672

$

42,632

Deferred Costs - Long-term (included in Other long-term assets)

 

24,245

 

6,550

Total Deferred Costs

$

56,917

$

49,182

Activity in the Company’s Deferred revenue accounts consists of the following (in thousands):

Balance as of December 31, 2022

$

93,606

Additions

 

332,021

Amortization

 

(339,642)

Balance as of December 31, 2023

$

85,985

Revenue recognized for the year ended December 31, 2023 from amounts included in deferred revenue as of December 31, 2022 was $332.0 million. Revenue recognized for the year ended December 31, 2022 from amounts included in deferred revenue as of December 31, 2021 was $288.5 million.

Remaining performance obligations (“RPO”) represent the amount of contracted future revenue that has not yet been recognized, including both deferred revenue and non-cancelable contracted amounts that will be invoiced and recognized as revenue in future periods. The Company’s RPO excludes performance obligations from on-demand arrangements as there are no minimum purchase commitments associated with these arrangements, and certain time and materials contracts that are billed in arrears.

As of December 31, 2023, the Company’s RPO was $332.4 million, which will be delivered and recognized within the next five years. However, the amount and timing of revenue recognition are generally driven by customer consumption, which can extend beyond the original contract term in cases where customers are permitted to roll over unused capacity to future periods, generally upon the purchase of additional capacity at renewal.

F-41F-39

Table of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(14)DEFERRED REVENUE AND COSTS

Deferred revenue in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets consist of the following (in thousands):

December 31,

 

    

2020

    

2019

 

Deferred Revenue - Current

$

39,956

$

39,447

Deferred Revenue - Long-term (included in Other long-term liabilities)

 

17,434

 

23,142

Total Deferred Revenue

$

57,390

$

62,589

Deferred costs in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets consist of the following (in thousands):

December 31,

 

    

2020

    

2019

 

Deferred Costs - Current (included in Prepaids and other current assets)

$

25,669

$

26,092

Deferred Costs - Long-term (included in Other long-term assets)

 

18,015

 

25,436

Total Deferred Costs

$

43,684

$

51,528

Activity in the Company’s Deferred revenue accounts consists of the following (in thousands):

Balance as of December 31, 2019

$

62,589

Additions

 

136,852

Amortization

 

(142,051)

Balance as of December 31, 2020

$

57,390

(15)LEASES

Operating leases are included in our Consolidated Balance Sheet as Operating lease assets, Current operating lease liabilities and Non-current operating lease liabilities. Finance leases are included in Property, plant and equipment, Other current liabilities and Other long-term liabilities in our Consolidated Balance Sheet. The Company primarily leases real estate and equipment under various arrangements that provide the Company the right-of-use for the underlying asset that require lease payments over the lease term. The Company determines the value of each lease by computing the present value of each lease payment using the interest rate implicit in the lease, if available; otherwise the Company estimates its incremental borrowing rate over the lease term. The Company determines its incremental borrowing rate based on its estimated credit risk with adjustments for each individual leases’ geographical risk and lease term. Operating lease assets also include prepaid rent and initial direct costs less any tenant improvements.

The Company’s real estate portfolio typically includes one or more options to renew, with renewal terms that generally can extend the lease term from one to 10 years. The exercise of these lease renewal options is at the Company’s discretion and is included in the lease term only if the Company is reasonably certain to exercise. The Company also has service arrangements whereby it controls specific space provided by a third-party service provider. These arrangements meet the definition of a lease and are accounted for under ASC 842. Lease expense for operating leases is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term and is included in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss). The Company’s lease agreements do not contain any material residual value guarantees or restrictive guarantees.

The components of lease expense for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022 are as follows (in thousands):

Location in Statements of

Year Ended December 31,

Description

    

Comprehensive Income (Loss)

    

2023

    

2022

    

2021

    

Amortization of ROU assets - finance leases

Depreciation and amortization

$

2,832

$

3,785

$

6,674

Interest on lease liabilities - finance leases

Interest expense

115

79

136

 

Operating lease cost (cost resulting from lease payments)

Cost of services

 

36,872

 

34,786

 

39,087

Operating lease cost (cost resulting from lease payments)

Selling, general and administrative

1,625

2,524

2,770

Operating lease cost (cost resulting from lease payments)

Restructuring

788

925

1,614

Operating lease cost

Impairment

10,096

4,821

5,338

Operating lease cost (cost resulting from lease payments)

Other income (expense), net

1,352

1,298

1,240

Short-term lease cost

Cost of services

 

1,182

 

3,428

 

4,529

Variable lease cost (cost excluded from lease payments

Cost of services

827

1,320

1,246

Less: Sublease income

Selling, general and administrative

(555)

(710)

(807)

Less: Sublease income

Other income (expense), net

 

(3,034)

 

(2,748)

 

(2,584)

Total lease cost

$

52,100

 

$

49,508

 

$

59,243

Other supplementary information for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022 are as follows (dollar values in thousands):

Year Ended December 31,

    

2023

    

2022

    

2021

    

Finance lease - operating cash flows

$

38

$

26

$

45

Finance lease - financing cash flows

$

2,527

$

3,087

$

6,385

Operating lease - operating cash flows (fixed payments)

$

49,691

$

51,693

$

52,358

New ROU assets - operating leases

$

28,024

$

36,040

$

15,280

Modified ROU assets - operating leases

$

44,129

$

10,629

$

736

New ROU assets - finance leases

$

3,124

$

483

$

1,141

December 31, 2023

December 31, 2022

December 31, 2021

Weighted average remaining lease term - finance leases

2.22 years

1.87 years

2.34 years

Weighted average remaining lease term - operating leases

4.12 years

4.06 years

3.32 years

Weighted average discount rate - finance leases

5.51%

2.07%

1.85%

Weighted average discount rate - operating leases

6.88%

4.91%

5.38%

F-42F-40

Table of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

The components of lease expense for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 are as follows (in thousands):

Location in Statements of

Year Ended December 31,

Description

Comprehensive Income (Loss)

    

2020

    

2019

    

Amortization of ROU assets - finance leases

Depreciation and amortization

$

7,661

7157

Interest on lease liabilities - finance leases

Interest expense

203

$

141

 

Operating lease cost (cost resulting from lease payments)

Cost of services

 

46,375

 

47,269

Operating lease cost (cost resulting from lease payments)

Selling, general and administrative

2,040

3,731

Operating lease cost (cost resulting from lease payments)

Restructuring

1,232

Operating lease cost

Impairment

5,127

Operating lease cost (cost resulting from lease payments)

Other income (expense), net

1,149

968

Short-term lease cost

Cost of services

 

3,888

 

4,338

Variable lease cost (cost excluded from lease payments

Cost of services

(287)

Less: Sublease income

Selling, general and administrative

(836)

(445)

Less: Sublease income

Other income (expense), net

 

(2,464)

 

(1,984)

Total lease cost

$

64,088

 

$

61,175

Other supplementary information for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 are as follows (dollar values in thousands):

Year Ended December 31,

    

2020

    

2019

    

Finance lease - operating cash flows

$

68

$

103

Finance lease - financing cash flows

$

7,911

$

10,251

Operating lease - operating cash flows (fixed payments)

$

55,862

$

51,898

New ROU assets - operating leases

$

6,834

$

15,494

Modified ROU assets - operating leases

$

6,485

$

46,543

New ROU assets - finance leases

$

2,292

$

6,133

December 31, 2020

December 31, 2019

Weighted average remaining lease term - finance leases

2.46 years

2.91 years

Weighted average remaining lease term - operating leases

3.73 years

4.27 years

Weighted average discount rate - finance leases

1.64%

1.43%

Weighted average discount rate - operating leases

6.95%

7.22%

Operating and financing lease right-of-use assets and lease liabilities within our Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 20202023 and 20192022 are as follows (in thousands):

Description

Location in Balance Sheet

December 31, 2020

December 31, 2019

 

Location in Balance Sheet

December 31, 2023

December 31, 2022

 

Assets

Operating lease assets

Operating lease assets

$

120,820

$

150,808

Operating lease assets

$

121,574

$

92,431

Finance lease assets

Property, plant and equipment, net

 

12,659

 

18,016

Property, plant and equipment, net

 

4,106

 

3,814

Total leased assets

$

133,479

$

168,824

$

125,680

$

96,245

Liabilities

Current

Operating

Current operating lease liabilities

$

43,651

$

45,218

Current operating lease liabilities

$

38,271

$

35,271

Finance

Other current liabilities

6,193

7,470

Other current liabilities

2,100

2,056

Non-current

Operating

Non-current operating lease liabilities

98,277

127,395

Non-current operating lease liabilities

96,809

69,575

Finance

Other long-term liabilities

4,763

8,896

Other long-term liabilities

1,887

1,257

Total lease liabilities

$

152,884

$

188,979

$

139,067

$

108,159

The future minimum operating lease and finance lease payments required under non-cancelable leases as of December 31, 2023 and 2022 are as follows (in thousands):

December 31, 2023

    

Operating

    

Sub-lease

    

Finance

 

Leases

Income

Leases

 

Year 1

$

46,258

$

(3,038)

$

2,155

Year 2

 

36,683

 

(3,015)

 

1,378

Year 3

 

30,984

 

(490)

 

704

Year 4

 

25,539

 

 

Year 5

 

11,794

 

 

Thereafter

 

6,267

 

 

Total minimum lease payments

$

157,525

$

(6,543)

$

4,237

Less imputed interest

(22,445)

(250)

Total lease liability

$

135,080

���

$

3,987

December 31, 2022

    

Operating

    

Sub-lease

    

Finance

 

Leases

Income

Leases

 

Year 1

$

38,783

$

(3,527)

$

2,071

Year 2

 

26,789

 

(2,940)

 

1,020

Year 3

 

18,229

 

(2,940)

 

268

Year 4

 

12,906

 

(490)

 

14

Year 5

 

9,749

 

 

Thereafter

 

10,320

 

 

Total minimum lease payments

$

116,776

$

(9,897)

$

3,373

Less imputed interest

(11,930)

(60)

Total lease liability

$

104,846

$

3,313

F-43F-41

Table of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

The future minimum operating lease and finance lease payments required under non-cancelable leases as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 are as follows (in thousands):

December 31, 2020

    

Operating

    

Sub-lease

    

Finance

 

Leases

Income

Leases

 

Year 1

$

51,120

$

(3,500)

$

6,237

Year 2

 

46,913

 

(3,489)

 

2,740

Year 3

 

31,085

 

(3,123)

 

1,631

Year 4

 

17,338

 

(2,905)

 

579

Year 5

 

8,288

 

(2,940)

 

Thereafter

 

8,397

 

(490)

 

Total minimum lease payments

$

163,141

$

(16,447)

$

11,187

Less imputed interest

(21,213)

(231)

Total lease liability

$

141,928

$

10,956

December 31, 2019

    

Operating

    

Sub-lease

    

Finance

 

Leases

Income

Leases

 

Year 1

$

54,903

$

(2,976)

$

7,594

Year 2

 

47,892

 

(621)

 

5,587

Year 3

 

43,590

 

(345)

 

2,139

Year 4

 

28,124

 

(201)

 

1,109

Year 5

 

14,494

 

 

331

Thereafter

 

14,734

 

 

Total minimum lease payments

$

203,737

$

(4,143)

$

16,760

Less imputed interest

(31,124)

(394)

Total lease liability

$

172,613

$

16,366

In 2008, the Company sub-leased one of its customer engagement centers to a third party for the remaining term of the lease. The sub-lease began on January 1, 2009 and rental income is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the sub-lease through 2026. In 2017, the Company sub-leased one of its office spaces for the remaining term of the original lease. The sub-lease began on November 6, 2017 and endsended on May 31, 2021. In 2019, the Company sub-leased one of its office spaces for the remaining term of the original lease. The sub-lease began on March 1, 2019 and endsended July 21, 2023. In 2020, the Company sub-leased one of its office spaces for the remaining term of the original lease. The sub-lease began on February 6, 2020 and endsended on June 14, 2023. In 2022, the Company sub-leased one of its office spaces for the majority of the remaining term of the original lease. The sub-lease began on June 29, 2022 and ends January 31, 2024.

(16) OTHER LONG-TERM LIABILITIES

The components of Other long-term liabilities as of December 31, 20202023 and 20192022 are as follows (in thousands):

December 31, 2020

    

December 31, 2019

December 31, 2023

    

December 31, 2022

Deferred revenue

$

17,434

 

$

23,142

$

4,814

 

$

5,760

Deferred compensation plan

23,858

20,370

30,999

25,889

Other

 

54,893

 

36,129

 

36,270

 

34,655

Total

$

96,185

 

$

79,641

$

72,083

 

$

66,304

F-44F-42

Table of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(17)ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

The following table presents changes in the accumulated balance for each component of Other comprehensive income (loss), including current period other comprehensive income (loss) and reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (in thousands):

    

Foreign

    

    

    

 

Currency

Derivative

 

Translation

Valuation, Net

Other, Net

 

Adjustment

of Tax

of Tax

Totals

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) at December 31, 2017

$

(84,100)

$

(15,746)

$

(2,458)

$

(102,304)

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications

 

(30,068)

 

20,278

 

712

 

(9,078)

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

(12,810)

 

(404)

 

(13,214)

Net current period other comprehensive (income) loss

 

(30,068)

 

7,468

 

308

 

(22,292)

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) at December 31, 2018

$

(114,168)

$

(8,278)

$

(2,150)

$

(124,596)

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) at December 31, 2018

$

(114,168)

 

$

(8,278)

 

$

(2,150)

 

$

(124,596)

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications

 

6,688

 

15,545

 

(588)

 

21,645

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

(3,085)

 

(198)

 

(3,283)

Net current period other comprehensive income (loss)

 

6,688

 

12,460

 

(786)

 

18,362

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) at December 31, 2019

$

(107,480)

 

$

4,182

 

$

(2,936)

 

$

(106,234)

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) at December 31, 2019

$

(107,480)

 

$

4,182

 

$

(2,936)

 

$

(106,234)

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications

 

9,722

 

2,321

 

1,016

 

13,059

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

 

19,619

 

1,928

 

(528)

 

21,019

Net current period other comprehensive income (loss)

 

29,341

 

4,249

 

488

 

34,078

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) at December 31, 2020

$

(78,139)

 

$

8,431

 

$

(2,448)

 

$

(72,156)

The following table presents the classification and amount of the reclassifications from Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) to the Statement of Comprehensive Income (Loss) (in thousands):

Statement of

 

For the Year Ended December 31,

Comprehensive Income

 

    

2020

    

2019

    

2018

    

(Loss) Classification

 

Derivative valuation

Loss on foreign currency forward exchange contracts

$

2,618

$

(4,228)

$

(17,548)

 

Revenue

Tax effect

 

(690)

 

1,143

 

4,738

 

Provision for income taxes

$

1,928

$

(3,085)

$

(12,810)

 

Net income (loss)

Other

Actuarial loss on defined benefit plan

$

(588)

$

(221)

$

(446)

 

Cost of services

Tax effect

 

60

 

23

 

42

 

Provision for income taxes

$

(528)

$

(198)

$

(404)

 

Net income (loss)

    

Foreign

    

    

    

 

Currency

Derivative

 

Translation

Valuation, Net

Other, Net

 

Adjustment

of Tax

of Tax

Totals

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) at December 31, 2020

$

(78,139)

$

8,431

$

(2,448)

$

(72,156)

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications

 

(17,408)

 

(12,126)

 

(103)

 

(29,637)

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

3,655

 

(288)

 

3,367

Net current period other comprehensive (income) loss

 

(17,408)

 

(8,471)

 

(391)

 

(26,270)

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) at December 31, 2021

$

(95,547)

$

(40)

$

(2,839)

$

(98,426)

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) at December 31, 2021

$

(95,547)

 

$

(40)

 

$

(2,839)

 

$

(98,426)

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications

 

(28,187)

 

2,281

 

455

 

(25,451)

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

(2,152)

 

(272)

 

(2,424)

Net current period other comprehensive income (loss)

 

(28,187)

 

129

 

183

 

(27,875)

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) at December 31, 2022

$

(123,734)

 

$

89

 

$

(2,656)

 

$

(126,301)

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) at December 31, 2022

$

(123,734)

 

$

89

 

$

(2,656)

 

$

(126,301)

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications

 

30,891

 

3,292

 

(62)

 

34,121

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

 

(301)

 

2,934

 

(329)

 

2,304

Net current period other comprehensive income (loss)

 

30,590

 

6,226

 

(391)

 

36,425

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) at December 31, 2023

$

(93,144)

 

$

6,315

 

$

(3,047)

 

$

(89,876)

F-45F-43

Table of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

The following table presents the classification and amount of the reclassifications from Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) to the Statement of Comprehensive Income (Loss) (in thousands):

Statement of

 

For the Year Ended December 31,

Comprehensive Income

 

    

2023

    

2022

    

2021

    

(Loss) Classification

 

Derivative valuation

(Gain)/loss on foreign currency forward exchange contracts

$

3,964

$

(2,906)

$

4,939

 

Revenue

Tax effect

 

(1,030)

 

754

 

(1,284)

 

Provision for income taxes

$

2,934

$

(2,152)

$

3,655

 

Net income (loss)

Other

Actuarial loss on defined benefit plan

$

(366)

$

(302)

$

(320)

 

Cost of services

Tax effect

 

37

 

30

 

32

 

Provision for income taxes

$

(329)

$

(272)

$

(288)

 

Net income (loss)

(18)WEIGHTED AVERAGE SHARE COUNTS

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted shares for the periods indicated (in thousands):

Year Ended December 31,

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

    

2020

    

2019

    

2018

 

    

2023

    

2022

    

2021

 

Shares used in basic earnings per share calculation

 

46,647

 

46,373

 

46,064

 

47,335

 

47,121

 

46,890

Effect of dilutive securities:

Stock options

 

 

 

6

Restricted stock units

 

318

 

349

 

314

 

78

 

205

 

468

Performance-based restricted stock units

 

28

 

36

 

1

 

6

 

9

 

28

Total effects of dilutive securities

 

346

 

385

 

321

 

84

 

214

 

496

Shares used in dilutive earnings per share calculation

 

46,993

 

46,758

 

46,385

 

47,419

 

47,335

 

47,386

For the years ended December 31, 2020, 20192023, 2022 and 2018, there were 0 options to purchase shares of common stock or performance-based restricted stock that were outstanding but not included in the computation of diluted net income per share because the exercise price exceeded the value of the shares and the effect would have been anti-dilutive. For the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018,2021, restricted stock units of 8935 thousand, 28462 thousand, and 212124 thousand, respectively, were outstanding but not included in the computation of diluted net income per share because the effect would have been anti-dilutive.

(19)EMPLOYEE COMPENSATION PLANS

Employee Benefit Plan

The Company currently has a 401(k) profit-sharing plan that allows participation by U.S. employees who have completed six months of service, as defined, and are 21 years of age or older. Participants may defer up to 75% of their gross pay, up to a maximum limit determined by U.S. federal law. Participants are also eligible for a matching contribution. The Company may from time to time, at its discretion, make a “matching contribution” based on the amount and rate of the elective deferrals. The Company determines how much, if any, it will contribute for each dollar of elective deferrals. Participants vest in matching contributions over a three-year period. Company matching contributions to the 401(k) plan(s) totaled $4.2$11.6 million, $6.7$12.2 million and $5.2$10.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2020, 20192023, 2022 and 2018,2021, respectively.

F-44

Table of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Equity Compensation Plans

In February 2020, the Company adopted the TTEC Holdings, Inc., 2020 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2020 Plan”), which permits awards of incentive stock options, non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, shares of restricted common stock, performance stock units and restricted stock units. The 2020 Plan will also provide for annual equity-based compensation grants to members of the Company’s Board of Directors. Options granted to employees under the 2020 Plan generally vest over three to five years and have a contractual life of ten years. Options issued to Directors vest over one year and have a contractual life of ten years. At the 2020 Annual Stockholder Meeting, the Company received shareholder approval for the 2020 Plan, including 4.0 million shares of common stock to be reserved for issuance under the Plan. At the 2024 Annual Stockholder Meeting, the Company intends to seek shareholder approval for an additional 4.5 million shares of TTEC common stock to be reserved for future issuance under the Plan.

ForThe following table presents the total equity-based compensation expense (stock options and RSUs) for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019,2023, 2022 and 2018, the Company recorded total equity-based compensation expense under all equity-based arrangements (stock options and RSUs) of $12.5 million, $12.8 million and $12.1 million, respectively. For 2020, 2019 and 2018, of the total compensation expense, $4.3 million, $4.7 million and $4.7 million was recognized in Cost of services and $8.2 million, $8.1 million and $7.4 million, was recognized in Selling, general and administrative in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss), respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018, the Company recognized a tax benefit under all equity-based arrangements (stock options and RSUs) of $3.5 million, $4.2 million and $3.7 million, respectively.2021 (in thousands):

Year Ended December 31,

 

    

2023

2022

2021

 

Equity-based compensation expense recognized in Cost of services

$

9,766

$

7,175

$

6,099

Equity-based compensation expense recognized in Selling, general and administrative

12,305

10,396

10,326

Total equity-based compensation expense

$

22,071

$

17,571

$

16,425

 

 

Total tax benefit recognized

$

2,329

$

5,512

$

8,673

F-46

Table of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Restricted Stock Units

2018, 20192021, 2022 and 20202023 RSU Awards: The Company granted RSUs in 2018, 20192021, 2022 and 20202023 to new and existing employees that vest over four or five years. The Company also granted RSUs in 2018, 20192021, 2022 and 20202023 to members of the Board of Directors that vest over one year.

Summary of RSUs:  Settlement of the RSUs shall be made in shares of the Company’s common stock by delivery of one share of common stock for each RSU then being settled. The Company calculates the fair value for RSUs based on the closing price of the Company’s stock on the date of grant and records compensation expense over the vesting period using a straight-line method. The Company factors an estimated forfeiture rate in calculating compensation expense on RSUs and adjusts for actual forfeitures upon the vesting of each tranche of RSUs. The Company also factors in the present value of the estimated dividend payments that will have accrued as these RSUs are vesting.

The weighted average grant-date fair value of RSUs, including performance-based RSUs, granted during the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019,2023, 2022, and 20182021 was $44.70, $40.10,$33.34, $65.36, and $35.15,$96.47, respectively. The total intrinsic value and fair value of RSUs vested during the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019,2023, 2022, and 20182021 was $11.5$17.7 million, $12.5$18.4 million, and $12.5$14.2 million, respectively.

Performance Based Restricted Stock Unit Grants

During 2019, the Company awarded performance restricted stock units (“PRSUs”) that were subject to service and performance vesting conditions. If defined minimum targets were met, the annual value of the PRSUs issued would be between $0.4 million and $1.4 million and vest immediately. If the defined minimum targets were not met, then no shares would be issued. The award amounts were based on the Company’s annual adjusted operating income for the fiscal years 2019, 2020 and 2021. Each fiscal year’s adjusted operating income determined the award amount. The Company recognized compensation expense related to the 2019 PRSUs of $1.1 million and $1.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

F-45

Table of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

During 2020, the Company awarded PRSUs that are subject to service and performance vesting conditions. If defined minimum targets are met, the annual value of the PRSUs issued will be between $0.4$0.2 million and $1.4$2.0 million and vest immediately. If the defined minimum targets are not met, then no shares will be issued. The award amounts are based on the Company’s annual adjusted operating income for the fiscal years 2019, 2020 and 2021. Each fiscal year’s adjusted operating income will determine the award amount. The Company recognized compensation expense related to PRSUs of $1.1 million and $1.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

During 2020, the Company awarded PRSUs that are subject to service and performance vesting conditions. If defined minimum targets are met, Company shares will be issued that vest immediately. If the defined minimum targets are not met, then no shares will be issued. The number of shares awarded are based on the Company’s annual revenue and adjusted operating income for the fiscal years 2021 and 2022. Each fiscal year’s revenue and adjusted operating income will determine the award amount. The Company recognized compensation expense related to the 2020 PRSUs of $1.2 million and $1.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

During 2021, the Company awarded PRSUs that are subject to service and performance vesting conditions. If defined minimum targets are met, the annual value of the PRSUs issued will be between $1.2 million and $4.9 million and vest immediately in 2024. If the defined minimum targets are not met, then no shares will be issued. The number of shares that will be awarded will be based on the Company's annual revenue and adjusted operating income for the fiscal year 2023. The Company recognized compensation expense related to the 2021 PRSUs of $0.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2023.

During 2022, the Company made awards of two different PRSU programs that are subject to service and performance vesting conditions:  ordinary course annual PRSUs and one-time stretch financial goals PRSUs. For the ordinary course annual PRSUs, if defined minimum targets are met, the annual value of the PRSUs issued will be between $0.9 million and $3.5 million and vest immediately in March 2025. If the defined minimum targets are not met, then no shares will be issued. The number of shares that will be awarded will be based on the Company’s annual revenue and adjusted EBITDA for the fiscal year 2024. For the one-time stretch financial goals PRSUs, if defined minimum targets at TTEC Engage and TTEC Digital business segments’ levels are met, the number of shares of PRSUs issued will be between 0.0 million shares and 0.5 million shares and will vest immediately in March 2026. If the defined minimum targets are not met, then no shares will be issued. The number of shares to be awarded will be based on the TTEC Engage and TTEC Digital business segments’ annual revenue and adjusted EBITDA for the fiscal year 2025. Expense for these awards will begin at the start of the requisite service periods, beginning January 1, 2024 and January 1, 2025, respectively.

During 2023, the Company awarded PRSUs that are subject to service and performance vesting conditions. If defined minimum targets are met, the annual value of the PRSUs issued will be between zero and $8.9 million and vest immediately in March 2026. If the defined minimum targets are not met, then no shares will be issued. The number of shares that will be awarded will be based on the Company’s annual revenue and adjusted EBITDA for fiscal year 2023. Expense for these awards will begin at the start of the requisite service period, beginning January 1, 2021.2025.

A summary of the status of the Company’s non-vested RSUs and performance-based RSUsPRSUs and activity for the year ended December 31, 20202023 is as follows:

    

    

Weighted

 

    

    

Weighted

 

Average

 

Average

 

Grant Date

 

Grant Date

 

Shares

Fair Value

 

Shares

Fair Value

 

Unvested as of December 31, 2019

 

768,472

$

33.11

Unvested as of December 31, 2022

 

1,358,723

$

65.37

Granted

 

695,467

$

44.70

 

729,076

$

33.34

Vested

 

(358,579)

$

32.04

 

(273,558)

$

61.90

Cancellations/expirations

 

(76,184)

$

35.83

 

(209,968)

$

63.78

Unvested as of December 31, 2020

 

1,029,176

$

41.12

Unvested as of December 31, 2023

 

1,604,273

$

51.61

All RSUs vested during the year ended December 31, 20202023 were issued out of treasury stock. As of December 31, 2020,2023, there was approximately $25.7$36.6 million of total unrecognized compensation expense and approximately $75.1$34.8 million in total intrinsic value related to non-vested RSU grants. The unrecognized compensation expense will be recognized over the remaining weighted-average vesting period of 1.61.7 years using the straight-line method.

F-47F-46

Table of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(20)STOCK REPURCHASE PROGRAM

Stock Repurchase Program

The Company has a stock repurchase program, which was initially authorized by the Company’s Board of Directors in November 2001.2001, and is accounted for using the cash method. As of December 31, 2020,2023, the cumulative authorized repurchase allowance was $762.3 million. During the year ended December 31, 2020,2023, the Company purchased no additional shares. Since inception of the program, the Company has purchased 46.1 million shares for $735.8 million. As of December 31, 2020,2023, the remaining allowance under the program was approximately $26.6 million. For the period from January 1, 20212023 through February 24, 2021,23, 2024, the Company did not purchase any additional shares. TheAlthough the stock repurchase program does not have an expiration date.date, the Company would seek a re-authorization of repurchase from the Board of Directors, if it decides to make repurchases during 2024.

(21)RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The Company entered into an agreement under which Avion, LLC (“Avion”) and Airmax LLC (“Airmax”) provide certain aviation flight services as requested by the Company. Such services include the use of an aircraft and flight crew. Kenneth D. Tuchman, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, has an indirect 100% beneficial ownership interest in Avion and Airmax. During 2020, 20192023, 2022 and 2018,2021, the Company expensed $0.4$1.0 million, $1.1$0.5 million and $1.1$0.6 million, respectively, to Avion and Airmax for services provided to the Company. There was $67$218 thousand in payments due and outstanding to Avion and Airmax as of December 31, 2020.

During 2015, the Company entered into a contract to purchase software from CaféX, in which the Company holds a 17.8% equity investment. During 2020, 2019 and 2018, the Company purchased 0, $50 thousand and $61 thousand, respectively, of software from CaféX. See Note 2 for further information regarding this investment.2023.

Ms. Regina M. Paolillo, former Global Chief Financial and AdministrativeOperating Officer of the Company, iswas a member of the board of directors of Welltok, Inc., a consumer health SaaS company, and partner of the Company in athe TTEC Welltok joint venture. During the years ended December 31, 2020, 20192022 and 2018,2021, the Company recorded revenue of $3.0 million, $5.3$0.5 million and $5.7$1.5 million, respectively, in connection with work performed through the joint venture. As of December 2021, Ms. Paolillo is no longer a member of the board of directors and the joint venture has been wound down, but TTEC continues to service revenue for Welltok, Inc.

Ms. Michelle Swanback, President of the Company, is a member of the board of directors of WTW (NYSE:  WTW) (fka “Willis Towers Watson”), that provides compensation consulting and insurance brokerage services to the Company. During the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, the Company expensed $3.8 million and $2.9 million, respectively, for these services.

F-48

Table of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(22)QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)

The following tables present certain quarterly financial data for the year ended December 31, 2020 (in thousands except per share amounts).

    

First

    

Second

    

Third

    

Fourth

 

Quarter

Quarter

Quarter

Quarter

 

Revenue

$

432,213

$

453,081

$

492,980

$

570,974

Cost of services

 

321,557

337,306

368,405

425,451

Selling, general and administrative

 

49,834

47,360

49,473

57,235

Depreciation and amortization

 

18,872

18,660

19,522

21,808

Restructuring and integration charges, net

 

538

793

1,233

700

Impairment losses

 

696

948

4,165

Income from operations

 

40,716

 

48,962

 

53,399

 

61,615

Other income (expense)

 

(5,832)

(4,374)

(20,852)

(3,366)

Provision for income taxes

 

(10,199)

(11,039)

(8,415)

(11,284)

Non-controlling interest

 

(3,151)

(2,224)

(2,766)

(2,542)

Net income attributable to TTEC stockholders

$

21,534

$

31,325

$

21,366

$

44,423

Weighted average shares outstanding

Basic

 

46,498

 

46,619

46,732

46,736

Diluted

 

46,813

 

46,861

47,031

47,232

Net income per share attributable to TTEC stockholders

Basic

$

0.46

$

0.67

$

0.46

$

0.95

Diluted

$

0.46

$

0.67

$

0.45

$

0.94

Included in Other income (expense) in the first, second and fourth quarters is a $3.3 million benefit, a $1.1 million benefit and a $2.5 million expense, respectively, related to the fair value adjustments of contingent consideration for the acquisitions.

Included in the first and second quarters is a $2.5 million expense and a $17.4 million expense, respectively, related to the deconsolidation of three subsidiaries and the related removal of the Currency Translation Adjustments.

Included in Other Income (expense) in the first quarter is an interest expense charge related to the purchase for the remaining 30% of the Motif acquisition for $6.2 million.

Included in the Provision for Income Taxes is: a $0.6 million expense in the fourth quarter, a $1.9 million expense in the third quarter, a $0.2 million expense in the second quarter, and a $0.2 million expense in the first quarter related to changes in tax contingent liabilities; a $2.3 million benefit in the fourth quarter, a $0.4 million expense in the second quarter and a $0.1 million expense in the first quarter related to return to provision adjustments; a $3.0 million benefit in the third quarter related to dissolution of subsidiaries; a $1.0 million expense in the fourth quarter, and a $0.9 million benefit in the second quarter and $0.3 million expense in the first quarter related to changes in valuation allowances; a $0.2 million benefit in the second quarter and a $0.3 million benefit in the first quarter related to restructuring charges; a $0.4 million benefit in the fourth quarter, a $0.3 million expense in the second quarter and a $0.9 million expense in the first quarter related to acquisition earn outs; a $1.0 million benefit in the first quarter, a $1.0 million benefit in the second quarter, a $1.2 million benefit in the third quarter and a $0.8 million benefit in the fourth quarter related to equity based compensation; a $1.1 million benefit in the first quarter, a $1.0 million benefit in the second quarter, a $1.0 million benefit in the third quarter and a $1.1 million benefit in the fourth quarter related to the amortization of purchased intangibles; and a $0.1 million benefit in the fourth quarter, a $0.1 million expense in the second quarter, and a $0.1 million benefit in the first quarter of other items. Without these items our effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2020 would have been 22.5%.

F-49

Table of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

The following tables present certain quarterly financial data for the year ended December 31, 2019 (in thousands except per share amounts).

    

First

    

Second

    

Third

    

Fourth

 

Quarter

Quarter

Quarter

Quarter

 

Revenue

$

394,356

$

392,515

$

395,507

$

461,326

Cost of services

 

293,334

 

299,237

 

304,622

 

345,694

Selling, general and administrative

 

49,720

 

50,864

 

48,062

 

53,894

Depreciation and amortization

 

16,743

 

17,050

 

16,659

 

18,634

Restructuring and integration charges, net

 

961

 

428

 

183

 

175

Impairment losses

 

1,506

 

2,063

 

 

166

Income from operations

 

32,092

 

22,873

 

25,981

 

42,763

Other income (expense)

 

(4,150)

 

(1,914)

 

(806)

 

(6,428)

Provision for income taxes

 

(7,466)

 

(7,345)

 

(5,196)

 

(5,670)

Non-controlling interest

 

(1,474)

 

(1,816)

 

(1,878)

 

(2,402)

Net income (loss) attributable to TTEC stockholders

$

19,002

$

11,798

$

18,101

$

28,263

Weighted average shares outstanding

Basic

 

46,203

 

46,318

 

46,481

 

46,487

Diluted

 

46,590

 

46,684

 

46,768

 

46,830

Net income per share attributable to TTEC stockholders

Basic

$

0.41

$

0.25

$

0.39

$

0.61

Diluted

$

0.41

$

0.25

$

0.39

$

0.60

Included in Other income (expense) in the second quarter is a $2.4 million benefit related to the fair value adjustment of contingent consideration for an acquisition.

Included in Other income (expense) in the third quarter is a $1.4 million benefit on recovery of receivables in connection with the consulting business that is being wound down and a $0.7 million benefit on the sale of trademarks.

Included in Other Income (expense) for each of the quarters is an interest expense charge related to the future purchase for the remaining 30% of the Motif acquisition - $1.3 million, $0.5 million, $0.8 million and $2.1 million in the first, second, third and fourth quarters, respectively.

Included in the Provision for Income Taxes is: a $0.2 million expense in the fourth quarter, a $0.2 million expense in the third quarter, a $0.1 million expense in the second quarter, and a $0.2 million expense in the first quarter related to changes in tax contingent liabilities; a $1.6 million benefit in the fourth quarter, a $0.2 million benefit in the third quarter, a $0.1 million benefit in the second quarter and a $0.1 million expense in the first quarter related to return to provision adjustments; a $2.8 million benefit in the fourth quarter related to tax rate changes; a $2.2 million expense in the fourth quarter, and a $2.3 million expense in the second quarter related to changes in valuation allowances; a $0.2 million benefit in the second quarter and a $0.7 million benefit in the first quarter related to restructuring charges; a $1.2 million benefit in the first quarter, a $1.2 million benefit in the second quarter, a $1.5 million benefit in the third quarter and a $0.8 million benefit in the fourth quarter related to equity based compensation; a $0.8 million benefit in the first quarter, a $0.7 million benefit in the second quarter, a $0.7 million benefit in the third quarter, a $0.7 million benefit in the fourth quarter related to the amortization of purchased intangibles; and a $0.1 million benefit in the fourth quarter, a $0.2 million expense in the third quarter, a $0.1 million expense in the second quarter, and a $0.1 million expense in the first quarter of other items. Without these items our effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2019 would have been 24.4%.

F-50F-47